UFOs and the extraterrestrial contact movement : a bibliography, Volume 1-2

George Eberhart

Over 5,500 English-language monographs on UFOs (unidentified flying objects), from the most substantial to the most ephemeral, are included in this bibliography. Nearly 6,000 UFO or related articles in English-language periodicals not specializing in UFOs have been listed. About 2,200 foreign-language books, 1,350 UFO and related periodicals, and a large number of domestic and foreign government documents, non-print materials, conference proceedings, and unpublished papers are represented. Books and articles have been grouped by topic wherever possible. General UFO overviews and unspecific editorials will be found in all-inclusive sections. Other types of material are arranged by format. Volume One includes topics related to traditional UFO studies, while Volume Two encompasses the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement--groups and individuals who claim to be in contact with aliens from somewhere else.

UFOs and the Extraterrestrial Contact M ovem ent a bibliography Volume One: Unidentified Flying Objects by GEORGE M . EBERHART The Scarecrow Press, Inc. Metuchen, N .J., & London 198S Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Eberhart, George M. UFOs and the extraterrestrial contact movement. Includes indexes. Contents: v. 1. Unidentified flying objects — v.2. The extraterrestrial contact movement. 1. Unidentified flying objects— Bibliography. I. Title. Z5064.F5E27 1986 [TL789] 016.0019'42 86-13775 ISBN 0-8108-1919-8 Copyright ®1986 by George M. Eberhart Manufactured in the United States of America To J. Allen H ynek (1910-1986) Acknowledgments I would like to thank those individuals who provided much of their valuable time and resources toward the completion of these volumes. Those who were particularly generous were: J. Cordon Melton, Santa Barbara, California, whose earlier bibliography became the basis for this one; Richard Heiden, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, whose monumental collection filled in many gaps; and Barry Greenwood, Stoneham, Massachusetts, who provided consid erable information on UFO periodicals. Others who were most helpful included: Per Andersen, Valby, Denmark; Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, Valencia, Spain; Jean Bastide, Aix-en-Provence, France; Jacques Bonabot, Bruges, Belgium; Illo Brand von Ludwiger, Feldkirchen-Westerham, West Germany; Larry W . Bryant, Alexandria, Virginia; Eddie Bullard, Bloomington, Indiana; Bill Chalker, West Pennant Hills, New South Wales, Australia; Jerome Clark, Evanston, Illinois; Robert P. Col lins, Bridgeport, Connecticut; Osman Dincbas, Izmit-Kocaeli, Turkey; Gene Duplantier, Willowdale, Ontario; Hilary Evans, London, England; Lucius Farish, Plumerville, Arkan sas; Bert van Gelder, Purmerand, Netherlands; Robert Girard, Scotia, New York; Tadashi Goto, Naka-gun, Japan; Michel Granger, Chalon-sur-Sabne, France; Massimo Greco, Bre scia, Italy; Carlos A. Guzman, Mexico City, Mexico; Cynthia Hind, Harare, Zimbabwe; Takeshi Hiraoka, Osaka, Japan; J. Allen and Mimi Hynek, Scottsdale, Arizona; Ahmad Jamaludin, Kuantan, Malaysia; Milos Krmelj, Ljubljana, Yugoslavia; Sherman J. Larsen, Glenview, Illinois; Ying-Jong Leu, Taipei, Taiwan; Anders Liljegren, Norrkoping, Sweden; Jean-Pierre Mareschi, Neuilly, France; William L. Moore, Burbank, California; B. Rouhizad, Teheran, Iran; Luis Schonherr, Innsbruck, Austria; Ilkka Serra, Kylama, Finland; and Nicholas C. Vrettos, Acharnai, Greece. Those libraries that provided much needed resources were: the Center for UFO Studies, Glenview, Illinois; the Library of Congress, Washington, D .C .; the Newberry Library, Chi cago, Illinois; the Research Libraries, New York Public Library, New York City; Northwest ern University, Evanston, Illinois; Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio; Siskiyou County Library, Yreka, California; and the University of Chicago Libraries, most notably the John Crerar Library and Yerkes Observatory Library. Most importantly, I would like to thank my wife, Jennifer Henderson, who provided much understanding and many bag lunches these past months. v Contents Volume One: Unidentified Flying Objects General Works 1. Bibliographical Works 3 2. Encyclopedias and Sourcebooks 9 3. UFO Monographs by Proponents 13 4. UFO Monographs by Skeptics 44 5. UFO Material in Non-UFO Books 45 6. General UFO Articles 60 7. UFO Propulsion 110 8. UFO-Like Aircraft 118 Case Studies 9. Identified Flying Objects and Hoaxes 121 10. Nocturnal Light UFOs 130 11. Ball Lightning 150 12. Earthquake Lights 181 13. Ghost Lights 191 14. Daylight Disc UFOs 207 15. UFOs on Radar 217 16. Close Encounter Cases 224 17. Animal Reaction Cases 229 18. Animal Mutilations 231 19. Physiological and Psychological Effect Cases 238 20. Electromagnetic and Vehicle Interference Cases 242 21. Physical Trace Cases 247 22. The Tunguska Event 254 23. Occupant Cases 269 vii viii Contents 24. Abduction Cases 277 25. Crash/Retrievals 285 UFOs in the Sea and in Space 26. Unidentified Submerged Objects 289 27. Marine Luminescence 292 28. UFOs and the Space Program 302 29. UFOs in Space 306 30. Transient Lunar Phenomena 334 31. Lunar Artifacts 370 Historical UFOs 32. UFO Cases before 1650 33. UFO Cases, 1651-1945 375 395 UFOs and Sociology 34. UFOs and Religion 439 35. UFOs, Psychology, and the Psychic 454 36. Public Attitudes 461 37. Scientists’ Attitudes 466 38. Ufologists’ Attitudes 470 39. Government/Military Attitudes 477 UFO Investigations 40. The Condon Committee 489 41. Investigative Methods 496 Foreign-Language UFO Monographs 509 42. Argentina 510 43. Austria 515 44. Belgium 516 45. Bolivia 518 46. Brazil 519 47. Canada 523 48. Chile 525 49. China 526 Contents IX 50. Czechoslovakia 527 51. Denmark 528 52. Ecuador 532 53. Finland 533 54. France 534 55. Germany 544 56. Greece 552 57. Holland 554 58. India 557 59. Italy 558 6 0 .Japan 564 61. Luxembourg 569 62. Malaysia/Indonesia 570 63. Mexico 571 64. Norway 575 65. Peru 576 66. Portugal 577 67. Puerto Rico 578 68. Romania 579 69. Russia 580 70. South Africa 581 71. Spain 582 72. Sweden 591 73. Switzerland 595 74. Turkey 597 75. Uruguay 598 76. Venezuela 599 77. Yugoslavia 600 UFO Periodicals 601 78. Argentina 603 79. Australia 607 80. Austria 611 81. Belgium 612 82. Brazil 614 83. Canada 617 84. Chile 621 x Contents 85. China 522 86. Colombia 623 87. Denmark 624 88. Finland 627 89. France 628 90. Germany 631 91. Great Britain 632 92. Greece 646 93. Guatemala 647 94. Holland 648 95. Iceland 650 96. Italy 651 97. 654 Japan 98. Luxembourg 656 99. Malaysia 657 100. Malta 658 101. Mexico 659 102. New Zealand 660 103. Norway 662 104. Peru 663 105. Portugal 664 106. Puerto Rico 665 107. South Africa 666 108. Spain 667 109. Sweden 669 110. Switzerland 671 111. Turkey 672 112. United States 673 113. Uruguay 708 114. Venezuela 709 115. Yugoslavia 710 Special Materials 116. United States Government Documents 711 117. Australian Government Documents 721 118. Canadian Government Documents 723 119. British Government Documents 724 Contents xi 120. French Government Documents 725 121. United Nations Documents 728 122. UFO Conferences 729 123. Unpublished UFO Papers 751 124. Dissertations and Theses 766 125. Books for Children and Young Adults 768 126. UFO Comic Books 772 127. Non-Print Media 774 Related Phenomena 128. Sonic Anomalies 779 129. UFOs and Monsters 788 130. Mysterious Disappearances and the Bermuda Triangle 791 Volume Two: The Extraterrestrial Contact Movement Contactees 131. Contactees before 1952 813 132. George Adamski 823 133. Contactees after 1952 831 134. Contactee Books from Outside the Movement 891 135. Contactee Periodicals 893 136. Marian Apparitions 903 137. Men in Black 940 138. The Carlos Allende Affair 943 139. Mt. Shasta and the Lemurians 945 Ancient Contact 140. Ancient Astronauts 949 141. Ancient Astronauts— Skeptical Works 968 142. Ancient Astronaut/Earth Mysteries Periodicals 974 xii Contents Prehistoric Cultures 143. Archaeoastronomy 976 144. Megaliths in Europe 985 145. Megaliths Elsewhere 1004 146. Pyramids of Egypt 1009 147. Pyramids of America 1018 148. Anomalous Artifacts 1021 149. Ancient Art 1025 150. Ground Markings 1029 The Hollow Earth 151. Early Hollow Earth Theory 1032 152. Hollow Earth Theory after World W ar II 1040 153. Hollow Earth Periodicals 1065 Science Fiction 154. UFO Fiction 1066 155. UFO or Contact-Related Films 1082 156. UFOs on Television 1101 Extraterrestrial Intelligence 157. Extraterrestrial Intelligence 1105 158. The Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) 1120 Name Index 1143 Periodical Index 1241 Organization Index 1279 Foreword BY J. ALLEN HYNEK There are two great mysteries in ufology. The first is obvious: “What are UFOs?” What lies behind the thousands of “Incredible Tales from Credible People?” The second great mys tery, one to which we have paid very little heed, is “Why the apathy to the UFO Phenome non?” Let’s examine the first mystery, "W hat are UFOs?” and how people come to have an opinion on the subject. No scientist respected in his field would seriously consider giving a scientific opinion on some matter not in his own area of expertise unless he had studied the matter for himself and was familiar with the previous respected work done in that area. It is one of the axioms of science that one does not make statements he wishes to be taken seriously about scientific matters without a masterful familiarity with the subject matter. This axiom seems to hold everywhere in the scientific world, but the UFO phenomenon seems to be a notable exception. Here scientists and uninformed laymen alike feel free to pon tificate far and wide.. .everybody can pose as an instant expertl An astrophysicist, for exam ple, would not think of expressing an expert opinion on brain surgery or other medical mat ters, nor would a brain surgeon attempt to speak learnedly about magnetohydrodynamics! Yet both types can be found who have definite opinions (expressed, of course, as facts) about UFOs without being in the least qualified to do so. I once had the opportunity of having lunch with a very prominent, and very publicly visible, scientist when, as it often does in my presence, the subject of UFOs came up. As you might expect, our respected scientist promptly and with scorn in his voice put down the whole subject. So, as calmly as I could, I asked him first what he thought of such-and-such a UFO case (well known to ufologists) and then another, and another. He hadn’t heard of any of them! Nor had he done any serious reading on the subject. So I gendy chided him (for, after all, he was a great and to-be-respected scientist) about the axiomatic need in science to be familiar with a subject before speaking out about it with seeming authority. Yes, I know, he admitted, but I don’t have time for that sort of stuff I Hardly a scientific attitude! It is also axiomatic practice in science that any statement can be challenged and the speaker called to task if the speaker or writer proves himself deficient in background knowl edge on the subject. Maybe we should have a qualifying exam for UFO skeptics and those who loudly pontificate on the subject. Maybe we should have a similar exam for proponents of the subject who run off at the mouth spouting theories and facts without adequate knowl edge. The latter can do as much, or even more, damage to serious consideration of the subject than do the skeptics. But, let us address ourselves to the familiar and vocal skeptics. Let us demand that they xiii xiv Foreword pass a qualifying examination before they are entitled to be listened to seriously. What UFO cases are you intimately acquainted with (meaning, in how many case investigations did you get out into the field and actually spend time with the witnesses, individually, and at the exact site of the sighting?) Have you studied (not just scanned) the following books...etc.? W hat are the significant features of such-and-such a case, and how do they relate to the gen eral pattern of similar cases? Describe the salient features of the Exeter, N .H ., case (if he doesn’t know what we are referring to he flunks right awayl) and how and by whom were they investigated? How many similar cases can you describe? Describe them. W e could continue: Name three UFO journals. How long have you been reading them? Who are some of the prominent ufologists in England, Italy, Spain, etc. ? (An astronomer, for example, could certainly tell you of prominent astronomers in those countries and describe the work they have been doing). How did Dr. Condon define the term UFO? How do you define it? Have you read the Condon report from cover to cover, or just Dr. Condon’s summary... if even that? What was the Robertson Panel? Who was Dr. James McDonald? From time to time the exam questions could be varied, so no one could bone up on the answers I In all other fields of scientific endeavor qualifying exams of one sort or another are com mon; a person must prove his right to be heard seriously. It is time a check be put on the rampant, arrogant ignorance of UFO skeptics (and, indeed, on that of some of their counter parts on the other side of the table). And, when some public personage or scientist makes statements about the UFO phenomenon, we are certainly entitled to ask the simple question: W hat are his qualifications? Has he passed his qualifying exam? Now let’s take a look at the second great mystery of ufology, “Why the apathy about UFOs?” ..................................... Here we have a subject which has touched the lives of a great many people all over the world, one that has been a ready topic of conversation for decades, and a subject about which so much has been written in books, articles, newspapers, and which has so often been fea tured in movies, radio, and TV . How is it possible that virtually no serious attention has been paid to it by the scientific community, that no funds have been available for its study, whereas funds have been available for the study of matters that have gained far less public attention? There seem to be research grants available for the study of almost anything. But, for UFOs? None at all. One would think that the scientific world would be agog, furiously curious and anxious for answers, when highly credible people...military and commercial pilots, ships’ officers, engineers, law enforcement officers, technicians, public servants (often in high places).. .re port UFOs. But, no. Where is that much-lauded scientific curiosity of which we learn in school and that sci entific obligation of which Schroedinger, the father of modern quantum mechanics, wrote: “A scientist should be curious and eager to find out”? Oh, where are the scientists curious and eager to find out what lies behind what thoroughly credible and responsible persons have been reporting from all over the world, over the past many years? Where, indeed? There seem to us to be two related deep-seated reasons for UFO apathy. Both are prop erties of the human mind, demonstrated over the ages on many occasions and in many guises. One might be called the “stepladder” effect in the acceptance of new ideas. Suppose our present understanding of the world about us is thought of as one of the rungs of a ladder, sort of a “ladder of knowledge.” When something new comes along which is just a step or two above this rung, it is not difficult for us to make the small transition upward. But, let some thing come along which is many, many rungs above our present level of understanding, then the human mind rebels at the transition; the jump to the higher rung is just too great. That Foreword xv would be like asking the best minds of Galileo’s day to seriously consider nuclear energy. Asking us today to accept the elusive presence among us of manifestations of some form of intelligence other than our own.. .to which the very best-documented UFO reports unmis takably point.. .is asking us to jump to a precariously high rung on the ladder. It is not a mat ter of lack of evidence. It is a lack of the kin d of evidence our present position on the ladder, our present scientific belief system, demands. It demands a piece of a UFO, a landing on the White House lawn, a cosmic petition presented to the United Nations. Lacking these, the UFO phenomenon is dismissed as inadmissible on the present playing field of science. But, where does that leave the thousands of incredible tales from credible people? Where is the scientific curiosity about why such tales should even exist, and not only exist, but persist over the years? A second reason for UFO apathy is the fear of the unknown. Our minds feel safe and comfortable on the lower rung of the ladder. Not only does it require mental effort to climb higher, but also there is a fear of unknown, dizzy heights. Let us not be disturbed from our cozy, comfortable intellectual position. Let us not think about things which, deep down, disturb and frighten us. Budd Hopkins, author of Missing Tim e, has likened the reluctance to consider UFOs seriously to the overpowering reluctance of many German citizens, as well as others, to ac cept the reality of Auschwitz and the Jewish holocaust. It was far too disturbing; acceptance, even in the face of evidence, required too great a quantum jump on the ladder of belief. “Such things just can’t bel It is unthinkable. This couldn’t happen in a civilized world!” This, coupled with the unmentionable fear that it just might be so, a deep reluctance to admit the possibility, effectively stifled curiosity. A monumental mental block resulted. The power of the human mind to close its doors to the unwanted, the unknown, the fear of the “too strange” has been attested to all through history, especially in the history of sci ence. It is apparent today in the reluctance to accept the reality of the UFO phenomenon. Fortunately, a growing number of scientists, though the numbers are yet small, are following Schroedinger’s admonition; they are becoming increasingly curious about the UFO phenomenon. * *Dr. Hynek’s Foreword has been taken from two editorials he had written for the Inter national UFO R eporter, published by the Center for UFO Studies: “A Qualifying Exam for UFO Skeptics,” July/August 1982, pp. 2 -3 , and “Two Great Mysteries of Ufology,” January/ February 1984, pp. 2-3. Sudden illness has prevented him from completing a special Fore word for this book; however, the items chosen reflect what he undoubtedly would have said.—GME. Introduction UFOs and the Extraterrestrial Contact M ovem ent is a comprehensive list of source ma terials dealing with the most perplexing and pervasive mystery of the 20th century, the UFO phenomenon. Reports of unidentified flying objects (UFOs) have been frequent in the United States since 1947, although there is evidence to suggest that sightings of unexplained aerial phenom ena have occurred since ancient times. Documents obtained through the Freedom of Infor mation Act have shown that the FB I, the CIA, and the U.S. military have taken these reports quite seriously. Although the hypothesis that UFOs are extraterrestrial spacecraft has been popular for almost 40 years now, there is no available physical evidence, other than inferen tial, to prove it conclusively. Whatever the explanation for UFO sightings, whether alien spacecraft or something more mundane, the fact remains that thousands of very reputable witnesses worldwide have been reporting them— and not only faraway lights in the sky, but also structured objects that leave physical traces of their presence and carry passengers of a decidedly exotic nature. This in itself would warrant scientific attention. But the concept of extraterrestrial visi tation has so pervaded our literature and popular culture that the topic deserves the scrutiny of the sociologist and psychologist as well as the physicist and exobiologist .U FO sightings and the books, articles, journals, and films they engender have helped to usher in the Space Age on a popular level as effectively as the efforts of science fiction writers and live coverage of NASA spaceflights on TV. The UFO phenomenon has also spawned a number of religious or quasi-religious move ments collectively called the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement. Most notable are the contactee groups, formed by individuals who claim a special rela tionship with entities from other planets or star systems. Also within this category will be found proponents of theories that the interior of the earth is hollow and inhabited by crea tures that can easily be described as alien, and those who claim that ancient civilizations were contacted by extraterrestrials who gave them both the rudiments and the refinements of cul ture. Most of this literature is not now collected by anyone other than UFO enthusiasts, and much of it is so ephemeral that it escapes even their notice. However, as popular culture col lections increase in importance and as the implications of the Extraterrestrial Contact Move ment become recognized by sociologists, I predict that more academic libraries will seek to preserve this unique cultural resource. Special collections in science fiction and radical American politics were at one time considered too frivolous for preservation, but now their relevance is well established. The same shift in perception will gradually take place with UFO materials. The purpose of this bibliography is to gather this profuse, elusive, and scattered corpus into one volume. This is the most comprehensive listing of UFO and related material yet at xvii xviii Introduction tempted. Books and journal articles from every field of human endeavor, encompassing the entire Library of Congress classification system from A to Z, are represented here. I have made every attempt to examine each book and journal article personally. Any thing that I have not seen or cannot verify with confidence through reliable bibliographic sources or knowledgeable colleagues in the field has been annotated “Not seen.” Three classes of reader may benefit from this book. First, the experienced UFO re searcher or book collector may use it as a guide to the full range of materials available for consultation. Even ufologists have their specialties, and those who concentrate on physical trace cases, for example, may be totally unaware of the awesome bulk of contactee pam phlets in circulation. Second, general readers interested in UFOs or students searching for a term paper topic may find the introductory material to each chapter helpful as background. Books, articles, and other materials of particular importance or unusual quality, and which are also rela tively accessible, are identified throughout these listings with a double asterisk (**). The Name Index beginning on page 1143 will be especially helpful in identifying an individual’s complete output: not only does the index refer to primary authors, but it also lists them when they appear as co-authors, editors of a periodical, contributors of a conference paper, or guests on a TV talk show. Third, librarians may find this book useful as a reference and collection development aid. At the end of this Introduction they will find a list of ten UFO books, six Extraterrestrial Contact Movement books, and four “related-phenomena” books that I consider to be essen tial for medium-sized public and academic libraries. Beyond this core collection, the as terisked entries (**) will also be useful. Scope Over 5500 English-language monographs, from the most substantial to the most ephem eral, are included. Nearly 6000 UFO or related articles in English-language periodicals not specializing in UFOs have been listed. About 2200 foreign-language books, 1350 UFO and related periodicals, and a large number of domestic and foreign government documents, non-print materials, conference proceedings, and unpublished papers are represented. Books and articles have been grouped by topic wherever possible. General UFO over views and unspecific editorials will be found in all-inclusive sections. Other types of material are arranged by format. Four major categories that are not represented here are newspaper articles, specific arti cles in UFO journals, book reviews (and letters relating to them), and foreign-language UFO articles. Although newspapers are the medium by which the general public most frequently ob tains its information on UFOs, they are notoriously unreliable. UFO reports are treated as human interest stories, not hard news, and are not accorded the journalistic checks and bal ances that a courtroom trial would require. Reportage tends to err either on the “gee-whiz” or “what w ere those boys drinking” side, and the truly objective investigation and summa tion is one of the rarest forms of UFO literature. On a more practical level, the vast number and variety of newspaper clippings on UFOs would easily triple the size of this book. UFO journal articles have also been excluded because of space limitations. Indexing even one full run of a single UFO periodical by topic is a formidable task. In this book UFO journals are listed by country of origin in Chapters 78-115, on pages 601-710; I will leave it Introduction xix up to journal editors or owners of periodical runs to do their own indexing. However, I have indexed certain “strange phenomena” periodicals of major importance, such as F ate, Pur suit, and Fortean Tim es, which are not exclusively UFO journals, but which have many UFO-related articles. Book reviews in mainstream periodicals can be found by consulting B ook Review Index and similar sources. Better and more comprehensive reviews will be found in specialist UFO journals which frequently, however, will be unavailable to the general reader or the small collection. Foreign-language UFO articles have been omitted. However, I h av e included foreignlanguage articles dealing with related events such as transient lunar phenomena, ball light ning, the Tunguska event, UFO cases prior to 1945, etc., especially those from scientific or historical journals. Arrangement by Form at The format categories used in this book are summarized here. Bibliographies. Other compilations of UFO books and articles exist, but all of them are limited in some way by format, language, or topic. Bibliographies and works descriptive of UFO literature are included in Chapter 1, pp. 3-8. Encyclopedias and sourcebooks. This section includes UFO encyclopedias, dictionaries, directories, and other specialized reference books, as well as articles in standard encyclope dias. See Chapter 2, pp. 9-12. Monographs are arranged by topic if at all possible. General books by proponents, which includes everyone from the most uncritical buff to those who at least admit that some thing unusual is going on, are given in Chapter 3, pp. 13-43. Books by skeptics, those who hold that all UFO reports are lies, delusions, or misidentifications, are found in Chapter 4, p. 44. UFO chapters or UFO cases described in books not specifically about UFOs are listed in Chapter 5, pp. 45-59, with relevant page numbers provided. All known English-language editions of books are given for primary UFO, contactee, hollow earth, and ancient astronaut subjects. The scope is not as comprehensive for other subjects (such as pyramids and megaliths), although a reasonable attempt has been made to list prominent editions. Canadian co-published editions are not given, unless the original publication is Canadian and a U.S. edition is published later. All known British editions are indicated. Pamphlets, booklets, and even crudely bound, mimeographed, self-published papers are all classed as monographs. The infinite variety of methods ufologists use to get their ideas on paper led me long ago to abandon plans to classify these items in a meaningful way. Paper back formats are identified only when pagination differs from that in the original edition. Page numbers are usually taken from the last numbered folio, unless sections like in dexes and bibliographies that are normally numbered were skipped. Unnumbered page counts are given in brackets and are taken from the first page of formal text to the last page of non-advertising material. Discontinuous paginations of two or three sections are given as M + [y] + [z]p. More numerous sections are totaled and given in brackets. Foreign-language m onographs are arranged by country of origin in Chapters 42-77, pp. 509-600. These are restricted to UFO, contactee, and ancient astronaut books that have never been translated into English, or that are not translations of English-language books. XX Introduction English-language translations of foreign books will be found in the rest of the Englishlanguage materials, with the original title indicated. Journal articles are also arranged topically, with general or overview articles in Chapter 6, pp. 60-109. Letters to the editor containing useful information are included here, either as an additional notation to the article they refer to, or as a separate entry. A comprehensive index of all journal titles cited in this book will be found beginning on p. 1241. UFO periodicals are arranged by country of publication in Chapters 78-115, pp. 601-710. Some of these are very rare, and complete bibliographic information has not been obtained for every title. Coverage of English-language titles is more complete than for foreign-language serials. Contactee, ancient astronaut, archaeoastronomical, hollow earth, and SE T I periodicals are listed separately in Chapters 135, 142, 143, 153, and 158 (pp. 893-902, 974-975, 984, 1065, and 1142). .. Government documents are well represented for the United States in Chapter 116, pp. 711-20. Many of these have only recently been declassified due to Freedom of Information Act requests and are more readily available in privately-published compilations such as those prepared by William L. Moore. This chapter should be used in conjunction with Chapter 39, “Government/Military Attitudes,” on pages 477-88. Foreign governm ent docum ents are given in Chapters 117-21, pp. 721-28, with those of the French Groupe d’Etude des Phenomenes Aerospatiaux Non-identifiees (GEPAN) of primary significance. UFO conference proceedings will be found in Chapter 122, pp. 729-50. This section includes the meetings of both ufologists and contactees. Authors and titles of specific papers are listed if the full text is given in the proceedings. Unpublished papers that circulate informally among UFO enthusiasts will be found in Chapter 123, pp. 751-65. Dissertations and theses on UFOs that somehow were accepted as degree requirements are listed in Chapter 124, pp. 766-67. Books for children and young adults, Chapter 125, pp. 768-71, groups together any thing aimed at audiences of sixteen or younger. UFO comic books, Chapter 126, pp. 772-73, are those with storylines based on the UFO phenomenon, sometimes using actual cases. Non-print media, found in Chapter 127, pp. 774-78, is a representative sampling of audiovisual materials, with some stamps, stickers, and realia included. UFO or contact-related films, Chapter 155, pp. 1082-1100, presents all known theatri cally released or made-for-TV films concerning extraterrestrial visitations to the planet Earth. UFOs on Television, Chapter 156, pp. 1101-4, is a list of network or syndicated TV series, specials, or noteworthy telecasts dealing with UFOs or alien creatures. Arrangement by Topic Most book and journal articles can be grouped by subject within two major classifica tions: Ufology, and the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement. Ufology UFO propulsion, Chapter 7, pp. 110-17, is concerned with speculations on the motive Introduction xxi power of extraterrestrial spacecraft, if that is indeed what UFOs are. Chapter 8, pp. 118-20, covers aircraft designs that might be mistaken for UFOs. Case studies, encompassing Chapters 9-25, pp. 121-288, covers books and articles that describe particular types of UFO or IFO reports. The classification scheme used is a modifi cation of J. Allen Hynek’s categories: Iden tified Flying O bjects (IFOs) and H oaxes: proven or probable non-UFOs. Nocturnal L ight UFOs: distant lights in the night or twilight sky. Because of their close relationship with this type of UFO, three other kinds of natural phenomena, more or less accepted by 20th-century science, are included here: ball lightning, earthquake lights, and ghost lights. The latter category includes anomalous will-o’-the-wisp (methane or swamp gas) behavior as well as nocturnal lights confined to one geographic location. D aylight Disc UFOs: the classic “flying saucer” of the 1940s and 1950s, as well as other daytime observations of strange objects. This type is not reported nearly as often as it was prior to 1960. R adar UFOs: strange radar blips attributed to UFOs, as well as visual observations cor roborated on radar. A subsection details selected literature on radar angels an d echoes, pecu liarities of radar systems that may be mistaken for UFOs. Close Encounter Cases: observations of structured objects viewed from a relatively close range (500 feet or less). Hynek’s classification allowed for only three types: CE-I (close en counters with no witness or environmental interaction); C E -II (close encounters with wit ness and/or environmental interaction); C E -III (close encounters with humanoid occupants observed within or near the UFO). The “Close Encounter cases” chapter in this book is con cerned either with CE-I cases, or all three types grouped together. The following chapters represent a more detailed breakdown of CE-IIs and CE-IIIs. Anim al Reaction Cases: in which your pet or your livestock notices the same UFO you are watching. An extreme version of this type of close encounter is the Anim al Mutilation Case, in which cattle (usually) are found dead and apparently vivisected in a bizarre fashion. In some cases at least there is UFO activity in the neighborhood at the same time, often of the "phantom helicopter” variety. Physiological or Psychological E ffect Cases: in which the UFO witness is adversely or beneficially affected. E lectrom agnetic and V ehicle Interferen ce Cases: in which the witnesses’ radio, TV, car, or aircraft is affected. Physical T race Cases: in which the UFO makes marks in the ground, bums some vegeta tion, or otherwise leaves behind unusual substances or residue. Some authors consider the Tunguska Event to be the greatest physical trace case, although this 1908 Siberian explosion is now generally thought to have been the result of the collision of an icy cometary fragment with the Earth. Occupant Cases: these are Hynek’s Close Encounters of the Third Kind in which crea tures, usually described as humanoids, are seen. A bduction Cases: in which the witness is taken aboard a UFO unwillingly and subjected to some kind of examination. Quite often the experience is remembered only through hyp notic regression. C rash/Retrieval Cases: crashed UFOs allegedly recovered by the military. UFOs in the sea and in space are found in Chapters 26-31, pp. 289-374. Included here are sightings of unusual phenomena both underwater and outside the atmosphere, catego rized as follows: U nidentified Subm erged O bjects are reports of what appear to be submarine UFOs. Related phenomena include the observation of bands, ribbons, rings, or wheels of lum ines cen ce seen on or below the surface of tropical seas. The luminescent effect is produced by xxii Introduction marine organisms, but what stimulus causes them to discharge light in such a geometric man ner is unknown. UFOs an d th e S pace Program deals with alleged UFO sightings by astronauts and the strange behavior of certain earth satellites. UFOs in S pace covers enigmatic objects seen outside the Earth’s atmosphere by astrono mers; historical observations of the planet Vulcan, once thought to exist within the orbit of Mercury; odd lights, spots, and objects on or near other planets; mysterious objects in orbit around Earth; strange lights, tints, and changes on the Moon (transient lunar phenomena)-, and unusual structured objects on the Moon (lunar artifacts). Historical UFOs. Chapters 32-33, pp. 375-438, take the year 1650 as a dividing point between the pre-scientific and modern periods of UFO observation. Although many histori cal cases are undoubtedly meteors, aurorae, comets, or other natural phenomena, these cita tions have crept into UFO literature as true anomalies. On the other hand, there are some genuinely remarkable historical sightings buried in the scientific journals of earlier days. UFOs and religion, Chapter 34, pp. 439-53, includes works which interpret Biblical events in terms of modern UFO sightings, as well as those which consider UFOs to be piloted by demonic or angelic entities. UFOs, psychology, and the psychic, Chapter 35, pp. 454-60, lists books and articles that examine parapsychological aspects of the UFO phenomenon, including the theories of Carl Jung and Wilhelm Reich. Attitudes towards UFOs, Chapters 36-39, pp. 461-88, focuses on how UFOs are viewed by various groups. The section on Public Attitudes includes Callup poll results, cartoons, and even recipe books. Scientific Attitudes covers statements of opinion and surveys of astrono mers, among others. Ufologists’ A ttitudes are interviews with leading UFO proponents, opinion surveys, and population characteristics. G overnm ent/M ilitary Attitudes is largely concerned with official secrecy and coverups that contradict public statements that UFOs are all hoaxes and misidentifications. The Condon Committee, Chapter 40, pp. 489-95, was a scientific investigation team headed by Dr. Edward U. Condon at the University of Colorado that contracted with the U.S. Air Force to conduct a scientific study of UFOs in 1967-1968. Its report, despite Con don’s negative conclusions in his introduction to it, contains many case studies which are ac tually quite impressive evidence for the reality of UFOs. Investigative methods, Chapter 41, pp. 496-508, provides a list of manuals and field guides for the would-be UFO investigator, from UFO detectors and hypnotic regression pro cedures to data processing. Related or “Fortean” phenomena, named after anomaly collector Charles Fort, encom passes events that might relate to UFOs, and these are found in Chapters 128-30, pp. 779-810. Sonic anom alies are mysterious booms or aerial detonations that are not easily at tribu table to earthly aircraft. M onsters, such as bigfoot and flying humanoids like “Mothman,” in some ways seem to be resident aliens. UFOs have also been held responsible for disappearan ces of ships, aircraft, crews, and individuals in the so-called Bermuda Trian gle and other areas. T he Extraterrestrial C ontact M ovem ent Contactee literature, Chapters 131-35, pp. 813-902. Although uncommon before the classic contactee cases of the 1950s, many individuals have claimed outer space contacts or psychic visits to other planets. The most distinguished of the early con tactees was the 18thcentury Swedish philosopher, Emanuel Swedenborg. In 1952 G eorge A dam ski claimed to have met and spoken with a long-haired man from Venus in the California desert and on Introduction xxiii later occasions boarded alien spaceships for trips to outer space. L ater contactees soon came forward with similar stories, and now there are hundreds of people who claim to be in close contact with aliens or related to them. Apparitions of the Blessed Virgin Mary (BVM), Chapter 136, pp. 903-39. This may seem like an unusual place for Roman Catholic miracles, but many writers have noticed simi larities between these visions and the UFO contactee experience—especially the “Miracle of the Sun” at Fatima, Portugal, in 1917. Related to the contactee movement (Chapters 137-39, pp. 940-48) are the horrifying “m en in b la c k ” that have reportedly intimidated UFO witnesses and investigators; the noto rious Carlos A llende affair and its connection with the alleged “invisible ship” episode of 1943 (the Philadelphia Experiment); and the mysterious people said to live on Mount Shasta, California. Ancient astronauts, Chapters 140-42, pp. 949-75, were extraterrestrials in contact with human beings in remote antiquity and revered by them as gods. Erich von Daniken, their chief exponent, goes so far as to say that these cosmic visitors were responsible for instilling human intelligence in our ape-like ancestors. Prehistoric cultures, Chapters 143-50, pp. 976-1031, possessed a remarkable knowl edge of astronomy and engineering. This section provides a sampling of the literature on a r chaeoastronom y, m egalithic engineering, pyram id construction, anom alous artifacts, and huge ground markings like those at Nazca, Peru. Some writers, unwilling to go so far as the ancient astronaut theorists, speculate that much of this ancient knowledge revolved around attempts to signal, communicate with, attract, or control the UFO phenomenon. Hollow earth theory, Chapters 151-53, pp. 1032-65, holds that the Earth is a hollow sphere with a sun at its center which provides daylight for the creatures living in the interior. These subterranean aliens— or alternately Nazi refugees who escaped there with the rem nants of German World War II technology, are the pilots of the UFOs. Author Richard S. Shaver wrote a number of fictional episodes in the 1940s and 1950s supposedly based on his own “racial memories” of the underground world, its people, and its caverns. UFO fiction, Chapter 154, pp. 1066-81, has been a popular sci-fi theme since the early 1950s. The books listed in this section describe various visits of extraterrestrials to the Earth, or otherwise involve mystery air or spacecraft. Extraterrestrial intelligence, Chapters 157-58, pp. 1105-42, is concerned both with the possibility of intelligent life in outer space and the scientific search for such life. As much a byproduct of the UFO phenomenon and the Space Age as the contactee and ancient astro naut movements, the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) is the path science has chosen to listen for and welcome alien life. Recommended Core Reading List If your library can afford to purchase only twenty books— 10 on UFOs, 6 on the Extra terrestrial Contact Movement, and 4 on related phenomena—which should you buy? Ameri can libraries, both public and academic, will find the following list a nice blend of both pop ular and more technical literature. Ten UFO B ooks Edward J. Ruppelt, T he R eport on U nidentified Flying O bjects (1956). xxiv Introduction Jacques and Janine Vallee, C hallen ge to Science: T he UFO E nigm a (1966). Edward U. Condon, ed., Scientific Study o f U nidentified Flying O bjects (1968). J. Allen Hynek, T he UFO E xperien ce (1972). Allan Hendry, T he UFO H an dbook (1979). Ronald Story, T he E ncyclopedia o f UFOs (1980). Budd Hopkins, Missing T im e (1981). Hilary Evans, T he E viden ce f o r UFOs (1983). Jenny Randles, UFO Reality (1983). Lawrence Fawcett and Barry Greenwood, C lear Intent (1984). Six Extraterrestrial Contact B ooks Desmond Leslie and George Adamski, Flying Saucers H ave L an d ed (1953). Leon Festinger, Henry W . Riecken, and Stanley Schachter, V/hen Prophecy Fails (1956). • Jacques Vallee, Messengers o f D eception (1979). Kevin McClure, T he E viden ce f o r Visions o f the Virgin M ary (1983). Evan Hadingham, E arly Man an d th e Cosm os (1984). Francis Hitching, E arth M agic (1976). F ou r B ooks on R elated Phenom ena Lawrence David Kusche, T he B erm uda Triangle M ystery—Solved (1975). William R. Corliss, ed., H an dbook o f Unusual N atural Phenom ena (1977). Janet and Colin Bord, Alien Anim als (1980). Daniel Kagan and Ian Summers, M ute E viden ce (1984). These books, although coming from several different viewpoints, present very readable summaries and analyses of complex topics that both beginning and well-informed readers will appreciate. W here to Find UFO Materials Only a handful of booksellers specialize in this esoteric field. Catalogs may be ordered from the following dealers, whose addresses are current as of March 1986: Arcturus Book Service, P.O. Box 2213, Scotia, NY 12302. Lionel Beer, 15 Freshwater Court, Crawford St., London W1H 1HS. Center for UFO Studies, 1955 John’s Drive, Glenview, IL 60025. Gene Duplantier, SS&S Publications, 17 Shetland St., Willowdale, Ontario, Canada M2M 1X5. Lucius Farish, Route 1-Box 220, Plumerville, AR 72127. William L . Moore, 4219 W . Olive St., Suite 247, Burbank, CA 91505. Arcturus sells the widest range of materials, with condition clearly indicated for all items. Farish also produces the UFO N ewsclipping Service, a monthly digest of current inter national newspaper clippings. Introduction xxv Second-hand bookstores, although not quite the treasure trove they once were, are still useful for obtaining out-of-print materials. They are also virtually the only source for backissue men’s magazines and other popular periodicals not usually collected or retained by pub lic or academic libraries. Few libraries of any type collect UFO literature other than sporadically. Some, like the University of Kansas and Ohio State University, have accepted gifts of UFO books largely to complement their special collections in science fiction. Others, most notably Onondaga Community College, Syracuse, New York, originally began collecting to supplement courses taught in ufology or astronomy and have continued adding titles through the urging or gener osity of local ufologists. The Library of Congress has a huge collection of titles received on deposit and remains one of the likeliest places to obtain loan copies. The libraries of some UFO groups, such as the Center for UFO Studies, have well-developed collections which the serious researcher may visit, although they do not loan materials. Printed bibliographies are always outdated as soon as they are published. This one is valid through December 1985. However, I would be very interested in knowing about any errors or omissions in this compilation so that they may be corrected in future editions. The study of ufology as a serious academic discipline, whether under the purview of the hard or the soft sciences, is long overdue. I hope that the present work may contribute in some small way toward that goal. Note-. Those chapter introductions in Volume 2 that were written by Dr. J. Gordon Melton, who directs the Institute for the Study of American Religion at the University of California, Santa Barbara, are so indicated. VOLUME ONE: UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS 1. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL WORKS Although many UFO book and article lists appeared as part of other books or in UFO journals, the first monographic UFO bibliography was pub lished, not surprisingly, by the U.S. government in 1959. Of uncertain ori gin, but apparently published by the Library of Congress at the request of the Air Force (61), this document lists American and European books as well as Russian and Polish magazine articles. The best English-language annotated bibliography, covering both UFO books and articles, is Lynn E. Catoe's opus (12), also published by the gov ernment. Now dated but still usable, the bibliography was compiled at the Library of Congress to support research conducted by the University of Colo rado's UFO project and was funded by the U.S. Air Force. Other bibliographies of substance are Rasmussen (42), Lind (30), and Sable (47), although they should be used with caution. Prytz (39) is also helpful and has more of an emphasis on exobiology than the present work. Gray Barker's UFO GUIDE TO FATE MAGAZINE (4) includes some editorial mater ial not indexed here. The monthly Arcturus Book Service catalogs (9449) are essential updates to Bob Girard's earlier annual guides (24). Of non-English works, the Archives for UFO Research (1), Wegner (62 66), and Jonsson (28) are outstanding. UFO literature has been plagued by poor citation practices for the past 40 years and will probably continue to suffer. Part of the blame must be attributed to publishers who feel that footnotes, references, and indexes only get in the way of a good, scary, sensational story. Also at fault are authors who fail to list sources that all too clearly demonstrate how unor iginal their own ideas are. Another problem is the ephemeral nature of much UFO literature, which would try the patience of the most experienced origin al cataloger. Monographs 1. Archivet for ufo-forskning/Archives for UFO Research. BEST&NDSLISTA 1983: LIBRARY CATALOGUE. Ed. Anders Liljegren. Norrkoping, Swed.: AFU, 1984. 25p. 2. Ballester Olmos, Vicente-Juan. AIDS TO THE UFO INVESTIGATOR: A BIB LIOGRAPHY. 2 vols. Valencia, Spain: The author, [1980?]. 9 + 3p. 3* ------ . STATISTICS OF THE OCCUPANTS: A BIBLIOGRAPHY. The author, [1980?]. 2p. 4. Barker, Gray. Saucerian, 1981. lOOp. A UFO GUIDE TO FATE MAGAZINE. 3 Valencia, Sp.: Clarksburg, W.Va.: 4 Bibliographical Works 5. Beard, Robert. FLYING SAUCERS, U.F.O.'s, AND EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE: A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BRITISH BOOKS, 1950-1970. Swindon, Wilts: The author, [1971]. 4p. Additions and 1971-1972 Supplement, Swindon, Wilts: The author, [1972]. Ip. 6. Becker, Louise G. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: SELECTED REFERENCES, 1966-1968. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Legislative Reference Service, 22 July 1968. 4p. 7. Blomqvist, Hakan. UFO: ANNOTERAD URVALSBIBLIOGRAFI 1950-1978. Sodertalje, Swed.: Arbetsgruppen for Ufologi, Bibliotekshogskolan, specialarbete, 1978. 140p. 8. Bonabot, Jacques. BIBLIOGRAPHIE DES OUVRAGES, BROCHURES ET PERI0DIQUES DE LANGUE FRAN^AISE CONCERNANT LE PHENOMENE OVNI. Brugge, Belg.: Groupement pour l'Etude des Sciences Avant-Garde, January 1981. 17p. 9. ------ . A COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF UFO AND FLYING SAUCER BOOKS, PAMPH LETS, BOOKLETS AND PAPERS IN THE DUTCH LANGUAGE. Brugge, Belg.: Groupement pour l'Etude des Sciences d'Avant-Garde, October 1978. 17p. Addendum, 1979. 2p. 10. Brennan, Norman. FLYING SAUCER BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS IN ENGLISH: A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CHECKLIST. Buffalo, N.Y.: The author, 1971. 94p. 11. Bryant, Larry W. UNCLE SAM'S UFO LITERATURE: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIO GRAPHY OF SELECTED MATERIAL PUBLISHED UNDER AEGIS OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. Newport News, Va.: The author, 1971. 17p. Published in UFO COMMENTARY, Spring 1971. **12. Catoe, Lynn E. UFOs AND RELATED SUBJECTS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOG RAPHY. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, July 1969. Pre pared by the Library of Congress Science and Technical Division for the Air Force Office of Scientific Research. AFOSR 68-1656. AD-688332. 401p. Revised ed., Detroit: Gale Research, 1978. 392 + 15p. 13. Christensen, David S., ed. UFO RESOURCE CATALOG. The author, February 1985. 208p. Computer output; scheduled for updating periodically. Beverly, Mass.: 14. Clarie, Thomas C. OCCULT BIBLIOGRAPHY: AN ANNOTATED LIST OF BOOKS PUBLISHED IN ENGLISH, 1971 THROUGH 1975. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1978. 454p. 15. ------ . OCCULT/PARANORMAL BIBLIOGRAPHY: AN ANNOTATED LIST OF BOOKS PUBLISHED IN ENGLISH, 1976 THROUGH 1981. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1984. 561p. 16. Coelho Netto, Paulo. BIBLIOGRAFIA BRASILEIRA SOBRE OS DISCOS VOADORES. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Editora Livraria S3o Jose, 1972. 25p. 17. Dam-Jensen, Torsten, ed. SUFOI's BIBLIOTEKSUNDERS^GELSE 1974. enhagen, Denm.: Skandinavisk UFO Information, [1975]. 31p. Cop 5 Bibliographical Works 18. Darnaude Rojas-Marco, Ignacio. CATALOGO DOCUMENTAL DEL CRIPTOGRUPPO "UMMO": DOCUMENTAL CATALOGUE OF THE CRYPTIC GROUP "UMMO." Seville, Sp.: The author, November 1982. 36p. Two-page summary in English. 19. DeVoe, Barbara M. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: A SELECTED ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY. UG 633/69-269 SP. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Congressional Research Service, 1969. 49p. **20. Eberhart, George M. A GEO-BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ANOMALIES: PRIMARY ACCESS TO OBSERVATIONS OF UFOs, GHOSTS, AND OTHER MYSTERIOUS PHENOMENA. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1980. 1114p. 21. Encyclopedia Britannica. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: A BIBLIOG RAPHY. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, [1971]. 3p. 22. Evans, Hilary. UFOGRAPHY: A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. author, [1985]. [175p.1 Updated periodically. London: The 23. [Fenwick, Lawrence J.] CUFORN, INC., RECOMMENDED READING LIST, UPDATED AS OF DECEMBER, 1981. Willowdale, Ont.: Canadian UFO Research Network, 1981. 6p. 24. Girard, Robert C. 1981 UFO LITERATURE REFERENCE GUIDE & CATALOG. Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1981. 58p. Revised ed., 1982. 45p. 25. Granchl, Irene. BREVE BIBLIOGRAFIA SOBRE UFOLOGIA E ASSUNTOS AFINS. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: The author, 1977, 1981. 17p. 26. [Hynek, Mimi]. CENTER FOR UFO STUDIES. for UFO Studies, Fall 1975. 29p. A precursor of the CUFOS sales catalogs. Northfield, 111.: Center 27. Jain, Sushil K . , and Christine Horswell. TWENTY YEARS OF FLYING SAUCERS: A SELECT LIST OF INTERESTING BOOKS AND PERIODICAL ARTICLES PUB LISHED DURING 1947-1966. Tenterden, Kent: The authors, 1967. Part One (Books), 18p.; Part Two (Periodical articles), 20p. 28. Jonsson, Kjell. SVENSK UFO-BIBLIOGRAFI, 1946-75. Boris, Swed.: Bibliotekshogskolan, 1977. 126p. 2d ed., Sodertalje, Swed.: Arbetsgruppen for Ufologi, 1978. 144p. 29. Kok, Gerard J. UFO's: EEN GEANNOTEERDE BIBLIOGRAFIE MET REGISTEERS. Uithuizermeeden, Neth.: Werkgroep Nederlands Onderzoek Bureau voor UFOs, 1980. 92p. Update, 1982. 19p. 30. Lind, Tom. CATALOGUE OF UFO PERIODICALS. author, 1982. 281p. Update, October 1982, pp. 282-88. 31. McDonald, James E. Hobe Sound, Fla.: The AN ANNOTATED LIST OF UFO REFERENCES. Tucson, 6 Bibliographical Works Ariz.: The author, 1969. 4p. Prepared for the Thomas Alva Edison Foundation's First Counselor's Con ference, St. Paul, Minn., May 26-27, 1969. 32. Melton, J. Gordon. A BIBLIOGRAPHY ON UFOs: “THE EXTRA TERRESTRIAL CONTACT MOVEMENT" BOOKS. Evanston, 111.: Institute for the Study of American Religion, August 1982. [27p.] 33. ------ . A COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF UFO AND FLYING SAUCER BOOKS, PAM PHLETS, AND PAPERS. Evanston, 111.: The author, 1979. 60p. 34. ------ . A SELECTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY ON "CONTACTEES" BEFORE ADAMSKI. Evanston, 111.: The author, [1981]. [4p.] 35. Morison, Robert Kingsley. 1977. [8p.] UFO BOOK INDEX, 1977. London: Ascent, 36. Muller, Robert, Theodore Spahn, and Janet Spahn. FROM RADICAL LEFT TO EXTREME RIGHT. 3 vols. 2d ed., Ann Arbor, Mich.: Campus; Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1970-75. Vol.l, pp. 430-36; vol.2, pp. 886-96; vol.3, pp. 1649-51. 37. Page, Henrietta M. The author, 1968. 17p. 38. ------ . 1975, 18p. FLYING SAUCERS! A BIBLIOGRAPHY. FLYING SAUCERS...A BIBLIOGRAPHY. Foxboro, Mass.: Aiken, S.C.: The author, 39. Prytz, John M. EXOBIOLOGY 4 UFOLOGY. Bibliography Series, vol. 1. ACUFOS Report D-16. Prospect, S. Austral.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies, November 1982; Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1983. 115p. 40. ------ . INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL FOR UFOLOGISTS. ACUFOS Report D-8. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies, 1981; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 48p. 41. Rasmussen, Richard Michael. UFO BIBLIOGRAPHY: AN ANNOTATED LISTING OF BOOKS ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. La Mesa, Calif.: Rasmussen Publications, 1975. 24p. 42. ------ . THE UFO LITERATURE: A COMPREHENSIVE ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS IN ENGLISH. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 1985. 263p. 43. Reeken, Dieter von. EXTRATERRESTRISCHE INTELLIGENZEN• Bremen, W. Ger.: Hermann Oberth Gesellschaft, 1977. 30p. Revised ed., 4 vols. Liineburg, W.Ger.: Carola von Reeken Verlag, 1979 1981. Vol. 1, 1949-1979, 58p.; vol. 2, 1901-1970, 24p.; vol. 3, 1971-1975, 43p.; vol. 4, 1976-1980, 45p. 44. Rickard, Robert J.M., comp. A GENERAL CATALOGUE OF FORTEAN SUBJECTS FOR THE FORTEAN DATABASE: PRELIMINARY EDITION. East Ham, London: Archives for Fortean Research, May 1985. [65p.] 45. Rodgers, Kay. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY. 7 Bibliographical Works Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Science and Technology Division, 1976. 16p. Reprinted in Lynn E. Catoe, UFOs AND RELATED SUBJECTS. Detroit: Gale Research, 1978. 46. Rosenthal, Frederick J., ed. FLYING SAUCERS: A SELECTED LIST OF REFERENCES, 1950-1963. Revised ed. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Legislative Reference Service, September 28, 1964. Not seen. 47. Sable, Martin H. EXOBIOLOGY: A RESEARCH GUIDE. Green Oak Press, 1978. 324p. 48. ------ . UFO GUIDE, 1947-1967. October 1967. lOOp. Brighton, Mich.: Beverly Hills, Cal.: Rainbow Press, 49. Sinclair, Michael, and Henry McKay. AN ADDITIONAL READING LIST ABOUT THE PHENOMENON OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS (UFOs). Toronto: U.F.O. Research Centre: Ontario, April 1978. 4p. 50. ------ . BIBLIOGRAPHY AND OTHER INFORMATION SOURCES ABOUT “CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE THIRD KIND" (CE-III TYPE REPORTS, THE MOST UNUSUAL OF UFO CASES). Toronto: U.F.O. Research Centre: Ontario, April 1978. 4p. 51. ------ . A SELECT INTRODUCTORY READING LIST ABOUT THE PHENOMENON OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS (UFOs). Toronto: U.F.O. Research Centre: Ontario, February 1978. 2p. 52. Smith, Marcia S. EXTRATERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE AND UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: A SELECTED, ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Congressional Research Service, 1976. UG 663/76-35 SP. 45p. 53. Speights, John P. PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UFO SOURCE MATERIAL. [Raleigh, N.C.]: The author, [I960]. 4p. 54. [Stafford, J.] 1981 UFO-ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS RESEARCHER'S SOURCES DIRECTORY. [Victoria, B.C.: Stafford Aerospace International], 1981. Not seen; ad in IDEAL'S UFO SPECIAL, 1981. 55. Stupple, David W. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A CENTURY OF CONTACT WITH EXTRA TERRESTRIALS. n.p., [1975]. 3p. 56. Sturm, Leonard, and Walter Andrus Jr. UFO P0CKETB00K BIBLIOGRAPHY. [Quincy, 111.]: Midwest UFO Network, [1974]. 2p. 57. Tasker, Alan. 9p. 58. Thomas, Jane. [1980]. [12p•] UFOs: A BOOKLIST. Wyoming, N.S.W.: SU Press, 1976. ' LISTA DE LIBROS/LIST OF BOOKS, n.p., The author, 59. Troadec, Jean-Pierre. SITUATION DE LA DOCUMENTATION RELATIVE AUX CONTACTS, AUX ENLEVEMENTS, AUX TELETRANSPORTS, AUX APPARITIONS RELIGIEUSES, 8 Bibliographical Works SUR LE PLAN MONDIAL. Lyon, France: The author, 1981. 37 + [12]p . ^ 60. UFOCODE: A CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR UFO REPORTS, UFO LITERATURE AND REFERENCES ON UFO-RELATED SUBJECTS, VERSION 1. Norrkoping, Swed.: Archives for UFO Research, December 1983. 5p. 61. U.S. Library of Congress. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS— BIBLIOGRA PHY. Compiled from Soviet Bloc and Western Sources, 1946-1959. AF 1255969; TT 59-19719. Washington, D.C.: [Library of Congress], August 4, 1959. [8p.] 62. Wegner, Willy. DANSK UFO-LITTERATUR, 1946-1970: EN BIBLIOGRAFI. Copenhagen, Denm.j K^benhavns Universitet, Institut f^r Folkemindevidenskab, 1972. 253p. 63. ------ . DANSK UFO-LITTERATUR, 1971-1979: EN BIBLIOGRAFI. Denm.: Skeptica, 1981. 295p. Alborg, 64. ------ . SKANDINAVISK UFO-LITTERATUR, 1950-1975: EN BIBLIOGRAFI. Thisted, Denm.: Dansk UFO Center, 1976. 38p. Special issue of UFORALIA, no.3 (1976). 65. ------ . SKANDINAVISK UFO-LITTERATUR, 1950-1981: EN BIBLIOGRAFI. Alborg, Denm.: Skeptica, 1982. 44p. 66. Wegner, Willy, and lb Jensen. ASTRO-ARKEOLOGISK LITTERATUR 1968 1977: EN BIBLIOGRAFI. Alborg, Denm.: Dansk UFO Center, 1978. 30p. Articles 67. Crum, Norman J. NAL 79 (1954):1719-22. "Flying Saucers and Book Selection." 68. Eberhart, George M. 20 (Winter 1980):144-48. TIN "UFO Literature for the Serious Ufologist." RQ 69. ------ . "UFOs, Ufologists, and the Library." 52 (1978):489-93. 70. Flick, David. 202-204. LIBRARY JOUR "Tripe for the Public." WILSON LIBRARY BULLE LIBRARY JOURNAL 80 (1955): 71. Jones, William E. (Letter), "Preserve and Protect." ber 1978):128-29. (Letter), Tom Lind, FATE 32 (February 1979): 129. 72. ---- . (Letter), “UFO." (January 1979):15. FATE 31 (Octo COLLEGE & RESEARCH LIBRARIES NEWS 40 73. Westrum, Ron, and Marcello Truzzi. "Anomalies: A Bibliographic In troduction with Some Cautionary Remarks." ZETETIC SCHOLAR 1, no.2 (1978): 69-78. 2. ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND SOURCEBOOKS In 1980 two very important UFO encyclopedias were published, by Margar et Sachs (110) and Ronald Story (115)* Sachs has a more international ori entation, more numerous illustrations, and is better for checking specific facts on persons and organizations* Story’s book, however, is by far super ior for background information on many ufological topics and may thus be more suitable for readers new to the topic. Most of the biographies have very revealing "position statements" written by those who are profiled, and the subject entries have usually been penned by a signed contributor. Ossola’s Italian encyclopedia (99) deserves a wider audience. 74. Abt, H. "Flying Saucer." Lexicon, Vol. 7, p. 214. In ENCYCLOPEDIA INTERNATIONAL. New York: 75. Bartlett, Robert E., Jr. PARTIAL LIST OF ORGANIZATIONS AND INDIVID UALS STUDYING THE UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS (FLYING SAUCERS) THAT HAVE MANIFESTED THEMSELVES THROUGHOUT THE GLOBE. Lakewood, 0.: The author, [1955]. 5p* Supplement, ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS TO THE LIST OF ORGANIZATIONS AND PROMINENT INDIVIDUALS STUDYING U.F.O. PHENOMENA. Lakewood, 0.: The author, [1955?]. 4p. 76. Briazack, Norman J . , and Simon Mennick. THE UFO GUIDEBOOK. Secaucus, N.J.: Citadel, 1978; London: New English Library, 1979. 246p. 77. Christensen, Marge, and Linda Seal. UFOs: SPACE INVADERS? Mass.: The authors, [1982]. 16p. Syllabus for a course for gifted youngsters. 7 8 . ------ THE UFO PHENOMENON: AN 8-WEEK ADULT COURSE. Mass.: The authors, [1981]. lip. Beverly, [Beverly, 79. Deschenes, Jacques. INFORMATION ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT. Hull, Quebec: The author, [1976]. 7p. Various editions. 80. Duplantier, Gene, ed. FLYING SAUCER TREASURE-TROVE. Ont.: SS&S, 1975. 12p. Revised ed., 1980. 12p. Lacks author's name. 81. ------ . FOR THE 1980's. Willowdale, UFO RESEARCH DIRECTORY OF PUBLICATIONS AND ORGANIZATIONS Willowdale, Ont.: SS&S, 1980. 28p. 82. Emerson, Robert B. UFO FORUM: SOURCE MATERIAL. 9 2d ed., Baton 10 Encyclopedias and Sourcebooks Rouge, La.: Recreation and Park Commission (UFO Forum), November 1956. I9p 83. Encyclopedia Britannica. FLYING SAUCERS. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica Library Research Service, [1954]. 15p. 84. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, 1964. 9p. Reprinted In FLYING SAUCERS, August 1964, pp. 33-48. 85. ------ . UFOs: A REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. Encyclopedia Britannica, 1967. 12p. Chicago: 86. “Extraterrestrial Civilizations." In GREAT SOVIET ENCYCLOPEDIA. New York: Macmillan, 1974. Vol. 5, pp. 133-34. 87. "Flying Saucer, or Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)." In COMPTON'S ENCYCLOPEDIA AND FACT-INDEX. Chicago: F.E. Compton, 1982. Vol. 9, p. 284. 88. Hynek, J. Allen. "Flying Saucer." In WORLD BOOK ENCYCLOPEDIA. Chicago: Field Enterprises Educational Corp., 1970. Vol. 7, pp. 276-77. 89. ------ . "UFO." In COLLIER'S ENCYCLOPEDIA. Educational Corp., 1976. Vol. 22, p. 569. New York: Macmillan 90. ------ . "Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)." In ENCYCLOPEDIA BRI TANNICA. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, 1965. Vol. 22, pp. 696-97. 1967 ed., vol. 22, pp. 499-500. 91. ------ . "Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)." In WORLD BOOK ENCYCLO PEDIA. Chicago: World Book-Childcraft International, 1978, 1984. Vol. 20, pp. 17-18. 92. ------ . "Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO)." In McGRAW-HILL ENCYC LOPEDIA OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. 4th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977, vol. 14, p. 223. 5th ed., 1982, vol. 14, p. 242. 93. Jacobs, David M. "Unidentified Flying Object." In ACADEMIC AMERI CAN ENCYCLOPEDIA. Princeton, N.J.: Arete, 1981. Vol. 19, pp. 384-85. 94. Lawson, Alvin H. UFO LITERATURE: THE RHETORIC OF THE UNKNOWN. Workbook for English 498, California State University, Long Beach, [1975?]. 126p. 95. Ley, Willy. "Flying Saucer." In WORLD BOOK ENCYCLOPEDIA. Field Enterprises Educational Corp., 1958. Vol. 6, p. 2646. Chicago: 96. Manak, Allan J. UFO TERMINOLOGY. [Cleveland]: Flying Saucer Digest, [1968]. [8p.] 2d ed., Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, [1970, 1981]. 8p. 97. Melesciuc, James R. sen,] January 1985. [12p.] UFO TRIVIA. [Beverly, Mass.: Marge Christen 11 Encyclopedias and Sourcebooks 98. "Objeto." In DICCIONARIO ENCICLOPEDICO ESPASA. Calpe, 1978. Vol. 9, pp. 389-90. Madrid, Sp.: Espasa **99. Ossola, Franco. DIZIONARIO ENCICLOPEDICO DI UFOLOGIA. Milan: Edizioni SAID, 1981. 923p. 2 vols. 100. [Page, Thornton L.]. COURSE DESCRIPTION, SCIENCE 101, FLYING SAU CERS. [Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University, 1967]. [2p.] With course quizzes, [16p.] 101. ------ . "Unidentified Flying Objects." In THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA BRITANNICA: MACROPAEDIA. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, 1979. Vol. 18, pp. 853-57. 102. Paradice, Sammy, ed. FLYING SAUCER TREASURE CHEST. Paradice International, [1971]. Not seen. Vidor, Tex.: 103. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS: 101 THINGS YOU CAN GET FREE. Vidor, Tex.: Paradice International, [1971]. Not seen; ad in SAUCERS, SPACE & SCIENCE, no.64 (March 1972). May be the same as 102. 104. al, 1970. , ed. UFO CATALOG 1970. Vidor, Tex.: Paradice Internation 32p. 105. Powers, William T. “Unidentified Flying Objects: Aerial Phenomenon or Extraterrestrial Beings?” In ABOVE AND BEYOND: THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AVIATION AND SPACE SCIENCES. 14 vols. Chicago: New Horizons, 1967-68. Vol. 13, pp. 2318-26. 106. Prytz, John. WHO'S WHO IN AUSTRALASIAN UFOLOGY. ACUFOS Report D-13. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 31p. 107. Regush, June, and Nicholas Regush. PSI: THE OTHER WORLD CATALOGUE. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1974. pp. 266-81. 108. Rigberg, James S., comp. THE INTERNATIONAL FLYING SAUCER DIRECTORY. New York: Flying Saucer News, 1956; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 15p. 109. Ryan, Tim, and Rae Jappinen. THE WHOLE AGAIN RESOURCE GUIDE. ta Barbara, Calif.: SourceNet, 1982. pp. 256-64. **110. Sachs, Margaret. THE UFO ENCYCLOPEDIA. Sons, 1980; London: Corgi, 1981. 408p. San New York: G.P. Putnam's 111. Sagan, Carl. "Unidentified Flying Object." In ENCYCLOPEDIA AMER ICANA. Danbury, Conn.: Americana, 1984. Vol. 27, pp. 367-69. 112. Shepard, Leslie, ed. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY. 2 vols. Detroit: Gale Research, 1978. pp. 4-6, 8, 21, 96-97, 101, 121, 158, 184, 341, 363, 373, 421, 431-32, 636, 800, 831, 889-90, 952-53. 12 Encyclopedias and Sourcebooks Supplement, 1982. pp. 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14-15, 16, 19, 21, 23, 24-26, 39, 42, 50, 52-53, 56, 60-63, 70, 78-79, 84, 85, 88, 91, 99, 101, 104, 114, 119-20, 122, 124. 113. ------ , ed. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY. 3 vols Detroit: Gale Research, 1985. Vol. 1, pp. 7-9, 12, 28, 41, 70, 105, 128, 134, 140, 142, 143-44, 164, 172, 180, 206, 208, 212-13, 216, 221, 239, 240, 243, 245-46, 258-59, 269, 271, 323, 331-32, 390, 431-32, 449, 457-58, 479, 481-82, 514, 519-20, 531, 548; vol. 2, pp. 603, 613, 618-19, 641, 656-57, 673, 705, 715, 719, 721, 727. 736, 757, 784-85, 787-90, 828, 830, 869, 908, 931-32, 952, 976, 993; vol. 3, pp. 995, 1002, 1042-44, 1071, 1073, 1153, 1158, 1163, 1166, 1196, 1211, 1222, 1224, 1248, 1287-89, 1297-98, 1310-14, 1318, 1349, 1378-79, 1389-93, 1402-403, 1408, 1419-20, 1423-24, 1428, 1442. 114. Somerville, Robert Stevenson. Schools, 1979. 197p. UFO TERMS. Warren, Mich.: UFO **115. Story, Ronald D., ed. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF UFOs. N.Y.: Doubleday, 1980; London: New English Library, 1981. Garden City, 440p. 116. "Those Mysterious Flying Saucers." In THE BOOK OF POPULAR SCIENCE New York: Grolier, 1963. Vol. 9, pp. 16-20. 117. UFO DIRECTORY. London: UFO Network, [1980]. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). 118. "Unidentified Flying Object.” In EVERYMAN'S ENCYCLOPEDIA. ed., London: J.M. Dent, 1978. Vol. 12, p. 145. 6th 3. UFO MONOGRAPHS BY PROPONENTS As the thickness of these volumes attest, so much has been written about UFOs that little needs to be said here on the history or nature of the phen omenon itself. What will be emphasized is the UFO literature and its impact on ufological thought. Those books having the most public impact have been overviews or histo ries, whether sensational or serious. As a barometer of the climate of opinion surrounding UFOs, few specialized treatments surpass them. While some are a tedious or misleading rehash of much that has been written before, there are a handful that serve as ufological landmarks because of the amount of interest they have generated. The first landmark was Donald E. Keyhoe’s FLYING SAUCERS FROM OUTER SPACE (347), which sold over 500,000 copies and was responsible for sparking in many a lifelong interest in extraterrestrial UFOs and the official secre cy surrounding them. Keyhoe's narrative style, aided by his habit of taking extremely detailed notes of his conversations, lent a certain excitement to the lifestyle of the career ufologist— much as later on Francois Truffaut’s character Lacombe in the film CLOSE ENCOUNTERS made the occupation seem slightly more glamorous than It actually is. The next landmark was Captain Edward Ruppelt’s THE REPORT ON UNIDENTI FIED FLYING OBJECTS (451). As the head of the U.S. Air Force’s Project Blue Book from 1951 to 1953, Ruppelt provides an important first-hand look at the mechanics of military UFO investigations in the early days. His stance as a genuinely open-minded fact finder deflated for a time the charges of an Air Force cover-up— that is, until the expanded 1959 edition appeared with three extra chapters in which he unexpectedly about-faced and said he was convinced UFOs did not exist, once more fueling accusations of official secrecy. In 1964 Keyhoe’s flourishing National Investigations Committee on Aer ial Phenomena supplied each member of Congress with a copy of THE UFO EVI DENCE (302), meticulously compiled by Richard H. Hall, Their intent was definitively to establish the reality of intelligently-controlled UFOs and pave the way for Congressional hearings and public funding. And, with the help of some very timely and widely publicized UFO sightings, that is exact ly what happened in 1966 when the University of Colorado contracted with the Air Force for a scientific study. The report on that study, known as the Condon report (7418), is a landmark in itself and will be discussed in Chap ter 40. By 1969 it had become Increasingly clear that the UFO phenomenon was not going to go away quietly; nor was it going to resolve itself with a mag nificent landing of extraterrestrial spaceships on the White House lawn. Two books published at about the same time gave voice to the frustrations caused by twenty years of gathering much bizarre anecdotal evidence but no alien bodies: Jacques Vallee, PASSPORT TO MAGONIA (519), and John A. Keel, UFOs: OPERATION TROJAN HORSE (343). Vallee and Keel's speculations on the archetypal and paranormal nature of UFO events provoked a wave of alternate 13 14 Monographs by Proponents reality and parallel universe theories that dominated ufological thought in the 1970s. The most recent landmark. UFO book, was J. Allen Hynek's THE UFO EXPER IENCE: A SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY (325), the first to provide a reasoned scientif ic framework for the investigation of UFOs. Not the least of its accom plishments was the classification of different types of UFO event and the coining of the terra "close encounter.” Those are the landmarks. Many of the other books listed in this sec tion are also outstanding, but have not been nearly as influential. The histories written by Loren Gross (296-97), David Jacobs (327), and Ted Bloecher (159) shed much light on the fascinating early UFO years. Jacques and Janine Vallee's and James McCampbell's books (520, 373) provide impres sive scientific analyses of the available UFO evidence. Paul Devereux (221), Jenny Randles (443-45), and Hilary Evans (239-40) have done laudable pio neering work in England, while Keith Basterfield in Australia (139-49), and Yurko Bondarchuk (162) and John Magor (378-79) in Canada have been setting the pace in their own countries. If I were asked to choose four books that, regardless of their intrinsic merit, typify each of the four decades of UFO research, the following would be my choices. A good flavor of the era of the 1950s flying saucer buff can be found in Arthur Constance's THE INEXPLICABLE SKY (206); an interesting mix of the "amazing facts" style and the "let's get the facts straight" counterbalance of the 1960s is exemplified by Lloyd Malian's THE OFFICIAL GUIDE TO UFOs (380); the renewed enthusiasm generated by America's last big UFO flap in 1973, with its occupant and abduction cases, is evident in Ralph and Judy Blum's popular BEYOND EARTH: MAN’S CONTACT WITH UFOs (160); and the new wave of cautious speculation, retrenchment, and increased professional ism of the 1980s is best expressed in Jenny Randles and Peter Warrington's SCIENCE AND THE UFOs (444). 119. Adams. SPACEFLEET: STRANGEST UFOs. New York: Spectrum Unlimited, 1977. Not seen; listed in Vaughn Greene, ASTRONAUTS OF ANCIENT JAPAN (12937), p. 154. 120. Adler, Bill [Jay David, pseud.]. THE FLYING SAUCER READER. York: New American Library, 1967; London: New English Library, 1968. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1967. 252p. 121. ------ . 352p. FLYING SAUCERS HAVE ARRIVED! 122. Aggen, Erich, Jr. axy, 1970. 45p. Cleveland: World, 1970. UFOs: THE UNKNOWN FACTOR. 123. Allen, William Gordon. Health Research, 1966. 197p. New 244p. ENIGMA-FANTASTIQUE. Kitchener, Ont.: Gal Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: 124. ------ . OVERLORDS AND OLYMPIANS: AN INTRODUCTION TO PARA-PSYCHO PHYSICS. Mokelurane Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1974. 178 + [10]p. Cover and chapter headings show title as OVERLORDS AND OLYMPIANS; dedi cation and contents pages show it as OVERLORDS, OLYMPIANS AND THE UFO. 15 Monographs by Proponents 125. ------ , ed. SPACE CRAFT DIGEST '58-'59 YEARBOOK. Salem, Ore.: Pacific Lemurian Society, 1959. 128p. Bound edition of four Issues of SPACE CRAFT DIGEST, Spring 1958 to Spring/Summer 1959. 126. ------ . SPACE-CRAFT FROM BEYOND THREE DIMENSIONS: A NEW VISTA OF THE ENTIRETY FROM WHICH EMERGES THE UFO. New York: Exposition, 1959. 202p. With four essays by Carl Frederick Krafft. 127. Arnold, Kenneth A., and Raymond A. Palmer. THE COMING OF THE SAU CERS: A DOCUMENTARY REPORT ON SKY OBJECTS THAT HAVE MYSTIFIED THE WORLD. Boise, Id.: The authors, 1952; Amherst, Wise.: Amherst Press, [1967]. 192p. 128. Arnon, Shlomo. UFOs ARE A SCIENTIFIC FACT, [1974?] 18p. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). n.p., The author, 129. [Babcock, Edward J . , Jr.], ed. THE SHADOW OF THE UNKNOWN. Kendall Park, N.J.: New Jersey Association on Aerial Phenomena, August 1963. 93p. Authors include Dave Halperin, John Nove, Jerome Clark, Hans Lauritzen, Chester Mohn, Edward J. Babcock Jr. 130. Babcock, Edward J . , Jr., and Timothy Green Beckley, eds. UFO's AROUND THE WORLD. New Brunswick, N.J.: Interplanetary News Service, 1966. 64p. 2d ed. (United Nations Commemorative), New York: Global Communications, 1978. 66p. 131. Barker, David. SCENARIOS OF ALIEN VISITATION. cers Unlimited, 1985. 7p. Salem, Ore.: Sau 132. Barker, Gray. GRAY BARKER'S BOOK OF SAUCERS. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1965. 77p. Revised and abridged ed., CHASING THE FLYING SAUCERS, VOL. 1. Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1982. 24p. 133. ------ . GRAY BARKER'S UFO ANNUAL '81. tions, 1982. 68p. New York: Global Communica 134. ------ , ed. THE SAUCERIAN REVIEW: A REPORT ON FLYING SAUCERS. Clarksburg, W.Va.: The editor, 1956. 99p. Reprints of articles, ads, and news items from THE SAUCERIAN, 1955. 135. ------ . THE SILVER BRIDGE. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1970. 151p. Chapter 8 written by John A. Keel, pp. 64-75. **136. ------ . THEY KNEW TOO MUCH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Uni versity Books, 1956; Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1975. 256p. British ed., London: Werner Laurie, 1958. 256p. Paperback ed., New York: Tower, 1967. 190p. Reprinted as THE UNIDENTIFIED. London: John Spencer, 1960. 156p. 137 ed. UFO 96. Clarksburg, W.Va.: The International Bankers 16 1963. Monographs by Proponents [96p.] 138. ------ . THE YEAR OF THE SAUCER: GRAY BARKER'S UFO ANNUAL 1983— A REVIEW OF THE YEAR 1982. Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1983. lOlp. 139. Basterfield, Keith, ed. AUSTRALIA 1982. ACUFOS Report D-17. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies; Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1983. 19p. 140. ------ . CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF AN AUSTRALIAN KIND: UFOs, THE IMAGE HYPOTHESIS. Sydney, N.S.W.: A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1981. lllp. 141. ------ . AN OVERVIEW OF THE UFO PHENOMENA IN AUSTRALIA. S. Austral.: UFO Research (S.A.), [1975?]. 7p. Prospect, 142. ------ . AN OVERVIEW OF THE UFO PHENOMENON IN AUSTRALASIA AND SOME NOTES ON INVESTIGATIONS INTO THAT SUBJECT. Prospect, S. Austral.: UFO Research (S.A.), February 1976. 5p. 143. ------ . A REFERENCE CATALOGUE OF INTERESTING CASES REPORTED TO THE CENTRE IN 1978. ACUFOS Report D-l. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies, January 1980; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. lip 144. ------ . A REPORT ON OBSERVATIONS OF UFOs FROM AIRCRAFT CREW MEM BERS IN AUSTRALIA. ACUFOS Report D-2. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies, 1980; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 24p. 145. ------ . REPORTED OBSERVATIONS FROM AIRCRAFT OVER AUSTRALASIA, 1977-1979. Prospect, S. Austral.: UFO Research (S.A.), 1979. 5p. Reprinted in MUFON UFO JOURNAL, May 1980, pp. 3-4. 146. ------ . A SOURCE CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALASIAN UFO REPORTS WHERE PHO TOGRAPHS WERE TAKEN. Prospect, S. Austral.: UFO Research (S.A.), 1978. 16p 147. Basterfield, Keith, and Harry Griesberg, eds. ACUFOS YEARLY SUM MARY, 1980. ACUFOS Report D-9. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Studies, 1981; N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 17p. 148. ------ , eds. ACUFOS YEARLY SUMMARY, 1981. Gosford, N.S.W.: Aus tralian Centre for UFO Studies; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. lOp. 149. Basterfield, Keith, and David A.J. Seargent. A REFERENCE CATALOGUE OF INTERESTING CASES REPORTED TO THE CENTRE IN 1979, AND AN ANALYSIS OF AUSTRALIAN WIDE REPORTS 1979. ACUFOS Report D-4. Gosford, N.S.W.: Austral ian Centre for UFO Studies, November 1980; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 25p. 150. Bearden, Thomas E. F.XCALIBUR BRIEFING: EXPLAINING PARANORMAL PHEN OMENA. San Francisco: Strawberry Hill Press, 1980. 266p. 151. Bearne, A. W. author, 1968. 24p. FLYING SAUCERS OVER THE WEST. Paignton, Devon: The 17 Monographs by Proponents 152. Beckley, Timothy Green, ed. INSIDE THE SAUCERS 1962. wick, N.J.: Interplanetary News Service, 1963. 62p. New Bruns 153. ------ . ON THE TRAIL OF THE FLYING SAUCERS. Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, [1970]. 48p. Reprints of his articles in FLYING SAUCERS, 1966-1970. 154. Bell, Terry. UFO— HERE? and Horton, 1974. 48p. Ed. Tony Hegh. Auckland, N.Z.: Wilson 155. Bender, Albert K . , ed. SPACE REVIEW. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1962. 56p. Complete reprint of SPACE REVIEW, October 1952-October 1953. 156. Bergrun, Norman R. Academy Press, 1972. 65p. TOMORROW'S TECHNOLOGY TODAY. Campbell, Calif.: 157. Binder, Otto 0. FLYING SAUCERS ARE WATCHING US. New York: Belmont, 1968. 189p. Reprinted as UNSOLVED MYSTERIES OF THE PAST. New York: Tower, 1970. 189p. 158. ------ . WHAT WE REALLY KNOW ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. Conn.: Gold Medal/Fawcett, 1967. 224p. **159. Bloecher, Ted. REPORT ON THE UFO WAVE OF 1947. The author, 1967. [209p.] Greenwich, Washington, D.C.: 160. Blum, Ralph, and Judy Blum. BEYOND EARTH: MAN’S CONTACT WITH UFOs. Springfield, Mass.: Phillips, 1974. 248p. Paperback eds., New York: Bantam; London: Corgi, 1974, 1978. 248p. IES. 161. Blundell, Nigel, and Roger Boar. THE WORLD'S GREATEST UFO MYSTER London: Octopus, 1983; New York: Exeter, 1984. 192p. **162. Bondarchuk, Yurko. UFO SIGHTINGS, LANDINGS AND ABDUCTIONS: THE DOCUMENTED EVIDENCE. Toronto: Methuen, 1979. 208p. Reprinted as UFO CANADA. Scarborough, Ont.: Signet, 1981. 198p. 163. Bourdages, Joseph 0. HUMANITY AND UFOs. San Francisco: Anthelion, 1976. Not seen; mentioned in ISTRA SPACE DIGEST, 1977, p. 24. 164. Bourret, Jean-Claude. THE CRACK IN THE UNIVERSE: WHAT YOU HAVE NOT BEEN TOLD ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. Trans. Gordon Creighton. St. Heller, Jer sey: Neville Spearman (Jersey), [1977]. 263p. Translation of LA NOUVELLE VAGUE DES SOUCOUPES V0LANTES. Paris: Edi tions France-Empire, 1974. 165. Bowen, Charles, ed. BEYOND CONDON: NORTH AMERICAN REPORT ON RECENT UFO CASES AND RESEARCH. FSR special issue, no. 2. London: FSR [Flying Sau cer Review] Publications, June 1969. 72p. 166 ed. ENCOUNTER CASES FROM FLYING SAUCER REVIEW. New York: 18 Monographs by Proponents Signet, 1977. 220p. 167. ------ , ed. UFO ENCOUNTERS. FSR special issue, no. 5. FSR [Flying Saucer Review] Publications, 1973. 36p. London: 168. ------ , ed. UFO PERCIPIENTS. FSR special issue, no. 3. FSR [Flying Saucer Review] Publications, August 1969. 44p. London: 169. ------ , ed. UFOs IN TWO WORLDS. FSR special issue, no. 4. FSR [Flying Saucer Review] Publications, 1971. 64p. 170. Bowers, Frank, ed. THE NEW REPORT ON FLYING SAUCERS. edition. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1967. 80p. 171. ------ , ed. THE 1969 TRUE REPORT ON FLYING SAUCERS. edition. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1969. 72p. 172. ------ , ed. THE TRUE REPORT ON FLYING SAUCERS. tion. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1967. 96p. Material reprinted from TRUE, 1950-1967. London TRUE special TRUE special TRUE special edi 173. Boyd, Bob, ed. U.F.O.'s OVER PLYMOUTH. Plymouth, Eng.: Plymouth Unidentified Flying Objects Research Group, 1982. 34p. 174. Boys, Don. FLYING SAUCERS: MYTHS, MADNESS, OR MADE IN MOSCOW? In dianapolis: Goodhope Press, [1969?]; Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 81p. 175. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS: PROOF IN PICTURES. Press, 1969. [38p.J Indianapolis: Goodhope 176. Braunstein, Arthur. FLYING SAUCERS IN THE SKY: THE HANDWRITING ON THE WALL. Reseda, Calif.: Center of Infinity Library, 1964. 48p. 177. Bray, Arthur. Service, 1967. 193p. 178. ------ . 207p. SCIENCE, THE PUBLIC AND THE UFO. THE UFO CONNECTION. Ottawa: Bray Book Ottawa: Jupiter Publishing, 1979. 179. British UFO Research Association. A GUIDE TO THE U.F.O. PHENOMENON Ed. Lionel Beer and J. Cleary-Baker. London: BUFORA, 1972; Burgess Hill, Sussex: BUFORA, 1976 [Science Paper No. 3]. 17p. **180. Brookesraith, Peter, ed. 208p. THE AGE OF THE UFO. London: Orbis, 1984. 181. ------ , ed. THE UFO CASEBOOK: STARTLING CASES AND ASTONISHING PHO TOGRAPHS OF ENCOUNTERS WITH FLYING SAUCERS. London: Orbis, 1982. 95p. 182. Butcher, Don. A REFERENCE BOOK OF UFO SOUNDS. Surrey Investigation Group on Aerial Phenomena, [1970]. 183 WATER SYMBOLISM IN UFO-ENCOUNTERS. Camberley, Surrey: 38p. Caraberley, Surrey: 19 Monographs by Proponents Surrey Investigation Group on Aerial Phenomena, 1971. Fry. 23p. 184. Buttlar, Johannes von. THE U.F.O. PHENOMENON. Trans. Nicholas London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1979. 208p. Paperback ed., London: Star Books, 1980. 210p. Translation of DAS U.F.O. PHANOMEN. Munich: C. Bertelsmann Verlag, 1978. 185. Cahill, Robert Ellis. NEW ENGLAND'S VISITORS FROM OUTER SPACE. Peabody, Mass.: Chandler-Smith, 1985. 52p. 186. Campbell, Duncan Cameron. D.C.: The author, May 1957. 16p. TRUTH AND FLYING SAUCERS. Washington, 187. Campione, Michael J. REALITY OF UFOs: THEIR DANGER, HOPE; MODERN MANUAL OF UFO TRUTH. Cinnaminson, N.J.: The author, 1965. 16p. 188. ------ . U.F.O.s: 20th CENTURY'S GREATEST MYSTERY. N.J.]: The author, 1968. 129p. [Cinnaminson, 189. Cathie, Bruce L. THE BRIDGE TO INFINITY: HARMONIC 371244. land, N.Z.: Quark Enterprises, 1983. 200p. Auck 190. ------ . HARMONIC 33. Wellington, N.Z.: A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1968, 1974, 1977; San Francisco: Tri-Ocean Books, 1969; London: Bailey Bros., 1968. 207p. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1980. 204p. 191. ------ . THE PULSE OF THE UNIVERSE: HARMONIC 288. Wellington, N.Z.: A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1977; London: Sphere, 1981. 214p. 192. Cathie, Bruce L., and Peter N. Teram. HARMONIC 695: THE UFO AND ANTI-GRAVITY. Wellington, N.Z.: A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1971, 1974. 201p. Reprinted as UFOs AND ANTI-GRAVITY. San Francisco: Strawberry Hill Press; Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole, 1977. 203p. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1980. 204p. 193. Chambers, Howard V. UFOs FOR THE MILLIONS. New York: Bell, 1967; Los Angeles: Sherbourne, 1967. 158p. British ed., London: Bailey Bros., 1968. 158p. Reprinted as THE FACTS ON THE FLYING SAUCER CONTROVERSY. New York: Grosset and Dunlap, 1968. 158p. 194. Chapman, Robert. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. London: Arthur Bar ker, 1969. 168p. Paperback ed., London: Mayflower, 1970. 160p. Variant title, UFO: FLYING SAUCERS OVER BRITAIN? appears on cover of London: Mayflower, 1974, 1981. 189p. 195. Chase, Frank Martin [pseud.]. DOCUMENT 96: A RATIONALE FOR FLYING SAUCERS. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1968. 123p. **196. Clark, Jerome, and Loren Coleman. THE UNIDENTIFIED: NOTES TOWARD SOLVING THE UFO MYSTERY. New York: Warner Paperback Library, 1975. 272p. 20 Monographs by Proponents 197. Clements, Dan. HOW TO BE KIDNAPPED BY UFOLK (AND OTHER ESCAPES). Manhattan Beach, Calif.: Clemco, 1974. 105p. 198. Cochrane, Hugh F. SECRET SCIENCE: THE TRUTH ABOUT VORTEX ENERGY AND UFOs. Toronto: The author, 1979. 38p. 199. Collins, Andy. CATALOGUE OF UFO SIGHTINGS IN ESSEX FOR 1976. tingham: Nottingham UFO Investigation Society, 1977. 39 + [5]p. Not 200. Collins, Robert Perry. HILLSBORO: AN IN-DEPTH STUDY OF AN ONGOING UFO WAVE. [Bridgeport, Conn.]: The author, 1982. [96p.] 201. ------- . PERSONAL NOTES: UFOs AND THE INDIVIDUAL. Conn.]: The author, [1982]. [19p.j 202. ------ . UFOs: THE CONSPIRACY TO DECEIVE. author, [1981]. [15p.] 203. ------ . [1985]. [42p.] UFOs AND GLOBAL REALITY. [Bridgeport, [Bridgeport, Conn.]: The [Bridgeport, Conn.]: The author, 204. ------- . WHAT ARE THEY? WHO ARE THEY? author, [1981]. [13p.] [Bridgeport, Conn.]: The 205. ------- . WHAT IS HAPPENING AND WHAT DOES IT MEAN? Conn.]: The author, [1981]. [6p.] [Bridgeport, 206. Constance, Arthur. THE INEXPLICABLE SKY. London: Werner Laurie, 1956. 308p. (especially pp. 211-308). American ed., New York: Citadel, 1957. 288p. (especially pp. 189-288). 207. ------- . THEY COME FROM OTHER WORLDS. New York: Citadel, [1956]. 6p. This pamphlet accompanied some copies of THE INEXPLICABLE SKY (206). 208. Cosmic Brotherhood Association. CBA, [1966?] [56p.] FLYING SAUCER. 209. Crawford, Hal, Hayden C. Hewes, and Keitha Hewes. Oklahoma City: International UFO Bureau, 1970. 31p. 210. ------- . THE INTRUDERS. 1971. 35p. Yokohama, Japan: THE ALIENS. Oklahoma City: International UFO Bureau, 211. Crura, W. L. LUNAR LUNACY AND OTHER COMMENTARIES. Philadelphia: The author, 1965. 284p. Listed in Sable (47); another source gives title as LUNAR LANDING AND OTHER COMMENTARIES. 212. Cyr, Guy J. SOON THE MOON. Lawrence, Mass.: The author, [1964?] 23p. Mentioned in INTERPLANETARY NEWS SERVICE REPORT, vol.2, no.6, pp. 21-22. 213. Darbro, Wesley A., and Stanley L. Ingram. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING 21 Monographs by Proponents OBJECTS OVER THE TENNESSEE VALLEY. Huntsville, Ala.: South, 1974. 99p. 214. Davis, Albert Roy. THE MOON. Jacksonville, Fla.: Roy Davis Labora tories, [1967?]. Not seen; mentioned in his FLYING SAUCERS AND U.F.O.'s (1640). 215. ------ . THE MYSTERY OF THE UFOs. Phenomena Research Laboratory, n.d. 16p. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). Green Cove Springs, Fla.: Aerial 216. ------ . 1970 UFO SCIENCE MYSTERIES. author, 1970. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). Green Cove Springs, Fla.: The 217. ------ . SCIENCE MYSTERIES OF U.F.O.'s. Green Cove Springs, Fla.: Albert Roy Davis UFO Research Laboratory, [1969?]. 16p. Not seen; ad in POPULAR SCIENCE, April 1969, p. 220. 218. ------ . SCIENTISTS BREAK COMMUNICATION CODE WITH UFOs: DEVELOP NEW WEAPONS SYSTEM AGAINST UFOs. Duluth, Ga.: Jack Ford Science Projects, n.d. Not seen; Information taken from flyer. 219. Dean, Michael. SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY REPORT ON POSITIVE NORTHERN UFO SIGHTINGS. Manchester, Eng.: Northern UFO Network, July 1975. lip. 220. Detrick, John, ed. THE ORIGINAL FLYING SAUCER HANDBOOK: A FIELD GUIDE TO EXTRATERRESTRIAL PHENOMENON. Written and comp, by L. Michael Lerner. Miami: Saucer Studies, 1978. 71p. **221. Devereux, Paul. EARTH LIGHTS: TOWARDS AN EXPLANATION OF THE UFO ENIGMA. Wellingborough, Northants: Turnstone, 1982. 256p. 222. Devereux, Paul, and Nigel Pennick. EARTH MYSTERIES: A WORLDWIDE COMPENDIUM. Wellingborough, Northants: Turnstone, 1985. Scheduled for publication at press time. 223. Duplantler, Gene, ed. OUTERMOST. [May 1970]. 40p. 2d ed., October 1975. 34p. Willowdale, Ont.: The author, 224. ------ , ed. SAUCERS SPACE & SCIENCE 1965 YEARBOOK. Ont.: SS&S, 1965. 36p. Willowdale, 225. ------ , ed. SAUCERS SPACE & SCIENCE 10TH ANNIVERSARY. Ont.: SS&S, 1967. 45p. 226. ------ , ed. SS&S SAMPLER. Willowdale, Ont.: SS&S, n.d. Articles and cartoons from SAUCERS SPACE & SCIENCE. 227. ------ , ed. SPACEDUST. Willowdale, 42p. Willowdale, Ont.: The author, [1973]. 36p. 228. Dykes, Mervyn. STRANGERS IN OUR SKIES: UFOs OVER NEW ZEALAND. er Hutt, N.Z.: INL Print, 1982. 192p. Low 22 Monographs by Proponents 229. Easley, Robert S. ROBERT S. EASLEY'S WORLD OF UFOLOGY. UFO Journal and United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1981. 43p. Cleveland: 230. Easley, Robert S., and Rick R. Hilberg. SAUCER ALBUM— TWO: A LOOK AT THINGS UFOLOGICAL. Cleveland: UFO Magazine Publications, 1970. 35p. 231. Easley, Robert S., Rick R. Hilberg, Allan J. Manak, Theodore G. Sauppe, and Carol J. Hilberg, eds. UFOs: AN ENIGMA FROM SPACE. Cleveland: UFO Journal and Northern Ohio UFO Group, 1981. 48p. 232. Edmunds, Keith D. Yorks: Power, 1978. 123p. WOULD YOU BELIEVE AN ALIEN? 233. Edwards, Frank. FLYING SAUCERS— HERE AND NOW! New York: Lyle Stuart, 1967. 261p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1968. 162p. **234. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS— SERIOUS BUSINESS. New York: Lyle Stuart, 1966. 319p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1966. 184p. British ed., London: Mayflower, 1967. 192p. Sowerby Bridge, [Ed. Eileen Brand.] [Ed. Eileen Brand.] 235. ------ . THE FRANK EDWARDS REPORT ON FLYING SAUCERS. Citadel, n.d. 7p. 236. Eide, Lucille. MY UFO. 72 + [12]p . Includes 4-page insert. 237. Emenegger, Robert. Ballantine, 1974. 180p. [Glendale, Calif.]: Age of Aquarius, 1980. UFO's: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE. 238. Emery, Gordon. THE GREAT WAVE OF "67." Hill, [1968]. 10 + [21p .] **239. Evans, Hilary. Aquarian, 1983. 160p. 240. ------ . New York: THE EVIDENCE FOR UFOs. UFOs: THE GREATEST MYSTERY. New York: Meopham, Kent: H. Edward Wellingborough, Northants: London: Albany Books, 1979. 94p. American ed., Secaucus, N.J.: Chartwell, [1980]. 93p. 241. Fawcett, George D. QUARTER CENTURY STUDIES OF UFOs IN FLORIDA, NORTH CAROLINA AND TENNESSEE. Mt. Airy, N.C.: Pioneer Printing, 1975. 90p. 242. Fischer, Ray, and Les Bristol. THE VICTORIAN UFO REPORT, 1954. Moorabbin, Viet.: Victorian UFO Research Society, 1978. 22p. 243. Fitzgerald, Randall T., ed. THE COMPLETE BOOK OF EXTRATERRESTRIAL ENCOUNTERS. New York: Collier, 1979. 200p. **244. Flammonde, Paris. THE AGE OF FLYING SAUCERS: NOTES ON A PROJECTED HISTORY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. New York: Hawthorne, 1971. 288p. 23 Monographs by Proponents 245. ------ . UFO EXIST! New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1976. 406p. Paperback ed., New York: Ballantlne; London: Futura, 1977. 480p. 246. Ford, Brian John. 1973. 189p. THE EARTH HATCHERS. London: Leslie Frewln, 247. Foster, Stuart. FLYING SAUCERS. Albuquerque, N.Mex.: Stuart Fos ter Associates, 1953. 30p. Not seen; ad In FATE, September 1953, p. 107. 248. Fowler, Raymond E. CASEBOOK OF A UFO INVESTIGATOR. Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1981. 246p. Englewood 249. ------ . UFOs: INTERPLANETARY VISITORS. Jericho, N.Y.: Exposition, 1974; Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, [1979]. 365p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1979. 346p. 250. Frick, John R. PROFILE OF AN ALIEN SPACECRAFT. UFO Data Central, 1980. 18p. Revision of an article in UFO UPDATE. Miami, Fla.: World 251. ------ . TECHNOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE "DISC TYPE" ALIEN SPACE CRAFT. Melbourne, Fla.: World UFO Data Central, 1980. 4p. 252. ------ . TIME FOR TRUTH. Melbourne, Fla.: UFO/Alien Spacecraft Headquarters, [1973]; Willowdale, Ont.: SS&S, 1979. 20p. 253. Friedrich, Christof [Ernst Ziindel] , ed. 165 LITTLE KNOWN UFO SIGHTINGS FROM AROUND THE WORLD. Toronto: Samisdat, [1974]. 45p. 254. ------ . 120p. SECRET NAZI POLAR EXPEDITIONS. Toronto: Samisdat, [197-]. 255. Fuller, John G. ALIENS IN THE SKIES: THE NEW UFO BATTLE OF THE SCIENTISTS. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1969. 217p. Paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1969. 221p. "Testimony by six leading scientists before the House Committee on Sci ence and Astronautics, July 29, 1969." **256. ------ . INCIDENT AT EXETER: THE STORY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OB JECTS OVER AMERICA TODAY. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1966. 251p. Paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1967, 1974. 221p. 257. Furlow, Herbert McLean, ed. York: K.M.R., 1969. 74p. See 371-72 for earlier editions. FLYING SAUCERS AND UFOs 1969. 258. Gallart, Henry R. FROM OTHER WORLDS. planetary News Service, 1964. 48p. New Brunswick, N.J.: Inter 259. Gibbons, Gavin. THE COMING OF THE SPACE SHIPS. Spearman, 1956; New York: Citadel, 1958. 188p. 260. [Gilpin, Jackson]. New THE PARALLEL UNIVERSE. London: Neville [Louisa, Ky.]: The 24 Monographs by Proponents author, [1981?] [34p.] 261. Gindilis, L.M., D.A. Menkov, and I.G. Petrovskaya. OBSERVATIONS OF ANOMALOUS ATMOSPHERIC PHENOMENA IN THE USSR: STATISTICAL ANALYSIS. NASA Technical Memorandum, no. 75665, February 1980. Reprinted, Evanston, 111.: Center for UFO Studies, June 1980. 63p. Translation of NABLYUDENIYA ANOMAL'NIKH ATMOSFERNIKH YAVLENII V SSSR: STATISTICHESKII ANALIZ. Moscow: Institut Kosmicheskisch Ysslelevanil, Akademil Nauk SSSR, 1979. 262. Girard, Robert C. Book Service, 1985. 24p. THE COSMIC SHEEPDOG. Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus 263. Girvan, [Ian] Waveney. FLYING SAUCERS AND COMMON SENSE. Frederick Muller, 1955. 160p. American ed., New York: Citadel, 1956. 157p. 264. Glemser, Kurt. [28p.] ALIEN CONTACT. London: Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1973. 265. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS FROM BEYOND OUR DIMENSION. Ont.: Galaxy, [1971]. [36p.] Kitchener, 266. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS FROM THE FOURTH DIMENSION. Ont.: The author, 1969; Galaxy, 1974. [42p.] Kitchener, 267. ------ , ed. THE SAUCER PHENOMENON. Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1970. 47p. 268. ------ , ed. UFO REPORT— 1969. [Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy,] May 1970. 45p. Special issue of QUEST-UFO REPORT, May-June 1970. 269. ------ . [1972]. [36p.] UFOs: MENACE FROM THE SKIES. Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 270. Glemser, Kurt, and Alex Saunders. THEY WALK AMONG US. Ont.: The authors, 1970; Galaxy, 1974. 40p. 271. Godwin, Virgil Thomas. author, 1980. 163p. THE BIZARRE SHAVER. 272. [Grant, Robert V.], ed. UFOs UNCENSORED. Uncensored, 1966. 69p. 2d ed., Van Nuys, Calif.: RAMC0, [1984]. 69p. Kitchener, [Salem, Ore.]: The Hollywood, Calif.: Facts 273. Green, Gabriel, and Warren Smith. LET'S FACE THE FACTS ABOUT FLY ING SAUCERS. New York: Popular Library, 1967. 127p. 274. Greenbank, Anthony. CREATURES FROM OUTER SPACE. New York: Harper & Row, 1967. Listed in Rasmussen (42); apparently refers to a chapter in 628. 275. Greenfield, Allen H. EXTRACTS FROM ALTERNATIVE HORIZONS NEWSLET- 25 Monographs by Proponents TER. Atlanta, Ga,: The author, n.d. 8p. 276. ----- . PERSPECTIVES: AERIAL PHENOMENA 1970-1974. The author, [1974]. 14p. 2d ed., with 1975 supplement on back cover. 14p. 277. ------ , ed. SMALL STEPS, GIANT LEAPS. Greenfield Memorial Press, 1971. 16p. [Atlanta, Ga.]: Atlanta, Ga.: Albert S. 278. ----- . THE SUBJECTIVE THEORY AND MODERN PHYSICS. [Tampa, Fla.]: The author, [1977?]. Not seen; mentioned in UFOLOGY NOTEBOOK, vol. 4, no.2 (1977), p. 20. 279. ------ . UFOLOGY: AN INFORMAL SURVEY. Publishers, 1966. 53p. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). Cleveland: UFO Magazine 280. ------ . WE ARE THE MARTIANS! Tampa, Fla.: Hermetic Educational Institute, [1977?]. lip. Not seen; mentioned in UFOLOGY NOTEBOOK, vol. 4, no.2 (1977), p. 21. 281. Greenfield, Irving A. 141p. Revised ed., 1969. 176p. THE U.F.O, REPORT. New York: Lancer, 1967. 282. ------ [Allen Louis Erskine, pseud.] WHY ARE THEY WATCHING US? New York: Tower, 1967; Belraont-Tower, 1974. 124p. 283. Griesberg, Harry, and Keith Basterfield. ACUFOS YEARLY SUMMARY: 1980. ACUFOS Report D-9. Gosford, N.S.W.: Australian Centre for UFO Stud ies, 1981; [Scotia, N.Y.J: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. 17p. 284. Griesberg, Harry, and David A.J. Seargent. AUSTRALIAN U.F.O. STA TISTICS 1976. Gosford, N.S.W.: Centre for UFO Studies, Australian Co-Ordin ation Section, 1977. 12p. 285. ------ . AUSTRALIAN U.F.O. STATISTICS 1977. Gosford, N.S.W.: Cen tre for UFO Studies, Australian Co-Ordination Section, 1978. 14p. 286. Gross, Loren E. THE MYSTERY OF THE GHOST ROCKETS. The author, 1974. 53p. Revised ed. , Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. Fremont, Calif. 68p. 287. -THE UFO MYSTERY: 1947, JULY-DECEMBER. Fremont, Calif.: The author, 1980. 59p., plus 15-page photocopied supplement. — m THE UFO QUESTION : 1949, JANUARY-JUNE. 288. -- - • ■ The author, 1982. 91p. Fremont, Calif.: 289. -THE UFO QUESTION : 1949, JULY-DECEMBER. The author, 1982. 80p. 290. — --- • THE UFO RIDDLE: 1948, JANUARY-JULY. author, 1980. 57p. Fremont, Calif.: Fremont, Calif.: The 26 Monographs by Proponents Fremont, Calif.: 291. --- --- . THE UFO RIDDLE: 1948, AUGUST-DECEMBER. The author, 1981. 49p. 292. --author, 1982 . UFOs, A HISTORY: JANUARY-APRIL 1952. 102p. Fremont, Calif.: The UFOs, A HISTORY: 1950 , JANUARY-MARCH. 293. --The author, 1983. loop. UFOs, A HISTORY: 1950 , AUGUST-DECEMBER. 294. --The author, 1983. 79p. 295. --- --a UFOs, A HISTORY: 1951 . 108p. Fremont, Calif.: Fremont, Calif.: Fremont, Calif. : The author, 1983. UFOs, A HISTORY: VOL. 1, JULY 1947-DECEMBER 1948. **296. --N.Y.: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. [160p.] A reprint of THE UFO MYSTERY (287) , and THE UFO RIDDLE (290-91). **297. ------ • UFOs, A HISTORY: VOL. 2, 1949. Book Service, 1983. [193p.] A reprint of THE UFO QUESTION (288-89). Scotia, Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus 298. Guieu, Jimmy. FLYING SAUCERS COME FROM ANOTHER WORLD. Trans. Charles Ashlelgh. London: Hutchinson; New York: Citadel, 1956. 248p. Translation of LES SOUCOUPES VOLANTES VIENNENT D'UN AUTRE MONDE. Paris: Editions Fleuve Noir, 1954; Paris: Omnium Litteraire, 1972. **299. Haines, Richard F., ed. UFO PHENOMENA AND THE BEHAVIORAL SCIEN TIST. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow, 1979; Folkestone, Kent: Bailey Bros, and Swinfen, 1980. 450p. 300. Hall, Bob. FLYING SAUCERS ARE. n.p., [1964?]. Not seen; ad in Rigberg's FLYING SAUCER NEWS, August 1964, p. 46. 301. Hall, Graham, ed. UFO: THIRTIETH ANNIVERSARY ISSUE. Calif.: Wellington-Hall, 1977. 66p. Pasadena, **302. Hall, Richard H . , ed. THE UFO EVIDENCE. Washington, D.C.: Nation al Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, 1964. 184p. Revised ed., [Glenview, 111.: National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, 1982]. 6 + 184 + 60p. Indexed by Sherman J. Larsen. 303. Harold, Clive. THE UNINVITED: A TRUE STORY. London: Star, 1979. 173p. Abridged ed., Walton-on-Thames, Eng.: Nelson, 1981. 120p. 304. Hartle, Orvil R. A CARBON EXPERIMENT? LaPorte, Ind.: The author, 1963. 248p. Reprinted as no. A-12 (Winter 1963) of THE HIDDEN WORLD. 305. Hawley, Donald A. 1967. 65p. PROOFS "FLYING SAUCERS" RUSSIAN WEAPONS, n.p., 27 Monographs by Proponents 306. Heard, Gerald. THE RIDDLE OF THE FLYING SAUCERS: IS ANOTHER WORLD WATCHING? London: Carroll and Nicolson, 1950. 157p. Reprinted as IS ANOTHER WORLD WATCHING? THE RIDDLE OF THE FLYING SAUCERS New York: Harper, 1951. 183p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1953. 182p. 307. Hervey, Michael. UFOs OVER THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE. N.S.W.: Horwltz, 1969. 192p. British ed., London: Robert Hale, 1975. 250p. 308. ------ . UFOs: THE AMERICAN SCENE. St. Martin's, 1976. 224p. Sydney, London: Robert Hale; New York: 309. Hewes, Hayden C. EARTHPROBE: THE COMPLETE STORY OF THE "PIEDMONT UNEXPLAINED." Oklahoma City: International UFO Bureau, 1973. 26p. 310. ------ • 1972. THE ENTITIES. Oklahoma City: International UFO Bureau, 311. ------ . MY QUEST: THE TRUTH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. The author, [196-]. 16p. Not seen; mentioned in Paradice catalog (104). Oklahoma City: 312. ------ . THE TRUTH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. Oklahoma City: Interna tional UFO Bureau, January 1966. 32p. Collection of OKLAHOMA JOURNAL news paper articles. Revised ed., December 1968. 20p. Report on the 1965 Tulsa photo. Possibly the same as 311; ad for 310-12 In QUEST, vol. 2, no.5, pp. 17-18. . 313. Hllberg, Rick R., ed. SAUCER ALBUM. lications, May 1967. 23p. UFO MAGAZINE Annual issue, 1967. Cleveland: UFO Magazine Pub 314. ------ , ed. UFO CHRONICLE: THE ANNUAL SIGHTINGS AND ENCOUNTERS IN UFOLOGY, 1980. Cleveland: UFO Journal and United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1981. 28p. ' 315. Hilberg, Rick R . , Allan J. Manak, and Robert S. Easley. SAUCER TREK: AN ANTHOLOGY OF THE UFO PHENOMENA. Cleveland: The authors, 1978. 42p 316. Hind, Cynthia. Gemini, 1982. 236p. UFOs: AFRICAN ENCOUNTERS. Salisbury, Zimbabwe: 317. Hobana, Ion, and Jullen Weverbergh. UFO's FROM BEHIND THE IRON CURTAIN. Trans. A.D. Hills. London: Souvenir, 1974. 309p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1975. 308p. American ed., New York: Bantam, 1975. 308p. Translation of UFOs IN OOST EN WEST: DEEL 2, UFO'S BOVEN HET 00STBL0K. Deventer: Ankh-Herraes, 1972. 318. Hoffman, Fannie, ed. GRAY BARKER'S QUESTIONS & ANSWERS ABOUT UFO's, n.p.: The author, [1967]. 8p. 28 Monographs by Proponents 319. Holledge, James. Horwitz, 1965. 130p. FLYING SAUCERS OVER AUSTRALIA. Sydney, N.S.W.: 320. Holzer, Hans. THE UFONAUTS: NEW FACTS ON EXTRATERRESTRIAL LAND INGS. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1976. 304p. British ed., St. Albans, Herts: Granada/Panther, 1978. 301p. 321. [Hume, George A.) U.F.O. SIGHTINGS REGISTER. Perth UFO Research Group, [1982]. 22p. [Perth, W. Austral.] 322. Huseland, Amos E. UFOs: MY LIFE INTEREST, OUR FUTURE HOPE. ton, Wash.]: The author, [1981]. 5p. [Ren 323. Huyghe, Patrick A., ed. A REPORT OF OVER 1000 WORLDWIDE 1968 UFO SIGHTINGS. Newport News, V a . : The author, 1969. 18p. Special issue of UFO ANALYSIS & RESEARCH BULLETIN, vol. 1, no.4. **324. Hynek, J. Allen. don: Sphere, 1978. 299p. THE HYNEK UFO REPORT. New York: Dell, 1977; Lon **325. ------ . THE UFO EXPERIENCE: A SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY. Regnery; London: Abelard-Schuman, 1972. 276p. Paperback ed., New York: Ballantine, 1974, 1977. 309p. British paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1974. 336p. Chicago: Henry 326. Hynek, J. Allen, and Jacques Vallee. THE EDGE OF REALITY: A PROG RESS REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1975. 301p. **327. Jacobs, David Michael. THE UFO CONTROVERSY IN AMERICA. ton: Indiana University, 1975. 362p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1976. 332p. Blooming 328. Jamaludin, Ahmad. A SUMMARY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS AND RELATED EVENTS IN MALAYSIA (1950-1980). [Kuantan, Pahang, Malaysia]: The author, 1981; Evanston, 111.: Center for UFO Studies, [1982]. 88p. 329. Jeffrey, Adi-Kent Thomas. Paperback Library, 1977. 174p. PARALLEL UNIVERSE. New York: Warner 330. Jenkins, Stephen. THE UNDISCOVERED COUNTRY: ADVENTURES INTO OTHER DIMENSIONS. Sudbury, Suffolk: Neville Spearman, 1977. 240p. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1978. 269p. 331. Jessup, Morris K. THE CASE FOR THE UFO: UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OB JECTS. New York: Citadel; London: Arco, 1955. 239p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1955. 208p. For Varo ed., see (12804). 332. ------ . THE EXPANDING CASE FOR THE UFO. 253p. British ed., London: Arco, 1957. 240p. 333 THE UFO ANNUAL. New York: Citadel, 1957. New York: Citadel; London: Arco, 1956 29 Monographs by Proponents 375p. 334. ------ . THE UFO DICTIONARY. New York: Citadel, [1957]. 7p. 335. ------ . THE UFO REPORTER: A SUPPLEMENT TO THE CASE FOR THE UFO. New York: Citadel, [1955]. 7p. This pamphlet sometimes accompanied THE CASE FOR THE UFO (331). 336. ------ . THE UFO REPORTER NO. 2: A CONFIDENTIAL SAUCER BULLETIN. New York: Citadel, [1955]. 7p. This pamphlet sometimes accompanied Harold T. Wilkins's FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED (535). 337. Jones, Paul Richard. 127p. SIGHT OF SILENCE. New York: Carlton, 1977. 338. Karus, Ike. FLYING SAUCER SCRAPBOOK: EXTRATERRESTRIAL TOURIST GUIDE. Tucson, Ariz.: Omen Communications, [1974?]. 192p. Article reprints; reviewed in FATE, July 1975, p. 110. 339. Keel, John A. [Alva John Kiehle]. THE EIGHTH TOWER. New York: Saturday Review/E.P. Dutton, 1975. 218p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1977. 203p. Reprinted as THE COSMIC QUESTION. London: Granada/Panther, 1978. 224p. 340. ------ . THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES. New York: Saturday Review/E.P. Dutton, 1975. 269p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1976. 226p. Reprinted as VISITORS FROM SPACE: THE ASTONISHING TRUE STORY OF THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES. St. Albans, Herts: Panther, 1976. 237p. 341. ------ . OUR HAUNTED PLANET. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1971. 222p. British ed., London: Neville Spearman, 1971. 208p. British paperback ed., London: Futura, 1975. 191p. 342. ------ . PROJECT "B" 1966: ANALYSIS OF REPORTS OF UNIDENTIFIED FLY ING OBJECTS. New York: The author, 1967. 5p. **343. ----- . UFOs: OPERATION TROJAN HORSE. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1970. 320p. Reprinted as OPERATION TROJAN HORSE: AN EXHAUSTIVE STUDY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS, REVEALING THEIR SOURCE AND THE FORCES THAT CONTROL THEM. London: Souvenir, 1971. 320p. British paperback ed., London: Abacus, 1973, 1976. 320p. Reprinted as WHY UFOs? New York: Manor Books, 1976. 288p. **344. Keyhoe, Donald E. ALIENS FROM SPACE: THE REAL STORY OF UNIDENTI FIED FLYING OBJECTS. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1973. 322p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1974. 276p. British ed., St. Albans, Herts: Panther, 1975. 303p. 345. ------. 315p. THE FLYING SAUCER CONSPIRACY. New York: Henry Holt, 1955. 30 Monographs by Proponents British ed., London: Hutchinson, 1957. 248p. Second ed., New York: Fieldcrest, 1965, 1966. 315p. 346. ------ . THE FLYING SAUCERS ARE REAL. New York: Fawcett, 1950. 175p. British ed., London: Hutchinson, 1950. 192p. **347. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS FROM OUTER SPACE. New York: Henry Holt, 1953. 276p. British ed., London: Hutchinson, 1954. 270p. Paperback ed., New York: Permabooks, 1954. 241p. Other British eds., London: Arrow, [1956]. 256p. London: Wingate-Baker, 1969. 256p. London: Tandem, 1970, 1973. 256p. 348. ------ . 1960. 285p. FLYING SAUCERS: TOP SECRET. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 349. Keyhoe, Donald E . , and Gordon I.R. Lore Jr., eds. UFOs: A NEW LOOK. Washington: National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, 1969. 46p. 350. Keziah, Fred. FLYING SAUCERS [poster, 21 5/8" x 34 3/16"]. Metaphysics Chart no.l. Arlington, Va.: The author, 1957. Revised ed., 1958. Visual 351. Knaggs, Oliver. LET THE PEOPLE KNOW! THE SOUTH AFRICAN CASE FOR FLYING SAUCERS. Cape Town, S. Africa: Howard Timmins, 1966. 113p. 352. Knight, David C. UFOs: A PICTORIAL HISTORY FROM ANTIQUITY TO THE PRESENT. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1979. 192p. 353. Kroeker, Kenneth J . , and Mark Pizzacalla, eds. AN ANALYSIS OF UFO ACTIVITY IN ONTARIO: PROJECT SUM 1976 ANNUAL REPORT. St. Catherine’s, Ont.: Project SUM (Solving the UFO Mystery), 1977. 354. Landsburg, Alan. IN SEARCH OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS. tam, 1976. 164p. British ed., London: Corgi, 1977. 164p. New York: Ban 355. Laporte, Wayne. ANATOMY OF A UFO WINDOW: THE SEISMIC CONNECTION. Matthews, N.C.: The author, 1979. 356. Larsen, Harvey. UFO's: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE. no.2. Torrance, Calif.: The Crystal Ball, 1979. 16p. Special report 357. Larsen, Sherman J. WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT UFOs. Glenview, 111.: The author, [1970]. 4p. 2d ed., [1975]. 4p. 3d ed., Glenview, 111.: Center for UFO Studies, [1986]. [2p.] 358. Larson, Kenneth Lloyd. author, 1965. 189p. FLYING SAUCER DESIGNS. 359. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS: NUMERICAL DESIGNS, Not seen; mentioned in Glemser (268). Los Angeles: The n.p., n.d. 31 Monographs by Proponents 360. ------ . U.F.O. WORLD SCOPE, n.p., 1965. Not seen; mentioned in AUSTRALIAN UFO BULLETIN, 1969. 361. ------ . VICTORY MATHEMATICS. Culver City, Calif.: The author, [1967?]. Not seen; mentioned in SAUCERS SPACE & SCIENCE, no.49, p. 12. 362. Le Poer Trench, Brinsley [Lord Clancarty]. THE ETERNAL SUBJECT: CHARIOTS OF YESTERDAY, UFO's OF TODAY. London: Souvenir, 1973. 200p. Reprinted as MYSTERIOUS VISITORS: THE UFO STORY. New York: Stein & Day, 1973; Day Books, 1978. 192p. Revised British ed., London: Pan Books, 1975, 1977. 175p. 363. ------ , ed. THE FLYING SAUCER REVIEW'S WORLD ROUNDUP OF UFO SIGHT INGS AND EVENTS. New York: Citadel, 1958. 224p. British ed., London: Arco, 1958. 224p. 364. ------ . THE FLYING SAUCER STORY. London: Neville Spearman, 1966. 208p. American ed., New York: Ace, [1968]. 190p. Paperback ed., London: Tandem, 1973. 189p. 365. ------ . OPERATION EARTH. London: Neville Spearman, 1969. Paperback ed., London: Tandem, 1974. 143p. Later ed., London: Star, [197-]. 366. Loftin, Robert. 1968. 245p. IDENTIFIED FLYING SAUCERS. 128p. New York: David McKay, 367. Lorenzen, Coral E. THE GREAT FLYING SAUCER HOAX: THE UFO FACTS AND THEIR INTERPRETATION. New York: William-Frederick, 1962. 257p. Revised ed., FLYING SAUCERS: THE STARTLING EVIDENCE OF THE INVASION FROM OUTER SPACE. New York: Signet, 1966; London: New English Library, 1967. 278p. 368. Lorenzen, Coral E., and Jim Lorenzen. York: Signet, 1969. 301p. UFOs: THE WHOLE STORY. 369. Lorenzen, Jim, and Coral E. Lorenzen. UFOs OVER THE AMERICAS. York: Signet, 1968. 254p. British ed., London: New English Library, 1969. New New 370. Luckman, Mike. THE COMPLETE ILLUSTRATED FLYING SAUCER GUIDE, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned in TRUE UFOs AND OUTER SPACE QUARTERLY, no.19 (1981), p. 71. 371. McArdell, Tom, ed. FLYING SAUCERS AND UFOs 1968. 1968. 73p. See 257 for a later edition. 372. ------ , ed. K.M.R., 1967. 75p. New York: K.M.R., UFOs 67: THE AMAZING FLYING SAUCER STORY. New York: 32 Monographs by Proponents **373. McCampbell, James M. UFOLOGY: NEW INSIGHTS FROM SCIENCE AND COMMON SENSE. Belmont, Calif.: Jaymac, 1973. 153p. Limited run softcover as well as a hardback. Revised ed., Milibrae, Calif.: Celestial Arts, 1976. 184p. 374. McGinnis, J.W. Book, 1984. 12p. THE SCIENCE OF THE UFO. 375. Machlin, Milt, ed. 312p. THE TOTAL UFO STORY. 376. Machlin, Milt, and Timothy Green Beckley. Fox, 1981. 148p. 377. McWane, Glenn, and David Graham. Warner Paperback Library, 1974. 173p. Dayton, 0.: Project Red New York: Dale, 1979. UFO. THE NEW UFO SIGHTINGS. 378. Magor, John. ALIENS ABOVE, ALWAYS: A UFO REPORT. Hancock House, 1983. 158p. 379. ------ . 264p. OUR UFO VISITORS. New York: Quick New York: Surrey, B.C.: Saanichton, B.C.: Hancock House, 1977. 380. Malian, Lloyd, ed. THE OFFICIAL GUIDE TO UFOs. New York: Science and Mechanics, 1967. Special issue. 96p. Revised ed. by Science and Mechanics Editors, New York: Ace, 1968. 189p. 381. Manak, Allan J . , ed. THE BEST OF FLYING SAUCER DIGEST. United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1969. 26p. Reprints of articles from FLYING SAUCER DIGEST. Cleveland: 382. ------ , ed. FLYING SAUCER CLASSICS. Assistant editor, Ronald J. Pelger. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, June 1968. 25p. 383. ------ , ed. FLYING SAUCER VENTURES. Phenomena Agency, [1970]. 14p. Cleveland: United Aerial 384. ------ , ed. FLYING SAUCERS 1947-1967. Cleveland: Flying Saucer Digest and United Aerial Phenomena Agency, [1968?]. 9p. 385. ------ . UFO EXISTENCE: THE PROOF. omena Agency, 1970. 28p. Cleveland: United Aerial Phen 386. ------ . UFOs: THE EVIDENCE. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, [1970?]. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). 387. Manak, Allan J . , Robert S. Easley, and Rick R. Hilberg, eds. FLY ING SAUCER DIGEST REVISITED: THE BEST OF FLYING SAUCER DIGEST. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1983. 34p. 388. ------ , eds. UF0C0M: A COMPOSITE STUDY INTO THE SIGHTINGS OF UN IDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECTS, THEIR BEHAVIOR, AND OTHER FACTORS FOR THE YEAR 1981. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1982. 8p. 33 Monographs by Proponents Report made to the 1982 National UFO Conference, May 29, 1982. 389. ------ , eds. UFOCOM YEAR TWO: A COMPOSITE STUDY INTO THE SIGHTINGS OF UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECTS FOR THE YEAR 1982. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1983. 8p. 390. ------ , eds. Agency, 1981. 28p. UFOMATION II. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena 391. Manak, Allan J . , Rick R. Hilberg, and Robert S. Easley, eds. THE BEST OF UFO JOURNAL. Cleveland: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1982. 30p. 392. [Manak, Allan J . , and Ronald J. Pelger], eds. land: United Aerial Phenomena Agency, 1967. 27p. UFOMATION. Cleve 393. Maney, Charles A., and Richard H. Hall. THE CHALLENGE OF UNIDENTI FIED FLYING OBJECTS. Washington, D.C.: The authors, 1961. 208p. 394. Matsumura, Yusuke J . , and Kozo Mikaml, eds. A CATALOGUE OF ALLEGED UFO PICTURES IN JAPAN, 1974-1976. Yokohama, Japan: CBA International, 1976. 96p. CBA = Cosmic Brotherhood Association; however, here It is credited as Civilian Bogey Associated. 395. Mattern, W . , and Chrlstof Friedrich [Ernst Ziindel]. UFO's: NAZI SECRET WEAPON? Toronto: Samisdat, [1974]. 160p. Revision of W. Mattern, UFOs: UNBEKANNTNES FLUGOBJEKT? LETZTE GEHEIMWAFFE DES DRITTEN REICHES? Santiago, Chile: The author, [196-]. 396. Michael. CANADIAN FLYING SAUCERS, VOL. 1. Faithists, 1957. 26p. Toronto: Brotherhood of **397. Michel, Aime. FLYING SAUCERS AND THE STRAIGHT-LINE MYSTERY. Trans. Alexander D. Mebane and Civilian Saucer Intelligence. New York: Criterion; S.G. Phillips, 1958. 285p. British ed., London: Neville Spearman, 1960. 285p. Translation of MYSTERIEUX OBJETS CELESTES. Paris: B. Arthaud, 1958. Revised as A PROPOS DES S0UC0UPES VOLANTES: MYSTERIEUX OBJETS CELESTES. Paris: Editions Planete, 1966. Other eds.: Paris, Editions Robert Laffont, 1977. Paris: Seghers, 1978. 398. ------ . THE TRUTH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. Trans. Paul Selver. New York: Criterion, 1956. 255p. British ed., London: Robert Hale, 1957. 224p. British paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1958. 253p. Paperback ed., New York: Pyramid, 1967, 1974. 270p. Translation of LUEURS SUR LES S0UC0UPES VOLANTES. Paris: Maison Mame, 1954. 399. Michell, John F. THE FLYING SAUCER VISION: THE HOLY GRAIL RE STORED. London: Sidgwlck & Jackson, 1967. 176p. American paperback ed., New York: Ace, [1969]. 188p. British paperback ed., London: Abacus, 1974. 170p. Later ed., London: Sphere, 1977. 189p. 34 Monographs by Proponents 400. Miller, Max B. FLYING SAUCERS: FACT OR FICTION? Trend Books, 1957; London: A.F. Bird, 1958. 128p. Los Angeles: 401. ------ , ed. FLYING SAUCERS ILLUSTRATED. Compiled by the editors of REAL magazine. Studio City, Calif.: Kling House, 1967. 80p. 402. ------ , ed. FLYING SAUCERS PICTORIAL. Compiled by the editors of REAL magazine. Tucson, Ariz.: Arizill Realty & Publishing Co., 1967. 74p. 403. Miller, Robert W . , and Rick R. Hilberg. THE SAUCER ENIGMA. UFO MAGAZINE'S 1968 Annual Edition. Cleveland: UFO Magazine, 1968. 23p. 404. Milton, James T. [Milton Northdurft]. Cottonwood, Ariz.: Esoteric, 1979. 89p. 405. Minett, John. UFO. TAKE ME TO YOUR LEADER. New York: Bonome, 1979. 64p. 406. Moore, Alvin E. MYSTERY OF THE SKYMEN. Port Charlotte, Fla.: The author, n.d.; Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1979. 256p. 407. Moore, William L. AN EXCURSION INTO THE UNUSUAL. Ariz.]: The author, [1981?]. 21p. Five articles by the author. [Prescott, 408. ------ , ed. NAZI FLYING SAUCERS. [Prescott, Ariz.]: The author, [1982]. 7p. Revised ed., PROJECT V-7: HITLER'S FLYING DISCS. Burbank, Calif.: The author, 1984. [23p.] 409. Morison, Robert Kingsley. 1960. 16p. DRIVING WHIRLWINDS. London: Lew Singer, 410. ------ , ed. THE VORTEX MESSAGE. London: Ascent, [ 1977?]. Not seen; reviewed in AUSTRALIAN UFO BULLETIN, February 1978, pp. 11-12. 411. Morison, Robert Kingsley, and Clive Liff. THE CHALLENGE FROM SPACE. London: Interplanetary Space Travel Research Association, n.d. Not seen; mentioned in ISTRA SPACE DIGEST, 1977, p. 21. 412. Morrell, R.W., ed. UFO's OVER NOTTINGHAM. Nottingham UFO Investigation Society, 1977. lOp. Nottingham, Eng.: 413. Morrison, Al. MAN AND THE FLYING SAUCERS. News, 1966. [12p.] Cover shows title as FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Flying Saucer 414. Moseley, James W . , ed. JIM MOSELEY'S BOOK OF SAUCER NEWS. burg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1967. 118p. 415. ------ . 1971. 80p. THE WRIGHT FIELD STORY. 416. National Enquirer. Books, 1985. 221p. Clarks Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, NATIONAL ENQUIRER UFO REPORT. New York: Pocket 35 Monographs by Proponents 417. National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena. NICAP HEAD QUARTERS NEWSPAPER CLIPPING FILE, 1947-1966. Washington, D.C.: NICAP, 1967. Not seen; listed by Rasmussen (42) as an "oversize looseleaf." 418. ------ . THE YEAR OF THE UFO: A SPECIAL CALENDAR OF HISTORICAL HIGHLIGHTS. Washington, D.C.: NICAP, 1972. [12p.] 419. National Tattler. TATTLER SPECIAL CLASSIFIED INVESTIGATION ON UFOs. Ed. Tom Lutz. Chicago: National Tattler, 1975. 20p. Tabloid format 420. Naud, Yves. U.F.O.s AND EXTRA-TERRESTRIALS IN HISTORY. 4 vols. Geneva, Switz.: Editions Fermi, 1978. 253, 254, 252, 253p. Translation of LES O.V.N.I. ET LES EXTRA-TERRESTRES DANS L’HISTOIRE. 4 vols. Geneva: Editions Famot, 1977. Pittsburgh, Pa. : Trade Shows, [1966?;|. 421. Neff, Earl J. UFO. 422. Nelson, Bill. THE UFO CONSPIRACY. 20p Lewiston, N.Y.: Hyan, 1978. 65p. 423. Nolle, F. Richard. 1978. 64p. 424. Novak, John M. The author, 1982. 75p. UFO ENCOUNTERS. New York: Dell Purse Book, FLYING SAUCERS: MONKEY BUSINESS. San Francisco: 425. [Ohio Northern University, Faculty and Staff]. PROJECT A: AN INVES TIGATION OF PHENOMENA. [Ed. Warren Hickman]. Ada, 0.: Ohio Northern Univer sity, March 1953. 7 + [l]p. A condensation appeared in "Report from Ohio Northern," FATE 6 (October 1953):21-25. 426. Olsen, Thomas M . , ed. THE REFERENCE FOR OUTSTANDING UFO SIGHTING REPORTS. Riderwood, Md.: UFO Information Retrieval Center, November 1966. [144p.] 427. Ortzen, Len. STRANGE STORIES OF UFOs. New York: Taplinger, 1977; London: Arthur Barker, 1977. 152p. Reprinted, Sevenoaks, Kent: Coronet/Hodder & Stoughton, 1979. 152p. 428. Ostrander, Edgar A. THROUGH THE BARRIER. Books of the New Universe], 1977. 534p. 429. Paget, Peter. 430. ------ . UFO— UK. London: New English Library, 1980. THE WELSH TRIANGLE. London: Panther, 1979. 431. Palmer, Raymond A. THE REAL UFO INVASION. Greenleaf Classics, 1967. 208p. 432. Parkinson, John. author, 1972. 39p. 433. Parry, Michael V. [Wading River, N.Y.: U.F.O.s OVER KIRKBY. A-Z UFOLOGY. 157p. 206p. San Diego, Calif.: Liverpool, Eng.: The London: Interplanetary Space 36 Monographs by Proponents Travel Research Association, 1971. 434. ------ . BIRTH OF A MOVEMENT. Research Association, 1969. London: Interplanetary Space Travel 435. ------ . TEACH YOURSELF UFOLOGY. London: Interplanetary Space Travel Research Association, 1970. Not seen; 433-35 are listed in Sachs (110). 436. Perego, Alberto. THE MONGUZZI CASE. [Basel, Swltz.]: The author, [1965]. 2p. Translation by Lou Zinsstag of a portion of Peregofs SVELATO IL MISTERO DEL DISCHI VOLANTI• Rome: Edizioni del CISAER, 1957. 437. Pilichis, Dennis, e d . 1982 ANNUAL: UFO EVENTS AND FORTEAN NEWS. Sebring, 0.: Tri-County UFO Study Group, 1983. 36p. 438. [Porter, George E.] UFO REPORT. enon Research Association, 1980. 12p. Laveen, Ariz.: Scientific Phenom 439. Prophet, Dennis. THE AMAZING WEST HILL-PICKERING SIGHTINGS. Hill, Ont.: Reptune Research Organization, 1975. 20p. West 440. Prytz, John M . , ed. UFOLOGY AND THE UFO: AN ANTHOLOGY OF SELECTED PAPERS ON UFOs, EXO-BIOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY. [Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy], September 1970. 47p. 441. Pugh, Randall Jones, and F.W. Holiday. THE DYFED ENIGMA: UNIDENTI FIED FLYING OBJECTS IN WEST WALES. London: Faber and Faber, 1979. 186p. Paperback ed., Sevenoaks, Kent: Coronet, 1981. 192p* 442. Randles, Jenny. CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE NORTHERN KIND. ham, Eng.: Nottingham UFO Information Society, 1978. 16p. Notting **443. ------ . UFO REALITY: A CRITICAL LOOK AT THE PHYSICAL EVIDENCE. London: Robert Hale, 1983. 248p. **444, Randles, Jenny, and Peter Warrington. ford, Eng.: Basil Blackwell, 1985. 215p. 445. ------ . 249p. UFOs: A BRITISH VIEWPOINT. SCIENCE AND THE UFOs. Ox London: Robert Hale, 1979. 446. Rasmussen, Richard Michael. THE UFO CHALLENGE: SCIENCE ON TRIAL. La Mesa, Calif.: Rasmussen Publications, 1977. 12p. 447. Rehn, K. Gosta. UFOs HERE AND NOW! Trans. Patricia Crampton. London: Abelard-Schuman, 1974. 198p. Translation of TEFATEN AR HAR! Gothenburg, Swed.: Zindermans Forlag, 1972. 448. Ripley's Believe It or Not. Books, 1978. 192p. STARS, SPACE, UFOs. 449. Roberts, Anthony, and Geoff Gilbertson. New York: Pocket THE DARK GODS. London: 37 Monographs by Proponents Rider/Hutchinson, 1980. 266p. 450. Rogers, F.E., ed. "THOSE FLYING DISCS AGAIN." Talk of the Times, n.d. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). San Diego, Calif.: **451. Ruppelt, Edward J. THE REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1956. 315p. Book Club ed., 243p. British ed., London: Victor Gollancz, 1956. 315p. Paperback ed., New York: Ace, (1956?]. 318p. Revised ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, [1959]. 277p. 20 chapters. Reprinted as THE CONFIDENTIAL REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. New York: Fieldcrest, 1965. 243p. 452. Rutledge, Harley D. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: THE FIRST SCIENTIFIC FIELD STUDY OF UFO PHENOMENA. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1981. 265p. 453. Sachs, Margaret, and Ernest Jahn. CELESTIAL PASSENGERS: UFOs AND SPACE TRAVEL. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1977. 220p. 454. Salisbury, Frank B. THE UTAH UFO DISPLAY: A BIOLOGIST’S REPORT. Old Greenwich, Conn.: Devin-Adair, 1974. 286p. 455. San, Maurice G. de. HYPOTHESIS ON THE UFO ORIGIN. graph, no.l. Bologna, It.: Editecs, 1978. 84p. 456. Sanders, J. THE SAUCERNIAN REPORT, Not seen; mentioned in Glemser (268). UPIAR Mono n.p., n.d., 457. Sanderson, Ivan T. UNINVITED VISITORS: A BIOLOGIST LOOKS AT UFO's. New York: Cowles, 1967; London: Neville Spearman, 1969. 244p. Paperback ed., London: Tandem, 1974. 239p. 458. Schaefer, Homer. author, 1970. 12p. FLYING SAUCER FACTS. [Kitchener, Ont.]: The 459. Schrafft, Frederick. IDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS: SCIENTIFIC FACTS ON UFOs, n.p., 1967? Not seen; in preparation, according to SAUCERS SPACE & SCIENCE, no.49, p. 12. 460. Schutte, Barbara. UFO CLINICAL SERVICES: A NEW CONCEPT IN UFO RE SEARCH. Never, la.: The author, 1981. 14p. 461. Sea, Billie [William E. Campbell]. 1960. 252p. 462. ------ . 187p. THE TRAIL OF ARMAGEDDON. 463. [21]p. "YES! MOUNTAINS!" RUMPUS. New York: Vantage, New York: Exposition, 1964. Detroit: Harlo Press, 1971. 226 + 38 Monographs by Proponents 464. Seargent, David A.J. 1978. 140p. 465 . Seers,, Stan. Vantage , 1983. 224p. UFOs: A SCIENTIFIC ENIGMA. London: Sphere, UFOs: THE CASE FOR SCIENTIFIC MYOPIA. 466 • Shuttlewood, Arthur. 1978. 159p. THE FLYING SAUCERERS. New York: London:: Sphere, 1976 467 MORE UFOs OVER WARMINSTER. London:: Arthur Barker, 1979. 152p. Paperback ed., London: Anthem, 1979. 152p. 468. ------ . A RAINBOW OF UFOs. London: W.H. Allen, 1980. Not seen; listed in 1982 Arcturus catalog (24). 469. ------ . UFO MAGIC IN MOTION. London: Sphere, 1979. 256p. 470. ------ . UFOs: KEY TO THE NEW AGE. London: Regency, 1971. 216p. Reprinted as UFOs: VISIONS OF A NEW AGE. New York: Global Communications, 1981. 66p. 471. ------ . THE WARMINSTER MYSTERY. London: Neville Spearman, 1967. 207p. Paperback ed., London: Tandem, 1973, 205p.; 1976, 207p. 472. ------ . WARNINGS FROM FLYING FRIENDS: FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS. Warminster, Wilts: Portway, 1968. 266p. Reprinted as UFO PROPHECY. New York: Global Communications, 1978. 266p. 473. Slebert, Harry R. zine, 1963. [15p.] FLYING SAUCERS AND MEN. Cleveland: UFO Maga 474. Sifakis, Carl. OFFICIAL GUIDE TO UFO SIGHTINGS: STATE BY STATE ENCOUNTERS. New York: Sterling, 1979. 128p. Paperback ed., New York: Drake, 1979. 117p. 475. Smith, Beatrice S. UFO's: FACT OR FANTASY? Cincinnati: Pamphlet Publications, 1978. 43p. Revised as UFO's: WHAT THE BELIEVERS AND SKEPTICS HAVE TO SAY. Cincin nati: Pamphlet Publications, 1983. 44p. 476. Smith, Marvin W. UFO PROBLEMS. 1970. 59p. Not seen; listed in Rasmussen (42). Toledo, Ore.: Pacific Litho-Print, 477. Smith, Susy. STRANGERS FROM SPACE: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE ENIGMA OF FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Manor, 1977. 188p. 478. Smith, Warren. UFO TREK. New York: Zebra, 1976. 253p. British ed., London: Sphere, 1977. 189p. Reprinted as THE BOOK OF ENCOUNTERS. New York: Zebra, 1978. 253p. Monographs by Proponents 39 479. Smith, Hilbert Brockhouse. THE NEW SCIENCE, 1964. 2d ed., [Ottawa?]: Keith Press, 1978. 72p. n.p., Fenn-Graphic, 480. Spencer, John Wallace. NO EARTHLY EXPLANATION. Springfield, Mass.: Phillips, 1974. 240p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1975; London: Corgi, 1976. 178p. 481. ------ . 208p. THE UFO YEARBOOK. Springfield, Mass.: Phillips, 1976. 482. Stamey, Dennis. FLYING SAUCERS AND THE DARK FORCES. Ont.: Galaxy, [1971]. [36p.] 483. ------ . U.F.O.s: REALM OF THE FANTASTIC. axy,] November 1970. 47p. 484. ------ . [1971]. [36p.] UFOs: A VENTURE INTO NOWHERE. 485. Stanton, L. Jerome. Belmont, 1966. 157p. Kitchener, [Kitchener, Ont.: Gal Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, FLYING SAUCERS: HOAX OR REALITY? New York: 486. Stanway, Roger H . , and Anthony R. Pace. FLYING SAUCER REPORT: UFOs UNIDENTIFIED, UNDENIABLE. Stoke-on-Trent, Staffs: Newchapel Observatory, 1968. 86p. Revised ed., 1972. 95p. 487. Starr, Ruth. tion, 1977. lOlp. WONDERS FROM THE HEAVENS. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposi 488. Steiger, Brad [Eugene Olson]. THE FLYING SAUCER MENACE: THE UNTOLD STORY OF THE UFO THREAT. New York: Award; London: Tandem, 1967. 64p. 489. ------ . STRANGERS FROM THE SKIES. dem, 1966, 1972, 1975. 158p. New York: Award; London: Tan 490. Steiger, Brad, and John White, eds. OTHER WORLDS, OTHER UNIVERSES: PLAYING THE REALITY GAME. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1975. 245p. 491. Steiger, Brad, and Joan Whritenour [O'Connell]. FLYING SAUCER IN VASION: TARGET— EARTH. New York: Award; London: Tandem, 1969. 156p. 492. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS ARE HOSTILE. Tandem, 1967, 1972. 160p. 493. ------ . NEW UFO BREAKTHROUGH. 1968, 1974. 155p. New York: Award; London: New York: Award; London: Tandem, 494. Steinberg, Felix. TIDEWATER SIGHTINGS, n.p.: The author, 1978. Not seen; mentioned IDEAL'S UFO SPECIAL, 1981, p. 43. 495. Stemman, Roy. VISITORS FROM OUTER SPACE. Doubleday; London: Aldus, 1976. 144p. Garden City, N.Y.: 40 Monographs by Proponents 2d ed., Danbury, Ct.: Danbury Press, [1980]. Revised as MYSTERIES OF THE UNIVERSE (732). 496. Stevens, Wendelle C . , and Paul Dong. son, Ariz.: UFO Photo Archives, 1983 [=1986]. 144p. UFOs OVER MODERN CHINA. 330p. Tuc 497. Story, Ronald D . , and J. Richard Greenwell. UFOs AND THE LIMITS OF SCIENCE. New York: William Morrow, 1981. 290p. British ed., London: New English Library, 1981. 245p. Reprinted as SIGHTINGS: UFOs AND THE LIMITS OF SCIENCE. New York: Morrow/Quill, 1982. 290p. 498. Stott, Murray. Press, 1984. 251p. ALIENS OVER ANTIPODES. Sydney, N.S.W.: Space-Time 499. Stringfield, Leonard H. INSIDE SAUCER POST...3-0 BLUE. ti: Civilian Research Interplanetary Flying Objects, 1957. 94p. Cincinna 500. . SITUATION RED: THE UFO SIEGE! Garden City, N.Y.: Double day, 1977. 224p. Paperback ed., New York: Fawcett Crest, 1978. 254p. British ed., London: Sphere, 1978. 235p. 501. Sweeney, Deane. UFOs EXIST. Adelaide, S. Austral.: Australian Flying Saucer Research Society, 1976-1977. Vol. 1, 17p.; vol. 2, 15p. 502. ------ . UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. Adelaide, S. Austral.: Aus tralian Flying Saucer Research Society; Prospect, S. Austral.: UFO Research (S.A.), May 1975. 15p. 503. Sykes, Egerton. Markham House, [195-]. FLYING SAUCERS AND NEGATIVE MATTER. London: 504. Tambling, Richard. FLYING SAUCERS: WHERE DO THEY COME FROM? bourne, N.S.W.: Horwltz; London: Scripts, 1967. 158p. Revised ed., 1978. 159p. Mel 505. Tasmanian Unidentified Flying Objects Investigation Centre. TAS MANIAN UNIDENTIFIED CATALOGUE. North Hobart, Tasm.: TUF0IC, 1981. lip. 506. ------ . TASMANIAN UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS CATALOGUE: COMPUTER FILE 1983. North Hobart, Tasm.: TUF0IC, 1983. 8p. 507. Taylor, Frank. 1984. 169p. THE UNINVITED II: THE VISITATION. London: Star, 508. Taylor, Henry J. FIRSTHAND FACTS ABOUT THE FLYING SAUCER MYSTERY. Detroit, Mich.: General Motors, 1952. 22p. Pamphlet reprint of two broadcasts of his show, "Your Land and Mine." 509. Tyler, Steven. 146 + [9]p. ARE THE INVADERS COMING? New York: Tower, 1968. 510. U.F.O. CLOSE ENCOUNTERS FROM ZERO TO THE FOURTH KIND: OBJECT SIGHT- 41 Monographs by Proponents INGS, RESIDUAL EVIDENCE, HUMANOID PRESENCE AND PHYSICAL CONTACT. Ariz.]: US/UFO Research Laboratories, [1977]. 48p. Accompanies UFO world map. [Tucson, 511. UFO DIARY: VIRGINIA 1967 LOCAL UFO SIGHTINGS AND DATES. icsvllle, Va.], n.d. 7p. [Mechan- 512. UFO REPORT. Modern People, 1975. Introduction by Tony Richards. 64p. 513. UFO's IN WISCONSIN. Franklin Park, 111.: Appleton, Wise.: UFO Education Center, [1975]. 22p. 514. Unidentified Flying Objects Supporters of North America. REPORT. Hebron, 111.: UFOSNA, 1978. 9p. AWARENESS 515. United Press International and Cowles Communications, eds. FLYING SAUCERS: TWENTY YEARS OF UFO's...THE GREAT MYSTERY OF OUR TIME. A LOOK magazine issue. New York: Cowles Communications, 1967. 66p. Revised ed., by Cowles Education Corporation and United Press Interna tional, FLYING SAUCERS: TWENTY-ONE YEARS OF UFO's, THE GREAT MYSTERY OF OUR TIME. New York: Cowles Education Corporation, 1968. 157p. 516. [Valentry, Duane]. UFOs STILL UNKNOWN? Bureau, [1969?]. 15p. Reprint of article in DODGE NEWS (1540). Chicago: National Research 517. Vallee, Jacques. ANATOMY OF A PHENOMENON: UNIDENTIFIED OBJECTS IN SPACE— A SCIENTIFIC APPRAISAL. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1965; London: Nev ille Spearman, 1966. 210p. Paperback eds., New York: Ace, [1966]. 255p. New York: Ballantine, 1974, 1977. 227p. British ed., London: Tandem, 1974. 210p. 518. ------ . THE INVISIBLE COLLEGE: WHAT A GROUP OF SCIENTISTS HAS DIS COVERED ABOUT UFO INFLUENCES ON THE HUMAN RACE. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1975. 216p. Reprinted as UFOs: THE PSYCHIC SOLUTION. St. Albans, Herts: Panther, 1977. 221p. **519. ------ . PASSPORT TO MAGONIA: FROM FOLKLORE TO FLYING SAUCERS. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1969, 1974. 372p. British ed., London: Neville Spearman, 1970. 169p. Paperback ed., London: Tandem, 1975. 169p. **520. Vallee, Jacques, and Janine Vallee. CHALLENGE TO SCIENCE: THE UFO ENIGMA. Trans. Gordon Creighton. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1966; London: Neville Spearman, 1967. 268p. Abridged paperback ed., New York: Ace, [1966?]. 256p. Paperback ed., New York: Ballantine, 1974, 1977. 328p. 1977 printing was retitled THE UFO ENIGMA: CHALLENGE TO SCIENCE. British ed., London: Tandem, 1974. 268p. Translation of LES PHENOMENES INSOLITES DE L'ESPACE. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1966. 42 521. Vance, Adrian. House, 1977. 150p. Monographs by Froponencs UFOs, THE EYE AND THE CAMERA. New York: Barlenmir 522. Vesco, Renato. INTERCEPT— BUT DON'T SHOOT: THE TRUE STORY OF THE FLYING SAUCERS. Trans. D.D. Paige. New York: Zebra/Grove, 1971. 338p. Reprinted as INTERCEPT UFO. New York: Zebra, 1974; New York: Pinnacle, 1976. 338p. Translation of INTERCETTATELI SENSA SPARARE! Milan: University of Mursia, 1968. 523. VonKeviczky, Colman S. DOCUMENTATION AND ANALYSIS (EXTRACT OF PROJECT G). Jackson Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, n.d. 18p. 524. ------ . GALACTIC TASK FORCE MANEUVER OF U.S., OCTOBER 1973. Jack son Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, 1975. [56p.] 525. ------ . INTERNATIONAL ANALYTIC REVIEW OF THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL FOR CES: U.F.O.s (UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS) ILLEGAL EARTHBOUND OPERATION. Memorandum to the Special Political Committee of the 33d Session of the Uni ted Nations General Assembly. Jackson Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, 1978. 87p. 526. ------ . PROJECT WORLD AUTHORITY FOR SPATIAL AFFAIRS, W.A.S.A. Jackson Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, 1979. 140p. 527. ------ . THE QUESTION OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE GALACTIC TASK FOR CES, UFOs, GLOBAL OPERATION: SCHEDULE OF ACTION... Jackson Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, 1976. 4p. 528. ------ . U.F.O. PROBLEM MUST BE SOLVED: THE POTENTIAL THREAT BE FORE IT IS TOO LATE. Jackson Heights, N.Y.: Intercontinental Galactic Spacecraft (UFO) Research and Analytic Network, 1983. [69p.] 529. Wannall, Willard L. WHEELS WITHIN WHEELS AND POINTS BEYOND, The author, [1982?] Not seen; reviewed in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, vol. 25, no.6, p. 30. 530. Webb, Harry E. FLYING SAUCERS: ANALYSIS OF THEIR ORIGIN. City, Mo.: The author, [1957]. 53p. n.p.: Kansas 531. West, Alan, and David Jefferis. CLOSE ENCOUNTERS: THE STRANGE TRUTH ABOUT UFOs. London: Arrow, 1978. 96p. 532. [Whritenour], Joan O'Connell, ed. THE BEST OF SAUCER SCOOP MAGA ZINE. Pinellas Park, Fla.: New Atlantean Journal, 1975. 20p. 533. Wilkins, Harold Tom. FLYING SAUCERS FROM THE MOON. London: Peter Owen, 1954. 320p. The spine carries the title, FLYING SAUCERS ON THE MOON. Revised ed., FLYING SAUCERS ON THE ATTACK. New York: Citadel, 1954. 329p. Monographs by Proponents Paperback ed ,, New York: Ace, 1967. 43 319p. 534. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS ON THE ATTACK: APPENDIX. New York: Citadel, [1954]. 7p. Accompanied isome copies of the Citadel edition of 533. FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED. New York: Citadel, 1955; Lon535. -don: Arco, 1956. 255p. Paperback ed I, New York: Pyramid, 1967, 1974. 270p. 536. Wright, Terry M. THE INTELLIGENT MAN'S GUIDE TO FLYING SAUCERS. South Brunswick, N.J.: A.S. Barnes; London; Thomas Yoseloff, 1968. 279p. 537. Zeldman Jennie. THE LUMBERTON REPORT: UFO ACTIVITY IN S. NORTH CAROLINA, APRIL :1-9, 1975. Evanston, 111.: Center for UFO Studies, 1976. 59p. 4. UFO MONOGRAPHS BY SKEPTICS Skeptical UFO books are uncommon and only occasionally commercially successful. Popular tastes for wonders in the sky cannot be satisfied by mundane explanations alone. Matters aren't helped any either by the great lengths Donald Menzel would go to explain away UFO sightings in terms of natural phenomena, and the sometimes vicious personality attacks engaged in by Philip Klass and Robert Sheaffer. However, they do make many valid cri ticisms that are all too often ignored by enthusiastic proponents. 538. Goran, Morris. THE MODERN MYTH: ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS AND UFOs. Cranbury, N.J.: A.S. Barnes, 1978. 192p. 539. Klass, Philip J. "UFOs." In George 0. Abell and Barry Singer eds., SCIENCE AND THE PARANORMAL: PROBING THE EXISTENCE OF THE SUPERNATURAL New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1981. pp. 310-28. 540. ------ . UFOs EXPLAINED. New York: Random House, 1974. Paperback ed., New York: Vintage, 1976. 438p. **541. ------ . **542. ------ . 1983. 310p. UFOs— IDENTIFIED. New York: Random House, 1968. UFOs: THE PUBLIC DECEIVED. 369p. 290p. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 543. Menzel, Donald H. FLYING SAUCERS. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University; London: Putnam, 1953. 319p. An interesting Russian translation exists: LETAYUSHCHIKH TARELKAKH. Moscow: Izdatel'stvo Inostrannoi Literaturi, 1962. 544. ------ . UFO: FACT OR FICTION? Cambridge, Mass.: The author, 1967 15p. Not seen; listed by Catoe (12). 545. Menzel, Donald H . , and Lyle G. Boyd. THE WORLD OF FLYING SAUCERS: A SCIENTIFIC EXAMINATION OF A MAJOR MYTH OF THE SPACE AGE. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1963. 302p. **546. Menzel, Donald H., and Ernest H. Taves. THE UFO ENIGMA: THE DEFINITIVE EXPLANATION OF THE UFO PHENOMENON. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday 1977. 297p. **547. Oberg, James E. UFOs AND OUTER SPACE MYSTERIES: A SYMPATHETIC SKEPTIC'S REPORT. Norfolk, Va.: Donning, 1982. 192p. 548. Sheaffer, Robert. THE UFO VERDICT: EXAMINING THE EVIDENCE. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 1981. 242p. 44 5. UFO MATERIAL IN NON-UFO BOOKS UFOs turn up in a wide variety of places besides UFO books. Many of the following entries are collections of "strange mysteries of the world," best typified by Francis Hitching*s atlas and worst typified by Frank Ed wards. Also featured are UFO chapters in books by such prominent ufologists as Coral Lorenzen, John Michell, and Brad Steiger. Although only a portion of these books contain UFO material, their value is not necessarily diminished. Only one-fourth of Paul Dong's book (601) is concerned with UFOs, but it remains the best English-language in troduction to ufology in China. Notable skeptical authors are also repre sented here, among them Daniel Cohen and the flamboyant James Randi. Other authors, whom one might be surprised to find included in a UFO bibliography, are Billy Graham, Arthur Koestler, Curtis LeMay, and Irving Wallace. 549. Adams, Cecil. THE STRAIGHT DOPE: A COMPENDIUM OF HUMAN KNOWLEDGE. Chicago: Chicago Review, 1984. pp. 37-38. 550. Alexandersson, Olof. LIVING WATER: VIKTOR SCHAUBERGER AND THE SE CRETS OF NATURAL ENERGY. Winter Haven, Fla.: Cadake Industries; Welling borough, Northants: Turnstone, 1982. pp. 87, 93-94, 141-46. Translation of DET LEVANDE VATTNET. Stockholm, Swed.: Proprius, 1973. 551. Allen, John. A BOOK OF BELIEFS: MYSTERIES. Tring, Herts: Lion; Elgin, 111.: David C. Cook, 1981. pp. 24-25, 50-55, 60-61. 552. Archer, Fred. GHOST WRITER. London: W.H. Allen, 1966. pp. 104-17. Reprinted as EXPLORING THE PSYCHIC WORLD. New York: William Morrow, 1967. pp. 130-46. Paperback ed.# New York: Paperback Library, 1968. pp. 113-22. 553. Arnett, K. MYSTERIES, MYTHS OR MARVELS? 107-28. Not seen; listed in Prytz (39). London: Sphere, 1977. pp. 554. Asimov, Isaac. IS ANYONE THERE? Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1967. pp. 212-13. Paperback ed., New York: Ace, n.d. pp. 215-16. 555. Bain, Donald. MAGNIFICENT CHARLATAN. 556. Barber, Chris. 1982. pp. 221-29. LONG JOHN NEBEL: RADIO'S TALK KING, MASTER SALESMAN, New York: Macmillan, 1974. pp. xv, 178-87. MYSTERIOUS WALES. 45 Newton Abbot: David and Charles, 46 Non-UFO Books 557. Bardens, Dennis. MYSTERIOUS WORLDS. London: W.H. Allen, 1970. 190-222. American ed., New York: Cowles, 1970. pp. 200-33. Book Club ed., pp. 217-42. 558. Barrie, Donald C. 1971. pp. 71-73. BIBLE OF THE UNDEAD. 559. Bartlett, Laile E. 210-14. PSI-TREK. pp. Elmira, N.Y.: Chemung, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1981. pp. 560. Basterfield, Keith. "The 10 Most Reliable Sightings of UFOs Ever Reported in Australia." In Michael Morton-Evans, ed., THE AUSTRALIAN BOOK OF LISTS. Sydney: Cassell Australia, 1980. pp. 111-13. 561. Beaty, David. STRANGE ENCOUNTERS: MYSTERIES OF THE AIR. Methuen, 1982; New York: Atheneum, 1984. pp. 144-48. 562. Beck, Horace P. cott, 1957. pp. 152-54. THE FOLKLORE OF MAINE. London: Philadelphia: J.B. Lippin- 563. Beckley, Timothy Green, and Arthur Crockett. PROPHECIES AND PRES IDENTS. New Brunswick, N.J.: Inner Light, 1984. pp. 17-18, 51-68. 564. Bennett, Alfred Gordon. FOCUS ON THE UNKNOWN. 1953. pp. 123-27. American ed., New York: Library Publishers, 1954. London: Rider, 565. Berlitz, Charles, and J. Manson Valentine. DOOMSDAY 1999 A.D. den City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1981. pp. 72-76, 202-209. Gar 566. Blake, Joseph A. "Ufology: The Intellectual Development and Social Context of the Study of Unidentified Flying Objects." In Roy Wallis, ed., ON THE MARGINS OF SCIENCE: THE SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION OF REJECTED KNOWLEDGE. Sociological Review Monograph no.27. Keele, Staffs: University of Keele, 1979. pp. 315-37. 567. Brandon, Jim. THE REBIRTH OF PAN: HIDDEN FACES OF THE AMERICAN EARTH SPIRIT. Dunlap, 111.: Firebird, 1983. pp. 19-23, 103-104, 118, 131 32, 171-72, 191-92, 210-39. 568. ------ . WEIRD AMERICA: A GUIDE TO PLACES OF MYSTERY IN THE UNITED STATES. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1978. 257p. (especially pp. 1, 3, 8-11, 16, 24, 30-33, 37-38, 48). 569. Brennan, James Herbert. THE ULTIMATE ELSEWHERE: AN EXAMINATION OF FANTASTIC REALITY. London: Futura, 1975. 164p. American ed., New York: Signet, 188p. 570. Buschke, F.L. THE UNEXPLAINED. New York: Pocket Books, 1978. 571. Busson, Bernard, and Gerard Leroy. THE LAST SECRETS OF THE EARTH. London: Werner Laurie, 1956. pp. 13-31. American ed., New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1957. pp. 13-34. 47 Non-UFO Books Translation of LES DERNIERS SECRETS DE LA TERRE. 1955. Paris: La Table Ronde, 572. Buttlar, Johannes von. JOURNEY INTO INFINITY: TRAVELS IN TIME. Trans. Olga Sieveking. London: Neville Spearman, 1975. pp. 170-91. Translation of REISEN IN DIE EWIGKEIT: DER MENSCH UBERWINDET ZEIT UND RAUM. Dusseldorf: Econ Verlag, 1973. 573. ------ . TIME-SLIP. Trans. Nicholas Fry. London: Sidgwick and Johnson, 1978. pp. 84-104. Translation of ZEITSPRUNG. Munich: C. Bertelsmann Verlag, 1977. 574. Cardwell, Harvey. EARTH SCIENCE AT CRISIS. New York: Vantage, 1976. pp. 4-6. Not seen; mentioned in FLYING SAUCER NEWS, September 1979, p. 4. 575. Carpenter, Donald G. "The UFO Mystery." In Donald G. Carpenter, et al., eds., ENVIRONMENTAL SPACE SCIENCES. Northbrook, 111.: Whitehall, 1972. pp. 672-98. 576. Carrell, Christopher, ed. BEYOND THIS HORIZON: AN ANTHOLOGY OF SCI ENCE FACT AND SCIENCE FICTION. Sunderland, Eng.: Ceolfrith, 1973. pp. 99 103, 135-35. 577. Cavendish, Richard, ed. MAN, MYTH AND MAGIC: THE ILLUSTRATED EN CYCLOPEDIA OF MYTHOLOGY, RELIGION AND THE UNKNOWN. 24 vols. New York: Mar shall Cavendish, 1970. Vol. 8, pp. 1000-1004. Revised ed., 12 vols., 1983. Vol. 4, pp. 1000-1004. 578. ------ . MYSTERIES OF THE UNIVERSE. London: George Weidenfeld and Nicholson; New York: Galahad, 1981. pp. 52-56, 64-70. 579. Cazeau, Charles J., and Stuart D. Scott Jr. EXPLORING THE UNKNOWN: GREAT MYSTERIES REEXAMINED. New York: Plenum, 1979. pp. 89-103. 580. Chaplin, James Paul. RUMOR, FEAR AND THE MADNESS OF CROWDS. York: Ballantine, 1959. pp. 118-35. New 581. Clark, Ella E. INDIAN LEGENDS FROM THE NORTHERN ROCKIES. Norman, Okla.: University of Oklahoma, 1966. pp. 95-96, 104-105, 110-18, 125-28, 146-49, 180-83, 232-35, 307-308. 582. Clarke, Arthur C. THE CHALLENGE OF THE SPACESHIP: PREVIEWS OF TO MORROW'S WORLD. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1959. pp. 169-81. 583. ------ . THE PROMISE OF SPACE. New York: Harper and Row, 1968. pp. 301-304. Paperback eds., New York: Pyramid, 1970. pp. 338-46. New York: Berk ley, 1985. pp. 281-89. 584. ------ . THE VIEW FROM SERENDIP. New York: Random House, 1977; London: Victor Gollancz, 1978. pp. 175-78. British paperback ed., London: Pan, 1977. pp. 156-59. 48 Non-UFO Books 585. ------ . VOICES FROM THE SKY: PREVIEWS OF THE COMING SPACE AGE. New York: Harper and Row, 1965. pp. 198-99. 586. Cohen, Daniel. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MONSTERS. Mead, 1982. pp. 20, 191-222. 587. ------ . MYTHS OF THE SPACE AGE. 133-71. Paperback ed., New York: Tower, 1967. New York: Dodd, New York: Dodd, Mead, 1967. pp. pp. 127-61. 588. Colby, Carroll Burleigh. STRANGELY ENOUGH! New York: Sterling; London: Mayflower, 1959. pp. 9-10, 19-22, 25-28, 32, 36-37, 42-43, 59-60, 71-72, 92-93, 108-109, 111-13, 124-25. Abridged paperback ed., New York: Scholastic Book Service, 1963. pp. 5 34-39, 57-58, 67-68, 125-26, 157-60, 178-79, 183-84. 589. Coleman, Loren. CURIOUS ENCOUNTERS: PHANTOM TRAINS, SPOOKY SPOTS, AND OTHER MYSTERIOUS WONDERS. Boston: Faber and Faber, 1985. pp. 1-5, 21 29, 77-88, 114-15, 119-21, 125-27. 590. ------ . MYSTERIOUS AMERICA. Boston: Faber and Faber, 1983. pp. 31, 41-56, 104-105, 124, 138-54, 185-90, 216, 230-31, 236, 239, 241, 254-56 261-63. 591. Collier, [Robert] Gordon. WHERE WILL YOU BE IN THE COMING AGE? Tarrytown, N.Y.: Book of Destiny, 1955. pp. 80-85, 145-50, 154-55, 208-10. 592. ------ . WILL YOU BE ALIVE IN 1975? WHERE WILL YOU BE IN THE COM ING AGE? Tarrytown, N.Y.: Book of Destiny, 1961. pp. 80-86, 135-36, 180, 187, 193-95, 204-107. 593. ------ . WILL YOU BE ALIVE IN 1965? Tarrytown, N.Y.: Book of Destiny, [1953]. 2d ed., 1954. pp. 98, 103, 114, 134, 137, 158, 167, 176. 594. Cox, Bill. UNSEEN KINGDOMS. New Brunswick, N.J.: Inner Light, 1983. pp. 13, 15-33, 42-45, 52-56, 60-61. 595. Cox, Donald W. AMERICA'S EXPLORERS OF SPACE: INCLUDING A SPECIAL REPORT ON UFO's. Maplewood, N.J.: Hammond, 1967. pp. 74-89. 596. Creegan, Robert F. THE MAGIC OF TRUTH. 1980. pp. 3, 18-28, 42-56, 80, 96. Ardmore, Pa.: Dorrance, 597. Davidson, James Dale. AN ECCENTRIC GUIDE TO THE UNITED STATES. New York: Berkley/Windhover, 1977. pp. 160-61, 269-70, 307-10, 375-76, 403 598. Davies, Paul C.W. GOD AND THE NEW PHYSICS. London: Dent, 1983. 599. De Camp, L. Sprague. THE FRINGE OF THE UNKNOWN. Prometheus, 1983. pp. 191-202. 600. 244p THE RAGGED EDGE OF SCIENCE. Buffalo, N.Y.: Philadelphia: Owlswick, 1980 49 Non-UFO Books 601. Dong, Paul. THE FOUR MAJOR MYSTERIES OF MAINLAND CHINA. Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1984. pp. 3-74. Englewood 602. Dutta, Rex. REALITY OF OCCULT, YOGA, MEDITATION, FLYING SAUCERS. London: Pelham, 1974. pp. 91-126. 603. Edelson, Edward. WHO GOES THERE? THE SEARCH FOR INTELLIGENT LIFE IN THE UNIVERSE. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1979. pp. 84-99. Paperback ed., New York: McGraw-Hill, 1980. pp. 84-99. 604. Edwards, Frank. tine, 1956. pp. 110-25. MY FIRST 10,000,000 SPONSORS. New York: Ballan- 605. ------ . STRANGE WORLD. New York: Lyle Stuart, 1964. pp. 18-30, 35-39, 56-60, 80-81, 84-85, 163-64, 185-86, 202-14, 292-93, 304-11, 344-45. Paperback ed., New York: Ace, [196-]. pp. 14-23, 25-28, 38-41, 52-54, 55-56, 61-62, 103-104, 117-18, 126-34, 169-70, 171-72, 181, 188-93, 212-13, 223-24. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1969. pp. 4-12, 15-18, 28-31, 42-43, 45-46, 51, 91-92, 105-106, 114-22, 159-60, 169, 175-81, 199-200, 210-11. 606. ------ . THE STRANGE WORLD OF FRANK EDWARDS. Ed. Rory Stuart. Secaucus, N.J.: Lyle Stuart, 1977. pp. 1-6, 106-14, 143-49. Paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1979. pp. 1-7, 120-29, 163-70. 607. ------ . STRANGER THAN SCIENCE. New York: Lyle Stuart, 1959. pp. 67-69, 115-17, 212-14, 241-53. Paperback eds., New York: Ace, [1962?]. pp. 57-60, 97-100, 187-90, 213— 24. New York: Bantam, 1967. pp. 44-48, 78-80, 151-53, 172-80. British ed., London: Pan, 1967. Revised ed., Secaucus, N.J.: Citadel, [1985]. pp. 15-18, 37-39, 78-81, 131-34, 255-58, 289-303. 608. ------ . STRANGEST OF ALL. Secaucus, N.J.: Citadel, 1956. pp. 34-36, 93-104, 128-30, 201-16. Paperback ed., New York: Ace, [1962]. pp. 61-74, 78-82, 106, 153-89. Revised ed., New York: Signet, 1974. pp. 29-31, 75-83, 93-96, 102-103, 159-70. 609. Engdahl, Sylvia Louise. THE PLANET-GIRDED SUNS: MAN'S VIEW OF OTH ER SOLAR SYSTEMS. New York: Atheneum, 1974. pp. 172-77. 610. Fair, Charles M. THE NEW NONSENSE: THE END OF THE RATIONAL CONSEN SUS. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1974. pp. 9, 28-29, 77, 132-58, 214, 225-26, 238, 243, 269-70. 611. Fate editors. THE WORLD'S STRANGEST STORIES. Clark, 1983. pp. 70-78, 110-33. Highland Park, 111.: 612. Foglein, Stephen A. THE AGE OF "ONE FOLD AND ONE SHEPHERD" IS COMING. Mountain View, Calif.: Atlas, 1981. pp. 81-91. 613. Furneaux, Rupert T. MYTHS AND MYSTERY. London: Allen Wingate, 50 1955. Non-UFO Books pp. 153-66. 614. Gadd, Laurence D ., and World Almanac eds. THE SECOND BOOK OF THE STRANGE. New York: World Almanac; Buffalo: Prometheus, 1981. pp. 179-220. 615. Gaddis, Vincent H. MYSTERIOUS FIRES AND LIGHTS. McKay, 1967. pp. 3-112. Paperback ed., New York: Dell, 1968. pp. 11-98. New York: David 616. Gardner, Martin. IN THE NAME OF SCIENCE. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1952. pp. 42-68. Reprinted as FADS AND FALLACIES IN THE NAME OF SCIENCE. New York: Do ver, 1957. pp. 42-68, 328-30. 617. ------ . SCIENCE: GOOD, BAD AND BOGUS. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 1981. Paperback ed., New York: Avon, 1983. pp. 347-59. 618. Gaul, Albro T. THE COMPLETE BOOK OF SPACE TRAVEL. World, 1956. pp. 129-34. Cleveland: 619. Gels, Larry, Fabrice Florin, Peter Beren, and Aidan Kelly, eds. WORLDS BEYOND: THE EVERLASTING FRONTIER. Berkeley, Calif.: And/Or, 1978. pp. 175-301. Reprinted as MOVING INTO SPACE: THE MYTHS AND REALITIES OF EXTRATERRES TRIAL SPACE. New York: Harper and Row, 1980. pp. 175-301. 620. Goddard, Victor. pp. 70, 104-16. 621. Godwin, John. pp. 143-83. FLIGHT TOWARDS REALITY. OCCULT AMERICA. London: Turnstone, 1975 Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1972 622. ------ . THIS BAFFLING WORLD. New York: Hart, 1968. pp. 79-119. Reprinted as THIS BAFFLING WORLD NO. 1. New York: Bantam, 1971. pp. 67-113. 623. Gooch, Stan. GUARDIANS OF THE ANCIENT WISDOM. House, 1979. pp. 195-214. 624. Goodavage, Joseph F. STORM ON THE SUN. London: Sphere, 1980. pp. 14-30. London: Wildwood New York: Signet, 1979; 625. Goran, Morris. FACT, FRAUD, AND FANTASY: THE OCCULT AND PSEUDO SCIENCES. South Brunswick, N.J.: A.S. Barnes; London: Thomas Yoseloff, 1979. pp. 64-71, 112, 121, 127, 131-35, 151, 153, 156, 166-67. ' Paperback ed., Totowa, N.J.: Littlefield, Adams, 1979. 626. Graham, Billy [William Franklin]. ANGELS: GOD’S SECRET AGENTS. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1975. pp. 8-14. 627. Grant, John. A DICTIONARY OF DISCARDED IDEAS. Sevenoaks, Kent: Ashgrove, 1981. pp. 19-20, 45-48, 62, 67-68, 88-92, 98-102, 118-19, 122-56 173. 51 Non-UFO Books Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1983. 628. Greenbank, Anthony. Row, 1967. p. 34. 251p. THE BOOK OF SURVIVAL. New York: Harper and 629. Gris, Henry, and William Dick. THE NEW SOVIET PSYCHIC DISCOVERIES. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1978; London: Souvenir, 1979. pp. 148-82. Paperback ed., New York: Warner, 1979; London: Sphere, 1980. pp. 195 280. 630. Grossinger, Richard. 1981. pp. 338-65, 377-78. THE NIGHT SKY. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 631. Haas, Joe. THE NORTHEAST RETREAT (OF 1759 & 1981). The author, 1981. pp. 21, 79-91, 112-23. Ashland, N.H.: 632. Hainlng, Peter. ANCIENT MYSTERIES. London: Sidgwlck and Jackson; New York: Taplinger, 1977. pp. 8-23, 158-71. 633. Henbest, Nigel. MYSTERIES OF THE UNIVERSE. London: Marshall Ca vendish; New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1981. pp. 115-17. 634. Hitching, Francis. THE WORLD ATLAS OF MYSTERIES. London: William Collins, 1978. pp. 188-91. American ed., THE MYSTERIOUS WORLD: AN ATLAS OF THE UNEXPLAINED. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979. pp. 24-25, 186-91. Reprinted as ATLAS OF WORLD MYSTERIES. London: Pan, 1979. 635. Holroyd, Stuart. ALIEN INTELLIGENCE. Newton Abbot: David and Charles, 1979; New York: Everest House, 1980. pp. 69-95, 149-204. British paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1981. 636. Hope-Simpson, Jacynth. WHO KNOWS? TWELVE UNSOLVED MYSTERIES. don: William Heinemann, 1974. pp. 97-114. American ed., Nashville, Tenn.: Thomas Nelson, 1974. pp. 117-34. Lon 637. Hufford, David J. THE TERROR THAT COMES IN THE NIGHT: AN EXPERI ENCE-CENTERED STUDY OF SUPERNATURAL ASSAULT TRADITIONS. Philadelphia: Uni versity of Pennsylvania, 1982. 352p., especially pp. 232-34. 638. Huyghe, Patrick A. GLOWING BIRDS: STORIES FROM THE EDGE OF SCI ENCE. Boston: Faber and Faber, 1985. pp. 179-84, 201-15. 639. Jacobs, David Michael. "UFOs and The Search for Scientific Legiti macy." In Howard Kerr and Charles L. Crow, eds., THE OCCULT IN AMERICA: NEW HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES. Urbana: University of Illinois, 1983. pp. 218-31. 640. Jay, Thomas. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FADS AND FALLACIES: FOOLS BE LIEVE THEM. Kingswood, Surrey: Elliot Right Way, 1958. p. 59. 641. Keel, John A. STRANGE CREATURES FROM TIME AND SPACE. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1970. pp. 126-243, 272-78. British eds., London: Neville Spearman, 1975. London: Sphere, 1976. 52 Non-UFO Books Reprinted as STRANGE MUTANTS in 1984. 642. Kingston, Jeremy. 256p. MYSTERIOUS HAPPENINGS. London: Aldus, 1982. 643. Knight, Damon. CHARLES FORT: PROPHET OF THE UNEXPLAINED. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1970; London: Victor Gollancz, 1971. pp. 84-86, 89-104, 192. 644. Koch, Kurt E. OCCULT ABC. lasterhausen, 1980. pp. 340-45. [West Germany]: Literature Mission Ag- 645. Koestler, Arthur. JANUS: A SUMMING UP. London: Hutchinson, 1978; New York: Random House, 1978. pp. 319-25 (Appendix iv). American paperback ed., New York: Vintage, 1979. pp. 319-25. 646. Kreskin [George Kresge Jr.] THE AMAZING WORLD OF KRESKIN. York: Random House, 1973. pp. 112-15. Book Club ed., pp. 123-26. New 647. Krupp, E.C. ECHOES OF THE ANCIENT SKIES: THE ASTRONOMY OF LOST CIVILIZATIONS. New York: Harper and Row, 1983. pp. 312-14. 648. Lambert, Colin Raymond. 1978. 223p. HERE'S WHY. Auckland, N.Z.: Wineglass, 649. Landsburg, Alan. IN SEARCH OF... Garden City, N.Y.: Nelson/Doubleday; New York: Everest House, 1978. pp. 57-98. 650. Lang, Daniel. FROM HIROSHIMA TO THE MOON. Schuster, 1959. pp. 320-46. 651. ------ . THE MAN IN THE THICK LEAD SUIT. sity, 1954. pp. 25-55. New York: Simon and New York: Oxford Univer 652. Langadas, Alexander. IS THERE LIFE IN OUTER SPACE? Fafoutakis. Athens, Greece: The author, 1976. pp. 63-80. 653. Larson, Kenneth Lloyd. THE TIME FOR TONGUES. author, 1966. Not seen; ad in PROBE, September 1968. 654. Last, Cecil E. MAN IN THE UNIVERSE. 655. Lee, John, and Barbara Moore. UNEXPLAINED. New York: Pyramid, 1975. Trans. Anna Hollywood, Fla.: The London: Werner Laurie, 1954. MONSTERS AMONG US: JOURNEY TO THE pp. 89-117, 128-31, 138. 656. LeMay, Curtis E., and Mackinlay Kantor. den City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1965. pp. 541-43. MISSION WITH LEMAY. 657. Lethbridge, Thomas Charles. THE ESSENTIAL T.C. LETHBRIDGE. Tom Graves and Janet Hoult. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1980. 187-212. Gar Ed. pp. 53 Non-UFO Books 658. Linedecker, Cliff. COUNTRY MUSIC STARS AND THE SUPERNATURAL. York: Dell, 1979. pp. 294-315. New 659. Logan, Jeffrey. "The Flying Saucer Myth." In Jeffrey Logan, ed., THE COMPLETE BOOK OF OUTER SPACE. New York: Maco Magazine Corporation, 1953. pp. 130-37. 660. Lorenzen, Coral E. 1970. pp. 60-87, 142-92. THE SHADOW OF THE UNKNOWN. New York: Signet, 661. Lyman, Robert R., Sr. AMAZING INDEED! STRANGE EVENTS IN THE BLACK FOREST, VOL. 2. Coudersport, Pa.: Potter Enterprise, 1973. pp. 51, 73, 82-83. 662. McClenon, James. DEVIANT SCIENCE: THE CASE OF PARAPSYCHOLOGY. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 1984. pp. 46, 60-63, 72-75, 92, 205. 663. MacDougall, Curtis D. SUPERSTITION AND THE PRESS. Prometheus, 1983. pp. 578-611. 664. Macklin, John. pp. 71-78. BROTHERHOOD OF THE STRANGE. 665. ------ . CASEBOOK OF THE UNKNOWN. 44-47. Buffalo, N.Y.: New York: Ace, 1972. New York: Ace, 1974. pp. 35-38, 666. McRae, Ron. MIND WARS: THE TRUE STORY OF SECRET GOVERNMENT RE SEARCH INTO THE MILITARY POTENTIAL OF PSYCHIC WEAPONS. New York: St. Mar tin's, 1984. pp. 27-29, 37-39, 43, 50, 53-55, 67, 71, 76, 78-84. 667. Malian, Lloyd, ed. THE MYSTERY OF OTHER WORLDS REVEALED. Green wich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1952; New York: Sterling, 1953. pp. 118-44. 668. ------ . pp. 139-44. SECRETS OF SPACE FLIGHT. 669. Matthews, Otis. Not seen. GENESIS OF BELIEF. 670. Mead, Margaret, and Rhoda Metraux. York: William Morrow, 1980. pp. 40-46. Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1956 Rock Hill, S.C.: Zeus, 1984? ASPECTS OF THE PRESENT. 671. Michell, John F. ECCENTRIC LIVES AND PECULIAR NOTIONS. Calif.: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1984. pp. 41-50, 226-33. New San Diego 672. Michell, John F., and Robert J.M. Rickard. PHENOMENA: A BOOK OF WONDERS. London: Thames and Hudson; New York: Pantheon, 1977. pp. 26-27, 44-45, 72-73, 80-81, 100-101. 673. Montgomery, Ruth. STRANGERS AMONG US: ENLIGHTENED BEINGS FROM A WORLD TO COME. New York: Coward, McCann and Geoghegan, 1979; New York: Fawcett Crest, 1982. pp. 133-48. 54 Non-UFO Books 674. Moore, Patrick A. CAN YOU SPEAK VENUSIAN? A GUIDE TO THE INDEPEN DENT THINKERS. Newton Abbot: David and Charles; New York: W.W. Norton, 1972. pp. 94-136. Paperback ed., London: Star, 1976. pp. 84-120. 2d ed., Hornchurch, Eng.: Ian Henry, 1977. pp. 82-120. 675. ------ . SUNS, MYTHS, AND MEN. London: Frederick Muller, 1954. pp. 140-44. Revised ed., 1968; New York: W.W. Norton, 1969. pp. 111-15. Reprinted as THE STORY OF MAN AND THE STARS. New York: W.W. Norton, 1955. pp. 177-83. 676. ------ . pp. 127-34. THE WORLDS AROUND US. New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1956. 677. Muller, Wolfgang D. MAN AMONG THE STARS. New York: Criterion, 1957; London: George G. Harrap, 1958. pp. 85-112. Translation of DU WIRST DIE ERDE SEHN ALS STERN. Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt, 1955. US. 678. Nebel, Long John, and Sanford M. Teller. THE PSYCHIC WORLD AROUND New York: Hawthorn, 1969. pp. 59-85. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1970. pp. 53-76. 679. Neher, Andrew. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF TRANSCENDENCE. N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1980. pp. 256-77. 680. Nelson, Albert, 6th earl. 1953. pp. 207-11. LIFE AND THE UNIVERSE. 681. ------ . THERE IS LIFE ON MARS. York: Citadel, 1956. pp. 71-72. Englewood Cliffs, London: Staples, London: Werner Laurie, 1955; New 682. Nicholls, Peter, ed. THE SCIENCE IN SCIENCE FICTION. Alfred A. Knopf, 1983. pp. 176-83, 193. New York: 683. Noorbergen, Rene. THE SOUL HUSTLERS: AN EXPOSE OF THE HOAX OF ASTROLOGY, THE UFO MYSTERY THAT WILL NOT DIE, AND WHAT THE PSYCHICS DON'T TELL YOU. Grand Rapids, Mich.: Zondervan, 1976. 684. Orr, Clyde, Jr. 1959. pp. 115-19. BETWEEN EARTH AND SPACE. New York: Macmillan, 685. Ostrander, Sheila, and Lynn Schroeder, eds. THE ESP PAPERS: SCIEN TISTS SPEAK OUT FROM BEHIND THE IRON CURTAIN. New York: Bantam, 1976. pp. 183-94, 207-20. 686. ------ . PSYCHIC DISCOVERIES BEHIND THE IRON CURTAIN. Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1970. pp. 87, 93-102. Book Club ed., pp. 82, 88-96. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1971. pp. 94-103. British paperback ed., London: Abacus, 1973. 687 PSYCHIC EXPERIENCES: ESP INVESTIGATED. Englewood New York: Ster- 55 Non-UFO Books ling, 1977. pp. 181-89. 688. Overlee, Vernon W. LET THE DEAD SPEAK OF THEIR LIFE. Powers Press, 1968. [95p.] Revised ed., 1970. 78 + [24]p. 689. ------ . 204p. THE PSYCHIC. 2 vols. Sparta, Wis. Canaan, Vt.: Mora Press, 1983. 690. Peltier, Leslie C. "UFO." In Arthur C. Clarke, ed., THE COMING OF THE SPACE AGE. New York: Meredith; London: Victor Gollancz, 1967. pp. 268 70. Paperback ed., London: Panther, 1970. pp. 292-95. 691. Persinger, Michael A., and Gyslaine F. Lafreniere. TRANSIENTS AND UNUSUAL EVENTS. Chicago: Nelson-Hall, 1977. 65-72, 121-26. SPACE-TIME pp. 39-61, 692. Phillips, Perrott, ed. OUT OF THIS WORLD: THE ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY OF THE BIZARRE AND EXTRAORDINARY, VOLUME 1. London: Phoebus, 1978. pp. 9-14, 37-46, 93-96, 103-106. Other volumes may also contain UFO material. 693. Pick, Christopher, ed. MYSTERIES OF THE WORLD. Secaucus, N.J.: Chartwell, 1979. pp. 130-45, 154-56. 694. Pinnock, Betty. SPIRITUALISM: A WAY OF LIFE. Access, 1982. pp. 99-102. 695. Porter, Henry. to and Windus, 1984. London: Lyric; Perth, W. Austral.: LIES, DAMN LIES AND SOME EXCLUSIVES. 696. Posin, Dan Q. OUT OF THIS WORLD. 1959. pp. 1-6, 98-110, 119-25. 697. Pournelle, Jerry. London: Chat- Chicago: Popular Mechanics, A STEP FARTHER OUT. New York: Ace, 1979. pp. 101- 11 . 698. Quave, Thomas. THROUGH TIME AND SPACE: A RECORD OF PERSONAL EXPER IENCES IN THE OCCULT. New York: Vantage, 1979. pp. 144-46. 699. Rampa, T. Lobsang [Cyril Henry Hoskins]. don: Corgi, 1969. pp. 74-93. BEYOND THE TENTH. Lon 700. Randi, James [Randall James Zwlnge]. FLIM-FLAM! THE TRUTH ABOUT UNICORNS, PARAPSYCHOLOGY, AND OTHER DELUSIONS. New York: Lippincott & Crowell, 1980. pp. 71-92. Revised as FLIM-FLAM! PSYCHICS, ESP, UNICORNS AND OTHER DELUSIONS. Buf falo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 1982. pp. 68-92, 109-30. 700a. Randles, Jenny. BEYOND EXPLANATION? THE PARANORMAL EXPERIENCES OF FAMOUS PEOPLE. Manchester, N.H.: Salem House, 1985. pp. 23-25, 63-69, 75-79, 84-87, 95-97, 100-102, 105-106, 120, 132-34, 163-65. 56 701. Reader's Digest. Digest Association, 1981. Non-UFO Books INTO THE UNKNOWN. pp. 304-25. Pleasantville, N.Y.: Reader's 702. ------ . MYSTERIES OF THE UNEXPLAINED. Pleasantville, N.Y.: Read er’s Digest Association, 1982. pp. 50-54, 97-101, 131, 138, 161-62, 165, 181, 191, 203, 207-57. 703. ------ . STRANGE STORIES, AMAZING FACTS. Reader's Digest Association, 1976. pp. 585-89. 704. ------ . TALES OF THE UNCANNY. gest Association, 1983. pp. 85-160. Pleasantville, N.Y.: Pleasantville, N.Y.: Reader's Di 705. Richardson, Robert Shirley. EXPLORING MARS. Hill, 1954. pp. 23, 132-33, 167, 231, 249, 252. New York: McGraw- 706. Rickard, Robert J.M., and Richard Kelly. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE UNKNOWN. London: Book Club Associates, 1980. pp. 36-65. Paperback ed., London: New English Library, 1981. pp. 36-65. 707. Ridpath, Ian. MESSAGES FROM THE STARS: COMMUNICATION AND CONTACT WITH EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE. New York: Harper and Row, 1978; New York: Har per Colophon, 1979. pp. 202-29. British paperback ed., Glasgow: Fontana/Collins, 1979. pp. 203-20. 708. Rogo, D. Scott. pp. 59-134, 148-63. THE HAUNTED UNIVERSE. New York: Signet, 1977. 709. Rowland, John. MYSTERIES OF SCIENCE: A STUDY OF THE LIMITATIONS OF THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD. London: Werner Laurie, 1955; New York: Philosophical Library, 1957. pp. 11, 59, 176-83, 192-93. Later ed., Freeport, N.Y.: Books for Libraries, 1970. 710. Royse, Clifford M . , Jr. tura, 1966. pp. 23-35, 40-42. 711. Russell, Eric Frank. pp. 157-84. 1967 WORLD PREDICTIONS. GREAT WORLD MYSTERIES. Los Angeles: Fu- New York: Roy, 1957. 712. Sagan, Carl. BROCA'S BRAIN: REFLECTIONS ON THE ROMANCE OF SCIENCE. New York: Random House, 1979. pp. 53-62. 713. St. Clair, David. THE PSYCHIC WORLD OF CALIFORNIA. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1972. pp. 125-28, 305-11. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1973. pp. 134-37, 320-26. 714. Shapley, Harlow. THE VIEW FROM A DISTANT STAR: MAN'S FUTURE IN THE UNIVERSE. New York: Basic Books, 1963. pp. 128-30. 715. Simmons, Marc. Northland, 1974. p. 3. WITCHCRAFT IN THE SOUTHWEST. Flagstaff, Ariz.: 716. Sladek, John. THE NEW APOCRYPHA: A GUIDE TO STRANGE SCIENCE AND OCCULT BELIEFS. New York: Stein and Day; London: Hart-Davis MacGibbon, Non-UFO Books 57 1973. pp. 19-83. British paperback ed., London: Panther, 1978. 717. Small, Robert Van Dyke. DARKNESS WHERE LIGHT FAILS TO SHINE. Hicksville, N.Y.: Exposition, 1976. pp. 63-70. 718. Smith, Robert E. DOC ANDERSON: THE MAN WHO SEES TOMORROW. York: Paperback Library, 1970. pp. 45, 85-86, 158, 174. 719. Smith, Warren [Eric Norman, pseud.]. BEYOND THE STRANGE. York: Popular Library, 1972. pp. 8-9, 38-39, 78-80. 720. ------ . INTO THE STRANGE. 30-31, 72, 100, 111-12, 122-23. New New New York: Popular Library, 1968. 721. Snow, Edward Rowe. SUPERNATURAL MYSTERIES AND OTHER TALES. York: Dodd, Mead, 1974. pp. 67-75. 722. Spraggett, Allen. net, 1976. pp. 45-57. NEW WORLDS OF THE UNEXPLAINED. pp. New New York: Sig 723. Standen, Anthony. "The Semantics of UFOs.” In Kendrick Frazier, ed., PARANORMAL BORDERLANDS OF SCIENCE. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 1981. pp. 464-65. 724. Steiger, Brad. 151, 166-205. ATLANTIS RISING. New York: Dell, 1973. pp. 76 725. ------ . MYSTERIES OF TIME AND SPACE. Special arcahaeological re search by Ron Calais. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1974. pp. 115-209. Paperback ed., New York: Dell, 1974. pp. 114-256. British paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1977. 726. ------ . PSYCHIC CITY: CHICAGO, DOORWAY TO ANOTHER DIMENSION. den City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1976. pp. 98-108. Gar 727. ------ . THE STRANGE WORLD OF BRAD STEIGER. New York: Zebra, 1975. pp. 10-12, 55-57, 74-76, 78-79, 88-90, 110-11, 113-14, 135-36, 145-46, 164 66, 170-72, 174-75, 178-80, 183-85, 228-55. 7 2 8 . ----- . THE UNKNOWN. New York: Popular Library, 1966. pp. 103 106. 729. ------ [Eric Norman, pseud.] WEIRD UNSOLVED MYSTERIES. Award; London: Tandem, 1969. pp. 7-25, 45-61, 116-29, 149-60. New York: 730. Steiger, Brad, and John White, eds. OTHER WORLDS, OTHER UNIVERSES: PLAYING THE REALITY GAME. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1975. pp. 6-139. 731. Steiner, George. Broadcasting Corp., 1974. 732. Stemman, Roy. NOSTALGIA FOR THE ABSOLUTE. pp. 38-49. MYSTERIES OF THE UNIVERSE. Toronto: Canadian London: Aldus, 1976. 58 Non-UFO Books pp. 118-251. 733. Story, Ronald D. tin's, 1980. pp. 139-51. GUARDIANS OF THE UNIVERSE? New York: St. Mar 734. Stringer, Edward Trevor. THE SECRET OF THE GODS: AN OUTLINE OF TELLURIANISM. London: Neville Spearman, 1974. pp. 44-45, 63-64, 218, 224, 239. Paperback ed., London: Abacus, 1976. 735. Taylor, John. SCIENCE AND THE SUPERNATURAL: AN INVESTIGATION OF PARANORMAL PHENOMENA. New York: E.P. Dutton; London: T. Smith, 1980. pp. 3, 111, 157-59. Paperback ed., London: Paladin, 1981. pp. 169-72. 736. Teresi, Dick, ed. 232-43. RY. OMNI'S CONTINUUM. Boston: Omni Press, 1982. pp 737. Titler, Dale M. WINGS OF MYSTERY: TRUE STORIES OF AVIATION HISTO New York: Dodd, Mead, 1962. pp. 272-93. Paperback ed., New York: Tower, 1971. pp. 207-22. 738. Valentine, Tom. Pinnacle, 1977. THE LIFE AND DEATH OF PLANET EARTH. 739. Wallace, Amy, David Wallechinsky, and Irving Wallace. LISTS #3. New York: Bantam, 1983. pp. 322-23. New York: THE BOOK OF 740. Wallace, Irving, David Wallechinsky, Amy Wallace, and Sylvia Wal lace. THE BOOK OF LISTS #2. New York: William Morrow, 1980. pp. 417-20. 741. Wallechinsky, David, and Irving Wallace. THE PEOPLE'S ALMANAC. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1975. pp. 691-95, 1373-75, 1380-81. 742. -- --- . 596-603. THE PEOPLE' S ALMANAC ff2. New York: Bantam, 1978. PP 743. -- --- . 170-71, 633-35. THE PEOPLE' S ALMANAC #3. New York: Bantam, 1981. PP 744. Wallechinsky, David, Irving Wallace, and Amy Wallace. LISTS. New York: William Morrow, 1977. pp. 440-41. THE BOOK OF 745. Ward, Philip. A DICTIONARY OF COMMON FALLACIES. Cambridge: Ole ander Press, 1978. pp. 3-4, 61-62, 74-75, 97-98, 105-106, 153-54, 157-59, 238-39, 266. 2d ed., v o l . 2, 1980. pp. 46-49, 68, 91-92, 112-14, 171, 180-83, 194-97 241-43, 273-74, 292. 746. Waters, Frank. MEXICO MYSTIQUE: THE COMING SIXTH WORLD OF CON SCIOUSNESS. Chicago: Swallow, 1975. pp. 273-74, 282. 747. Watson, Lyall. 240-50, 327-30. LIFETIDE. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1979. pp. 59 Non-UFO Books American ed., New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979- pp. 225-34. 748. Webb, Wells Alan. MARS, THE NEW FRONTIER: LOWELL'S HYPOTHESIS. San Francisco: Fearon, 1956. pp. 123-30. 749. Welfare, Simon, and John Fairley. ARTHUR C. CLARKE'S MYSTERIOUS WORLD. New York: A&W Visual Library; London: Collins, 1980. pp. 152-83. British paperback ed., London: Fontana, 1982. 750. Wescott, Roger W. 1969. pp. 295-314. THE DIVINE ANIMAL. New York: Funk and Wagnalls, 751. White, John, ed. KUNDALINI: EVOLUTION AND ENLIGHTENMENT. City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1978. pp. 380-85. Garden 752. Wilcock, John. A GUIDE TO OCCULT BRITAIN: THE QUEST FOR MAGIC IN PAGAN BRITAIN. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1976. pp. 56-57, 118, 160. 753. Wilkins, Harold Tom. "Light on Flying Saucers." In Bernhardt J. Hurwood, ed., THE FIRST OCCULT REVIEW READER. New York: Award; London: Tandem, 1968. pp. 65-76. 754. ------ . STRANGE MYSTERIES OF TIME AND SPACE. New York: Citadel, 1959. pp. 183-210. Paperback ed., New York: Ace, [1964?] pp. 178-208. 755. Wilkins, Hugh Percival. MYSTERIES OF SPACE AND TIME. Frederick Muller, 1955. pp. 32-50. London: 756. Wilson, Colin. ENIGMAS AND MYSTERIES. London: Aldus; Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1976. pp. 6-59, 76-93, 110-43. 757. ------ . MYSTERIES: AN INVESTIGATION INTO THE OCCULT, THE PARANOR MAL, AND THE SUPERNATURAL. New York: Perigee; G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1978. pp. 533-64. British eds., London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1978; London: Panther, 1978. pp. 533-64. 758. Wilson, Colin, and John Grant, eds. THE DIRECTORY OF POSSIBILITIES. Exeter: Webb and Bower; New York: Rutledge Press, 1981. pp. 28-30, 39, 41 43, 86-88, 93-95, 97-98, 160-202, 206-208, 221-22. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1982. 759. Wilson, Robert Anton. COSMIC TRIGGER: THE FINAL SECRET OF THE ILLUMINATI. Berkeley: And/Or, 1977. 269p. Paperback ed., New York: Pocket Books, 1978. 269p. 760. World Almanac editors. THE WORLD ALMANAC BOOK OF THE STRANGE. York: Signet, 1977. pp. 404-50. New 6. GENERAL UFO ARTICLES The journal articles In this section bear little resemblance to one an other, beyond the fact that they are either capsule summaries of UFO history and news, or they are speculation, ranging from idle to informed, on the nature of the UFO phenomenon. Their major interest lies in the authors, the time period, or the journals in which they appeared. In most cases the con tent is secondary. Periodical titles range from aviation and general science/technology through news magazines to the occult and science fiction. Especially no ticeable in this section are the men’s magazines dating from about 1954 to 1977. The prevalence of UFO articles in these magazines is probably respon sible for 1) a much greater number of males interested in UFOs than females, and 2) a greater public interest in UFOs during that time period, compared to the 1980s, when the only mainstream periodical to carry UFO articles regularly is OMNI. The entire range of UFO theories can be found here, including misidentifications (776), space animals (799), ionized gas (1169), piezoelectric luminosities (913), balloons (922), alternate realities (1053), impurities in the eye (1239), pure bunk (1248), and of course, the extraterrestrial hypothesis (1544). An excellent forum for UFO theories will be found in J. Richard Greenwell’s article in the ZETETIC SCHOLAR (1055). 761. Agrest, Modest M. 1961):30-31. 762. "All about Sputs." "Epsilon Eridani— Earth." THE SEARCHER 2 (July DOUBT, no.56 (1958) :460-80. 763. "All I Know Is What I Saw." 1965):4-7. READ (Teacher’s Ed.) 15 (December 1, 764. Allen, Woody. "The UFO Menace." NEW YORKER 53 (June 30, 1977): 31-33. Reprinted in FANTASTIC FILMS 1, no.3 (August 1978):22-24. UFO satire. 765. Andrews, Arlan Keith. (1983)ill, 40. "British Bases at Power Points?" 766. "Another Problem for the United Nations." NORMAL, no.2 (May-June 1979):12— 13. ALPHA PROBES THE PARA 767. "Are 'Flying Saucers' Real? Latest on an Old Mystery." 60 PURSUIT 16 U.S. NEWS 61 General UFO Articles AND WORLD REPORT, November 5, 1973, pp. 75-76. 768. "Are There Really Flying Saucers?" (March 10, 1967):4. 769. "Are U.F.O.'s for Real?" 770. Arnold, Kenneth A. 1948):4-21. JUNIOR CATHOLIC MESSENGER 33 CANADIAN TEEN 1 (May 1967):47-48. "Are Space Visitors Here?" FATE 1 (Summer 771. Arnold, Larry E. "The Pennsylvania Triangle." JOURNAL 9 (Spring 1981):42~43. NEW ATLANTEAN 772. Ashby, Jack. (Letter), "Time Traveling UFO's?" 1962):109-11. (Letter), Donald Farmer, (November 1962):117— 19• FATE 15 (August 773. Asherman, Allan. "Flying Saucers in Fact and Fantasy." FANTASY 1, no.2 (April 1978):21-25. FUTURE 774. Ashworth, C.S. "Flying Saucers, Spoon-Bending and Atlantis: A Structural Analysis of New Mythologies." SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW 28 (1980): 353-76. 775. Asimov, Isaac. "The Rocketing Dutchman." MAGAZINE OF FANTASY AND SCIENCE FICTION 48 (February 1975):123-34. (Letters), Stanton T. Friedman, Isaac Asimov, (May 1975):158-59. 776. ------ . "UFOs: Are They Visitors from Space— Or Unreliable False Observations?" TV GUIDE 22 (December 14, 1974):40-41. 777. ------ . "UFOs: What I Think." SCIENCE DIGEST 59 (June 1966):44-47. 778. Ayers, Bradley Earl. "Why a Commercial Pilot Believes in UFOs." PSYCHIC WORLD 8 (January 1977):58-62. 779. Ayling, Keith. "Are UFO's Real?" BEYOND 2 (January 1969):50-62. 780. Baines, Steve. "Close Encounters of an Unknown Kind." January 1978, pp. 46-49, 124-26. 781. Baker, Sherry. 782. Baran, Michael. "UFO Greeting." GALLERY, OMNI 6 (July 1984):100. (Letter), "Hyperresonance." PURSUIT 16 (1983):81, 85. 783. Barker, David. "Visitors from Space?" 1953):7-10. Condensed from OUTLOOK. CATHOLIC DIGEST 17 (April 784. Barnes, Austen B. "What's a UFO to an Engineer?" TIST 2 (September 1968):8-19. 785. Basterfield, Keith, and Ben West. CANADIAN SCIEN "Australian UFO Encounters." 62 General UFO Articles PSYCHIC AUSTRALIAN 2 (February 1977):18-21, 30. 786. Baughman, Henry S. (Letter), "Flash!— They're Here!" STORIES 22 (November 1948):147-49. AMAZING 787. Beal, James B. "UFO's As Cultural Change Catalyzers." TIVES 2 (May 1978):17-19; (June 1978):17-19, 66-67. 788. Bearden, Thomas E. Relation to UFO Phenomena." ALTERNA "The One Human Problem, Its Solution, and Its PURSUIT 9 (January 1976):19-23. 789. Beckley, Timothy Green. "On the Trail of the Flying Saucers." FUTURE FANTASY 1, no.2 (April 1978):36-39; 1, no.3 (June 1978):36-40. 790. ------ . 1969):116-24. "Soviets Finally Confess UFO Sightings.” BEYOND 2 (July 791. ------ . "UFO's Use Electric High-Tension Lines for Re-charging." BEYOND 1 (November 1968):5-9. 792. Bell, A.J. "Precession of the Gracious: Fallout of the Damned." FORTEAN TIMES, no.20 (February 1977):14-17, 8. 793. Benard, Paul C. 1955, pp. 17-20, 110-13. "Who Believes in Flying Saucers?" 794. Benedict, W. Ritchie. ber 1979):57• 795. Berger, Ernst. BLUEB00K, July "South America Enjoys UFOs." "The Dark Side of the UFO." FATE 32 (Novem PURSUIT 14 (1981):2—5. 796. Berliner, Don. "Study Challenges Sky Mirages As a Sighting Source. SCIENCE DIGEST 84 (August 1978):30-32. 797. ------ . "What's up? Recent UFO Reports from around the World." INFO JOURNAL, no.37 (March-April 1980):11-12. 798. Berry, D. Bruce. (January 1965):124-31. (Letter), "Clue to Flying Saucers?" 799. Bessor, John Philip. (December 1955):6-12. "Are the Saucers Space Animals?" FATE 18 FATE 8 800. ------ . (Letter), "Saucer Animals?" FATE 4 (May-June 1951):88. 801. ------ . "UFO's: Animal or Mineral?" FATE 20 (November 1967):32— 39. 802. Bickle, Timothy J. "Flying Sauce from Outer Space." SLOBS, November-December 1982, pp. 48-53. 803. “Big UFO Flap." SCIENCE DIGEST 58 (October 1965):7. 804. Binder, Otto 0. "'Flying Saucer' Phenomena." SLUTS AND SPACE WORLD 1 (March 63 General UFO Articles 1961):40-41, 61-63. 805. ------- . "The Great UFO Hunt." PHENOMENA 1 (July 1970):38-39, 74. 806. ------- • "The Mystery of Flying Saucers at Sea." ary 1968):21-23, 75. RUDDER 84 (Febru 807. ------- . "'Oddball' Saucers...That Fit No Pattern." FATE 21 (Feb ruary 1968):54-62. (Letters), Homer Chamberlain, (July 1968):126-28; Edward Stanko, 22 (April 1969):125. 808. ------- • “Secret Messages from UFO's." 38-41, 76-84. SAGA, January 1971, pp. 809. ------- • "10,000,000 UFO Witnesses Can't Be Wrong!” TRATED 63 (June 1967):61-63, 144-45. 810. ------- . "UFOs Are Leading Mankind to the Stars." 1972, pp. 22-25, 68-72. (Letter), F.A. Lesperance, June 1972, p. 2. MECHANIX ILLUS SAGA, March 811. ------- . "UFO's 'Own' Earth...and All Mankind.” SAGA, December 1971, pp. 34-37, 88-94. (Letters), George W. Earley, Angelo Capparella III, Herbert L. Kelly, Otto 0. Binder, March 1972, pp. 2, 8. 812. Binder, Otto 0., and Joan Whritenour. SAGA, June 1969, pp. 22-25, 86-96. "Flying Saucer D-Day." 813. Black, Victor. 1952):61-66. AMERICAN MERCURY 75 (October "Flying Saucer Hoax.” 814. Blair, Richard. 1974):32-35. "Buzzing Japan.” PROBE THE UNKNOWN 2 (Spring 815. "Blaming Saucers on Bouncing Beams." AWAKE!, March 22, 1953, p. 27. 816. Blessing, William L. 700 (April 1979):3-6. "Flying Saucers." SHOWERS OF BLESSING, no. 817. Bllven, Bruce. "Flying Saucers: Myth or Menace?” LOOK, July 18, 1950, pp. 12-18. (Letters), Andy Winn, August 15, 1950, p. 4; Thomas Ford Mailloux, Paul Hein Jr., Lee P. Mehlig, Robert C. Wick, August 29, 1950, p. 8. 818. Blum, Ralph. 1974):89-93. "Are UFOs for Real?" READER'S DIGEST 104 (June 819. ------ . "UFOs: No One's Laughing Anymore." pp. 42-45, 72-75. 820 TRUE, January 1975, 'UFOs: Those Heavenly Bodies Are Alive and Well COSMO- 64 General UPO Articles POLITAN 176 (February 1974)2176-78, 200-201, 221. 821. Bockris, Victor. “True Wants to Know: Have You Ever Seen a U.F.O.?" TRUE, February 1976, p. 9. 822. Bolotin, H.H. “UFOs: Do They Come from Outer Space?'* tralian Department of Defence), no.5 (August 1977):12-15. TRIAD (Aus 823. Boramersbach, Jana. "U.F.O.'s Are Real, He Says: Just Ask the C.I.A. for Proof." US, March 6, 1979, pp. 60-62. 824. Bongartz, Roy, 52-59. "UFO's Are Back.” TRUE, April 1974, pp. 32-33, 825* Bonham, Alan. "Flying Saucers Invade Australian Skies!" THE UNKNOWN 2, no.2 (June 1961):42~44. EXPLORING 826. Bord, Janet, and Colin Bord. "The Piezo-Electric Birth-Trauma Syn drome." FORTEAN TIMES, no.41 (Winter 1983)231-33. (Letter), Alvin H. Lawson, no.42 (Autumn 1984):3. 827. Bova, Ben. “None So Blind." ANALOG 95 (June 1975):5-8, 176-78. 828. Bowman, Norman J. "The Need for Critical Analysis of Flying Disc Reports." JOURNAL OF SPACEFLIGHT WITH THE ROCKET NEWS LETTER, November 1953, p. 11. g 2 9 . ------ . *'A Scientific Analysis of the Flying Disk Reports." JOUR NAL OF SPACEFLIGHT AND THE ROCKET NEWS LETTER, June 1950, RNL pp. 2-7. 830. Braddock, John. "Maritiraers Are Asking: From Where Do All the UFOs Come?" ATLANTIC ADVOCATE 58 (June 1968):18-23. 831. "Brains Trust— 2." (1948):198-200. JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY SOCIETY 7 832. Brandsberg, George. August 1975, pp. 2-4. "UFOs." FARM PROFIT (Massey Ferguson), July- 833. Brass, Eleanor. "Points North: More Strange Sights Reported." NATIVE PEOPLE 9 (February 23, 1976):12. 834. Braun, Don. "UFOs: Flights of Fancy or Fancy Flights?" December 1975, pp. 4-7. 835. "Breaker...UFO." FAA WORLD, INFO JOURNAL, no.24 (July-August 1977) :7. 836. Brenton, William. "I Know Where Flying Saucers Come from." LENGE, May 1955, pp. 13-15, 62-64. 837. Broderick, Damien, and B.H. Mackrell. November-Deceraber 1981, pp. 58-63, 123. 838. Brooks, Warren. "UFOs: What If.” "Flying Saucers...Fact or Fantasy?” CHAL OMEGA, COMPANION, 65 General UFO Articles June 1967. Not seen. 839. Brunlng, F., and A. Collings. "Aliens: The UFO Debate.” (Australian ed.), January 29, 1979, pp. 14-15. Not seen; listed in John Prytz (39). 840. "Bumped by a Road Hugging UFO." Not seen. NEWSWEEK MAN TO MAN YEARBOOK, Spring 1970. 841. Bundy, Mark. "The Central New York UFO Wave." 1979) :35-39. (Letter), Kenneth Behrens, (Fall 1979):189. PURSUIT 12 (Winter 842. Burch, Thomas B. "How Much Do You Know about UFOs? 50 Questions to Test Your Knowledge." PURSUIT 15 (1982):111-13, 192. 843. ------ • (1981):59-62. "Why the Government Should Fund UFO Studies." 844. Burstein, Daniel. "UFO Update." PURSUIT 14 OMNI 5 (June 1983):107. 845. Butler, Andrew. "The Texas Town That's under Attack by UFOs." MALE, February 1975, pp. 30, 85-86. 846. Butz, J.S., Jr. 149-52. "Great Balls of Fire!" 847. Caidin, Martin. 1953. Not seen. "You Are Being Watched." 848. "The Camera Sees Flying Saucers." 849. Campbell, John W . , Jr. 1952):16-17,' 73-74. AIR FORCE 51 (April 1968): MR. AMERICA, January TRUE, July 1950, pp. 44-45, 82. “How Do Saucers Fly?" PIC 23 (November 850. ------ . "UFO: "Unidentified Flying Observations." ANALOG SCIENCE FACT/SCIENCE FICTION 72 (November 1963):7, 82-86. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, March-April 1964, pp. 27-28. 851. Campbell, Stuart. 1976):237. "Rational Ufology." 852. "Can We Tick off Another One?" 853. Canary, Glenn. pp. 14-16, 35. 854. C a m s , C. NEW HUMANIST 91 (January PURSUIT 6 (January 1973):4— 5. "Flying Saucers Are Real!" "Operation Saucer." TOPPER, August 1966, AMAZING STORIES 23 (October 1949): 89. 855. Carson, Anthony. 74 (July 7, 1967):13— 15• "Cigars over Epping." NEW STATESMAN, new ser., 66 General CFO Articles 856. Carson, Will, and Jeannie Joy. no.61 (January 1965):64-74. 857. "Carter Encourages UFOria.” "Prying into the Unknown.“ SEARCH, NEW SCIENTIST 76 (1977):621. 858. Cartwright, William. "Some Suggestions Regarding Flying Saucers." SEARCH, no.128 (Fall 1976):31—37. . . . 859. Carver, Don. "Revealed: The Real Flying Saucer Story!” SCENE, January 1957, pp. 38-39, 56-57. BEHIND THE 860. Chalker, Bill. "The Great UFO Debate: The Case Against." PEOPLE (Australian ed.), January 21, 1981, pp. 12-13; January 28, 1981, p. 16. Not seen; listed in Prytz (39). 861. ------ . "The Macleay UFO Window." PSYCHIC AUSTRALIAN 2 (March 1977):18-21, 27-30; (April 1977):14-17, 28-31. 862. ------ . "Separating the Fact from the Fiction." ril 1982, pp. 98-99, 120-21. 863. ------ . "UFO Hoodoos in Australia." 1977) :14-17, 25-27. 864. Charles, M. "Of All That Is." OMEGA, March-Ap- PSYCHIC AUSTRALIAN 2 (July SOUTHERN CROSS, March 1977, pp. 14 16. Not seen; listed in Prytz (39). 865. Clark, Jerome. "The Brushy Creek UFO Scare." 96-106. (Letter), Hayden C. Hewes, (July 1974):129-30. 8 6 6 . ------ . 67-68, 70-71. "Happy Anniversary UFOs!" FATE 27 (May 1974): SAGA, August 1977, pp. 34-37, 867. ------ . "Phil Klass vs. the 'UFO Promoters.'" FATE 34 (February 1981):56-67. (Letters), Philip J. Klass, Robert Sheaffer, Jerome Clark, (May 1981): 121-25. 8 6 8 . ------ . 1978) :60-68. “Vallee Discusses UFO Control System." 869. Clark, Tom. ary 1979):24-25, 51. "Peak to Peak Strangeness." 870. Clarke, Arthur C. "Flying Saucers." PLANETARY SOCIETY 12 (1953):97-100. BOULDER MONTHLY 1 (Janu JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTER 871. ------ . "Whatever Happened to Flying Saucers?" POST 243 (Summer 1971):10. (Letter), George D. Fawcett, (Fall 1971):4. 872. Clifford, Terry. FATE 31 (February SATURDAY EVENING "Close Encounters in New York.” NEW YORK 11 67 General UFO Articles (February 20, 1978):100. 873. Close, Linda. "Wisconsin's UFOs: More Than Flights of Fancy?” EX CLUSIVELY YOURS (Patten Co., Milwaukee), August 13, 1981, pp. 36-37, 42-49, 75. 874. Cohen, Daniel. "The Return of Flying Saucers." (September 13, 1965):131-34. 875. ------ . "7 Great Quests of Man.” 1976):92, 146-48. THE NATION 201 POPULAR MECHANICS 146 (September 876. ------ . "Should We Be Serious about UFO's?" (June 1965):41-44. SCIENCE DIGEST 57 877. Cornelia, Thomas M . , Jr. [Peter Kor, pseud.]. "Are the 'Close En counters' Proof of Alien Visitors?" SEARCH, no.131 (Summer 1977):47-50. 878. ------ . "Saucer Round-up." MYSTIC, no.6 (October 1954):104-107; no.7 (December 1954):70-73; no.9 (April 1955):71-73. 879. ------ • "Some Thoughts on a New Saucer Book." (Fall 1976):57-60. 880. ------ [Peter Kor, pseud.]. SEARCH, no.136 (Fall 1978):49-51. 881. ------ . 1955):17-23. SEARCH, no.128 "UFOs: Breakthrough or Ballyhoo?" "Why the Real Saucer Is Interplanetary." 882. "Confusion in the Sky." FATE 8 (December FATE 8 (March 1955):24-29. 883. [Constable], Trevor James, and Gray Barker. "Trevor James on Spacecraft." PSYCHIC OBSERVER AND CHIMES 36 (January-March 1975):56-60. 884. Cooke, Robert. "'Close Encounters' Touches off a UFO Craze." February 7, 1978, pp. 46-49. 885. Cort, David. "Saucery and Flying Saucers." ber 7, 1959):331-32, 340. THE NATION 189 (Novem 8 8 6 . Cotier, Gordon. "More Big News from Out There." ruary 4, 1967, pp. 28-29. 887. Coughlin, William J. (March 1968):91. 8 8 8 . Crain, T. Scott. "The UFO As Plasma." "1981 UFO Update." US, NEW YORKER, Feb SPACE/AERONAUTICS 49 SEARCH, no.147 (Summer 1981): 52-59. 889. ------ . "1983 UFO Report." SEARCH, no.157 (Winter 1983-1984):56- 890. "1985 UFO Update SEARCH, no.162 (Spring 1985):14-18 63. 68 General UFO Articles 891. ------ . 55-56. 892. ------ . 893. ------ . 54-57. "A Study on UFO Sounds." "UFO Review 1982." SEARCH, no.152 (Fall 1982):56-59. "UFOs: A Status Report." 894. "Credits." SEARCH, no.131 (Summer 1977): SEARCH, no.150 (Spring 1982): DOUBT, no.38 (1952):170. 895. Crew, Eric W. (Letter), "Meteorological Flying Objects." JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY 21 (1980)2216-19. (Letter), 22 (1981):218896. Crossen, Ken. 1954. Not seen. "Will We Have Visitors from Mars?" 897. "The Current Status of Ufology." 898. Dabney, Dick. April 1979, pp. 67-78. QUARTERLY FURY, August PURSUIT 2 (January 1969):3-4. “Wonders of the Invisible World." WASHINGTONIAN, 899. Dagenais, Arleigh J. "Do You Believe In Flying Saucers?" TECHNIC 78 (January 1960):16-17, 50-51. MICHIGAN 900. Dane, Christopher. “UFO Invaders Sighted at New Landing Bases." MALE, August 1973, pp. 22-23, 72-75. 901. Daniels, Steve. 18-21. "Compass." EAST-WEST JOURNAL 9 (February 1979): 902. Darnaude Rojas-Marcos, Ignacio. no.140 (Fall 1979):52-56. "Ufology Questions." SEARCH, **903. Darrach, H.B., Jr., and Robert E. Ginna Jr. "Have We Visitors from Space?" LIFE, April 7, 1952, pp. 80-96. Reprinted in READER'S DIGEST 61 (July 1952):3-6. (Letters), Daniel A. McGovern, Edward A. Kolar, John Philip Bessor, W.J. Robinson et al., C.C. Wylie, Mason Rose, Bill Ryan, April 28, 1952, pp. 8-10. 904. Day, Langston. "Flying Saucers— Fact or Fiction?" JOURNAL, November 1950, pp. 668-70. 905. De Camp, L. Sprague. "Little Green Men from Afar." (July-August 1976):5-8. (Letter), Lynn E. Rose, (September-October 1976):61. CHAMBERS'S HUMANIST 36 906. Degh, Linda. "UFO's and How Folklorists Should Look at Thera.” FABULA 18 (1977):242-48. 907. Del Rey, Lester. 1957):21-29. "The Saucer Myth." FANTASTIC UNIVERSE 8 (August 69 General UFO Articles 908. Delair, J. Bernard. no.24 (Winter 1978):42-46. "UFOs, Clouds & Pseudo-Planes." 909. Delaney, P. "Unidentified Flying Objects." 1978, pp. 2-3. Not seen; listed in Prytz (39). 910. Deneault, Harold N . , Jr. (July 1965):46— 54. 911. Denisov, Pavel. pp. 38-43. FORTEAN TIMES, SOUTHERN CROSS, June "UFO's Return to Washington," “What Is the Nature of UFOs." FATE 18 SPUTNIK, June 1981, 912. Devereux, Paul, and Andrew York. "Portrait of a Fault Area." NEWS, no.11 (August 1975):5— 19; no.12 (October 1975):8-20. THE 913. Devereux, Paul, Paul McCartney, and Don Robins. "Bringing UFOs down to Earth." NEW SCIENTIST 99 (1983):627-30. (Letters), Stuart Campbell, 799; Paul Devereux, 100 (1983) :217. 914. DeWitt, David A. "Encounters of the Enchantment Kind." 4 (January-February 1982):8-13. 915. Dickinson, Terence. "Close Encounters with UFOs." ZINE 27 (November 19, 1977):11-13. 916. Dickson, Larry. ber 1973):21, 26-28. "The UFOs Are Back!" 917. "Did the Mystery Ship Come from Mars?" Not seen. 918. "Dinner Time.” 919. "Disc Dirt." WEEKEND MAGA BEYOND REALITY, no.6 (Septem MAN TO MAN, June 1950. TIME, November 18, 1957, p. 28. DOUBT, no.21 (1948):314— 17. 920. Dolan, Ralph. "UFOs Are Attacking Our Aircraft.” 1976, pp. 32-33, 84-88. 921. Dong, Paul. RIO GRANDE "Mainland Mysteries." MEN, January OMNI 3 (May 1981) :36, 125. 922. Dorsey, Tom. "Balloons May Increase Flying Saucer Reports." FORCE TIMES, January 28, 1956, p. 4. 923. Dotto, Lydia. "Science Confronts 'Pseudo-Science.'" 11 (July-August 1978):21-24. 924. Downey, Charles. 1983, pp. 34-37. 925. Drake, Rufus. STAG, February 1976. Not seen. "UFOs Are Bunk!" AIR SCIENCE FORUM KIWANIS MAGAZINE, February "10 New UFO Sightings Washington Won't Talk about.” 70 General UFO Articles 926. ------ . "UFO Crisis over Greenland." SAGA, October 1976, pp. 36 38, 54, 60.----------------------------------------------------------- ' 927. Drucker, Ronald. "3 Big Lies the Government Is Telling about UFO's." MALE, February 1976, pp. 16, 60-64. 928. ------ . "The UFO's That Haunt U.S. Marine Bases." July 1976, pp. 20-22, 46-50. 929. Dunn, S. "On the Trail of Those Elusive UFOs." February 3, 1974, pp. 6-9. MEN'S MAGAZINE, SOUTHWEST SCENE, 930. Dutto, A.S. "Our Air Defenses: Full of Gaping Holes." 1972, pp. 36-37, 56-60. 931. Dutton, T.W.S. "The Ion Engine and the UFOs.” EER 62 (October 1970):51-52. 932. Earley, George W. FATE 23 (October 1970):83. 933. Eberhart, Jonathan. (1967):179. MALE, June AUSTRALASIAN ENGIN "$10,000 Says UFOs Aren't Extraterrestrial." "The Flying Spacewatchers.” SCIENCE NEWS 92 934. Edwards, Frank. "Flying Saucers over Brazil." FATE 13 (September 1960):42-49. (Letters), George D. Fawcett, Coral E. Lorenzen, (December 1960):129. 935. ------ . "Flying Saucers— Serious Business." ARGOSY, December 1966, pp. 24-25, 113-28. From his book of the same title (234). (Letters), Philip Solin, Gary M. Coleman, Paul Quam, Tom Moss, Ted Junk er, Mike Ryan, March 1967, p. 18. 936. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report." 937. ------ . "Frank (August 1958):7 5—81. Edwards' Report: FATE 10 (July 1957):27-31. An Open Forum on UFO's." FATE 11 938. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report: Do You Still Believe in Flying Saucers?" FATE 13 (June 1960) -.27-34. 939. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report: Flying Saucers Stopped the Ball Game!” FATE 10 (November 1957):35-41. 940. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report: Radar?” FATE 12 (December 1959):50-55. Have UFO's Learned to Outwit 941. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report: Keep Your Eye on Venus." (August 1959):57—63. (Letter), Allyn Rothman, (December 1959): 110— 12. FATE 12 9'42. ------ . "Frank Edwards' Report: Scientists and Satellites." 11 (February 1958):69-76. FATE 71 General UFO Articles 943. ------- . HFrank Edwards* Report: Some Answers to the Saucers.” FATE 11 (July 1958):45-51. 944. ------- . "Frank Edwards' Report: Ten Years of UFO's.” (October 1957):65-69. FATE 10 945. ------- . "Frank Edwards' Report: UFO Sightings and Alibis." 11 (March 1958):27-34. 946. ------- • "Frank Edwards' Report: Why Shoot the Moon?" 1958):41-47• 947. — — . "I Told the Truth and Was Banished." (September 1964):36-44. 948. ------- . "Lies in the Skies.” Not seen. FATE FATE 11 (May BORDERLINE 1, no.l REAL, April 1966, pp. 26-27, 70-71. 949. ------- • "Mystery Blast over Nevada." FATE 15 (August 1962):68-74. 950. ------- • "They're Not Telling You the Truth about the Spies from Outer Space.” REAL, November 1954, pp. 20-21, 58-60. 951. ------- • "To See or Not to See Flying Saucers." 1957):17-32. From his book, MY FIRST 10,000,000 SPONSORS (604). 952. Edwards, P.M.H. "Complexity of the UFO Enigma.” no.23 (November-Deeember 1976):24-27. FATE 10 (May BEYOND REALITY, 953. Eiseley, Loren C. "Little Men and Flying Saucers.” ZINE 206 (March 1953):86-91. 954. Elliott, Lawrence. (November 1952):47-54. 955. Ellis, E.O. (March 1974):129-30. "Flying Saucers: Myth or Menace?" (Letter), "An Emergency Rescue System." HARPER'S MAGA CORONET 33 FATE 27 956. Ellyard, David. "Official! Reporters Carried away by Flying Sau cers." NEW JOURNALIST, no.22 (March-April 1976):17-19. 957. Elting, Mary. 1964, p. 61. "Are Flying Saucers Real?" CHILDREN'S DIGEST, March 958. "Enigmas: UFOs in the News." PROBE THE UNKNOWN 2 (Spring 1974):8, 62-64. (Letter), John M. Fazio, (Winter 1974):3. 959. Erdmann, Steve, Allen H. Greenfield, and Gene Steinberg. "The Great Southeast Saucer Flap." CAVEAT EMPT0R, no.10 (November-Deeember 1973):33-36. 960. Evans, Hilary. "Tales from the 'Terror Triangle.'" FATE 34 72 General UFO Articles (October 1981):105-13. 961. ------ . "The UFO As Geopsychic Artifact: Geophysical Causes, Bio physical Effects & Psychosocial Influences." FORTEAN TIMES, no.44 (Summer 1985):63-65. 962. ------ • "UFOs: A Slip in Time or a Sinister Warning?" PROBES THE PARANORMAL, no.2 (May-June 1979):14-17. 963. Evans, J.A.S. tember 1969):23. "The UFO Menace from Canada.” 964. Farish, Lucius. "The Mini-Saucers." ALPHA COMMENTATOR 13 (Sep FATE 27 (December 1974):59- 65. 965. ------ • "On Maintaining an Even Keel.” CAVEAT EMPTOR, no.10 (November-December 1973):14-15* 23. (Letters), John A. Keel, no.12 (March-April 1974):28-29; Lucius Farish, no.13 (May-June 1974):28. 966. ------- . "Strange Enigma of the Ghost Rockets: UFOs or Natural Phen omena?" BEYOND REALITY, no.22 (September-October 1976):41-42. 967. Fawcett, George D. "Are Flying Saucers Hostile?" no.12 (December 1961):7— 24• Addendum, 3, no.7 (August 1962):38. THE SEARCHER 2* 968. ------ . "A Camera's Eye Analysis of 411 Flying Saucers from 281 Photographs Taken around the World.” FATE 15 (February 1962):67-87. 969. ------ . (Letter), "A Personal Encounter." (Letter), Robert Sheaffer, (August 1982):116. FATE 35 (May 1982):117. 970. ------ . "The Spaceman Wore a Silver Helmet." July-September 1974. Not seen. 971. ------ . "UFO Reports Gain New Acceptance." July-Septeraber 1974. Not seen. PSYCHIC OBSERVER, PSYCHIC OBSERVER, 972. ------ . 1984):58-62. "The UFO Story of the Past Year." 973. ------ • 1972):59. "UFOs Show Dramatic Worldwide Increase." 974. ------ . "Worldwide UFO Sighting Rise." (February-March 1973):112-15, 166-67. 975. Ferrell, Oliver P. 31 (October 1957):102-105. 976. Ferris, Timothy. SEARCH, no.158 (Spring PSYCHIC OBSERVER 34 "Outer Space Saucers— A Myth!" "We Are All Alone." FATE 25 (June AMAZING STORIES NEW TIMES 10 (January 9, 73 General UFO Articles 1978):8. 977. Fideler, David. "Gateways to Mystery." FORTRAN TIMES, no.31 (Spring 1980):6-12; no.32 (Summer 1980):10-17; no.33 (Autumn 1980):12-17. 978. Findlay, Alex. 1973) :33-37. 979. “First Prize.” "UFO Wherefore Art Thou?" PSYCHIC DIMENSIONS 1 (May DOUBT, no.16 (1946):234-35. 980. FitzGibbon, Constantine. "Of Witches, UFOs, & the American Uncon scious." ENCOUNTER 54 (April 1980):35-45. 981. "The Flying Saucer Mystery." SOCIETY 10 (1951):37-38. JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY 982. "The Flying Saucer Mystery." SCIENCE NEWS LETTER 57 (1950):188. 983. "Flying Saucer Roundup." FATE 11 (February 1958):29-37. 984. "Flying Saucer Roundup." THE SEARCHER 3 (January 1962):100-20. 985. "Flying Saucers." (1952):224-26. JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY SOCIETY 11 986. "Flying Saucers." REAL, December 1966, pp. 7-15. 987. "Flying Saucers?" SENIOR SCHOLASTIC 88 (April 22, 1966):13. 988. "Flying Saucers Again." NEWSWEEK, April 17, 1950, p. 29. 989. "Flying Saucers and Science." AMERICAN MERCURY 85 (July 1957):121- 25. 990. "Flying Saucers Are Real!" TOPPER, September 1966, pp. 14-16, 35. 991. "Flying Saucers...Fact or Fancy?” 16, 1966):4—7. 992. "Flying Saucers: Fact or Fancy?" gust 8, 1958, p. 6. SENIOR SCHOLASTIC 89 (September U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, Au 993. "'Flying Saucers': Illusions or Reality?" PORT, April 4, 1966, p. 14. 994. "Flying Saucers in Russia." FATE 14 (December 1961):76. 995. "Flying Saucers: The Last Word!" 996. Flynn, William R. (1974):62-63, 89. U.S. NEWS AND WORLD RE SEE, March 1953, pp. 30-32. "The UFO Frustration." 997. Forrest, Robert. "Leys, UFOs & Chance." 1975):12-13; no.16 (June 1976):20-23. OTHER DIMENSIONS, no.l THE NEWS, no.13 (December 74 General UFO Articles 998. Forshufvud, Ragnar. "Unidentified Flying Objects: A Physical Phe nomenon." PURSUIT 13 (Spring 1980):54-56. 999. Fraknoi, Andrew. "Close Encounters with Pseudoscience." (January-February 1978):21-22. 1000. Frazier, Kendrick. (Spring 1979):8-10. 1001. ------ . "Omni's Column on UFOs." "Sagan, Starfolk, UFOfs." MERCURY 7 SKEPTICAL INQUIRER 3 SCIENCE NEWS 104 (1973):284. 1002. ------ • "Science and the Parascience Cults.” (1976):346-50. (Letter), Michael Donohue, 397. SCIENCE NEWS 109 1003. ------ . "UFOs, Horoscopes, Big Foot, Psychic and Other Nonsense." SMITHSONIAN 8 (March 1978):54-61. (Letters), A.J. Mei, Helen I. Francis, William R. Bury, Frederick S. Barnaby, Nelson J. Kari, A.E. Pottala, Raven B. Earlygrow, Carroll Kunkle, Sue A. Millionie, Donald E. Roll, Carl Allen 9 (May 1978):14-16. 1004. "A Fresh Look at Flying Saucers." TIME, August 4, 1967, pp. 32 33. (Letters), Robert P. Burrus, Carl F. Bauman Jr., Alfredo Porras Jr., Samuel Kachigan, August 18, 1967, p. 8. 1005. Friedman, Stanton T. "The Case for the Reality of Flying Sau cers." GRIFFITH OBSERVER 38 (August 1970):154-62. 1006. ------ . "Flying Saucers Are Real." 6 (February 1968):16. 1007. ------ . "Flying Saucers Are Real!" ASTRONAUTICS AND AERONAUTICS COSMOS, April 1970, pp. 4-5. 1008. ------- . (Letter), "Flying Saucers Are Real?" AND SCIENCE FICTION, May 1975. Not seen. MAGAZINE OF FANTASY 1009. ------- . "Flying Saucers Pennsylvania Style." 50 (January 1968):32-36. GREATER PITTSBURGH 1010. ------ . "Rebuttal to 0ritiTs Argument against the Existence of Flying Saucers." GRIFFITH OBSERVER 38 (August 1970):170-73. 1011. ------ . "The UFO Problem." Reprint of 1009. CYCLES 19 (April 1968):79-82. 1012. ------- . (Letter), "UFO Reports Available." AERONAUTICS 9 (April 1971):4. ASTRONAUTICS AND 1013. Friedman, Stanton T . , and B. Ann Slate. "UFO Battles the Air Force Couldn't Cover-up." SAGA, June 1974, pp. 14-15, 43, 48-54. 1014.. "Unpublicized Air Force Study Proves Flying Saucers Are 75 General UFO Articles Real." SAGA, May 1971, pp. 20-21, 88-94. 1015. Friedrich, Charles. "More on the UFO Cover-up— Worse Than Water gate." MALE, March 1974, pp. 22-23, 62-64. 1016. "From the World's Press." SOCIETY 11 (1952):290-91. JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH INTERPLANETARY 1017. Fry, Ron. "UFO's: 100,000 Sightings Can't Be Wrong.” MAGAZINE, April 1976, pp. 24-25, 62-65. 1018. Fuller, Curtis. (January 1962) :36-42. MEN'S "The Boys Who 'Caught' a Flying Saucer." FATE 15 1019. ------ . "Collected UFO Sightings for August and September." 18 (January 1965):35-40. 1020. ------ . 16-22. "Fate's Report on the Flying Saucers." FATE FATE 7 (May 1954) 1021. ------ . "The Flying Saucers: Fact or Fiction?" FLYING 47 (July 1950):16-17, 59-61. (Letters), L.J. Alger, Willis T. Sperry, William Quinn, (September 1950) :64. ' 1022. ------ . 1952):20-31. 1023. ------ . "Let's Get Straight about the Saucers!" "Report on the Saucers." FATE 5 (December FATE 6 (June 1953):10— 13. 1024. ------ . "The Saucers Are Flying." FATE 8 (August 1955):6-16. See also Fuller's editorial, "I See by the Papers," at the beginning of every issue of FATE, which often contains UFO material. 1025. Fuller, John G. "A Communication Concerning the UFOs." REVIEW 50 (February 4, 1967):70-72. "A Reply,” John Lear, 73. SATURDAY 1026. Gaddis, Vincent H. "Are Flying Saucers Really Creatures That Live in Outer Space?" TRUE, August 1967, pp. 26-27, 59-62. 1027. ------ . pp. 24-27, 78-86. "UFO Mystery: Fire Bolts from Space." " ‘ SAGA, May 1967, ' 1028. Gatti, Art. "UFOs and the Approaching Doom: Hallelujah, the End Is near!" CLUB, March 1978, pp. 8-10, 74, 84. 1029. Genet, Jean. 1954) :152, 159-60. "Letter from Paris." 1030. Gibbs-Smith, Charles H. ber 17, 1954) :64. 1031. Giles, Gordon A. NEW YORKER 30 (October 23, "Flying Saucers." THE QUEEN 202 (Novem "The UFO’s Have Taken over the Earth." MONSIEUR, 76 General CFO Articles April 1967, pp. 10-13, 54-55. 1032. Gill, Joe. 88-90. "Unlimited Flying Objects." CHERI, June 1984, pp. 1033. Ginna, Robert E., Jr. "Saucer Reactions: They Range from Plausi ble Theories to Nonsense.” LIFE, June 9, 1952, pp. 20-26. 1034. Ginsky, Robert A. "Encounters of the Weird Kind: The Elusive UFO." PLAIN TRUTH 43 (September 1978):9-11, 38. 1035. ------ . "The Ubiquitous UFO." PLAIN TRUTH 41 (August 1976):25-27. 1036. Girard, Robert C. 67-69. "The Ultimate Cover-up.” 1037. Glackin, James J. 1976, pp. 4-6. (Letter), "Cosmic Brain Drain." 1038. Glenn, Wynnsil, and Lorine Glenn Sr. FATE 38 (May 1985):129. 1039. Godwin, George. 1950 or 1951, pp. 31-36. Not seen. PURSUIT 16 (1983): (Letter), "Alien Worlds." "More Light on Flying Saucers." 1040. Goerman, Robert A. April 1978):46-51 • "The Twistians." SAGA, January RIDER'S REVIEW, BEYOND REALITY, no.31 (March- 1041. ------ . "UFO's Are Real! The CBS-TV Snow Job!" UFO SPECIAL REPORT, no.2 (1979):4-7. BEYOND REALITY 1042. Golomb, Solomon W. (Letter), "The Wheel in the Middle of the Air." ASTRONAUTICS AND AERONAUTICS 4 (August 1966):16-19. (Letters), George W. Earley, Brent L. Marsh, (November 1966):6. 1043. Good, Timothy. no.34 (1974/1975):41-59. "UFO Less Unidentified." 1044. Grabkowicz, Mary. (October 1957):106-12. 1045. Grant, Phil. (March 1974):20. "Let's Get down to Facts." "That Damned Procession Again." 1046. Grattan-Guinness, I. OF SCIENCE 33 (1976):205-10. 1047. "Great

UFOs and the Extraterrestrial Contact M ovem ent a bibliography Volume Tw o: The Extraterrestrial Contact M ovem ent by GEORGE M . EBERHART The Scarecrow Press, Inc. Metuchen, N .J., & London 1386 Copyright *>1986 by George M. Eberhart Manufactured in the United States of America V O LU M E TW O : T H E E X T R A T E R R E S T R IA L C O N T A C T M O V EM EN T 131- CONTACTEES BEFORE 1952 The term "contactee" originally referred to a small group of individuals who in the 1950s claimed a direct contact with the space people that piloted the flying saucers- These contacts usually contained many psychic elements (telepathy, psychokinesis, dematerializations) as well as a religious or an ethical message. However, for at least 200 years before George Adamski's first contact in 1952, various people have claimed contact with extraterrestrials and their accounts bear a strong resemblance to the later saucer contactees. While spacecraft are present or at least implied in most of the accounts af ter 1952, they are not integral to the contact because communication with * the aliens is usually by telepathy. Before 1952 UFOs are almost completely absent, with visits to or from other planets accomplished through an out-of body experienceMost of these early accounts confined their contacts to beings from Mars (11028, 11036, 11083-84), with only a few from Venus (11020) or other remote, nameless worlds (10024). One of the first writers to claim an extraterrestrial contact was the Swedish mystic Emanuel Swedenborg (11075-77), who described his "astral journeys" to each of the planets known in the mid-18th century- Also includ ed in this chapter are the works of theosophists H.P. Blavatsky (11004) and C.W. Leadbeater (11041-43), who were in contact with the ascended masters, a group of highly evolved beings said to be in control of cosmic destiny. Some of these masters were thought to live on the planet Venus. More recent students of the ascended masters, especially Guy Warren Ballard (10993-11001) claimed contact with these Venusians as well as a host of extraterrestrial masters from other planets and solar systems. Another important early con tactee was John Ballou Newbrough, whose book 0AHSPE (11055) was transmitted through him by archangelic beings and described the 24,000-year spiritual history of the earth.— J. Gordon Melton. Monographs 10991. Alder, Vera Stanley. THE FIFTH DIMENSION AND THE FUTURE OF MAN KIND. London: Rider, 1940. 224p. Later ed., London: Rider; New York: Samuel Weiser, 1970. 220p. 10992. ------. THE INITIATION OF THE WORLD. 8th ed., London: Rider, 1968. 253p. London: Rider, 1939. 224p. 10993- Ballard, Guy Warren [Godfre Ray King, pseud.]. ASCENDED MASTER DISCOURSES BY THE ASCENDED MASTERS. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1937. 340p. 10994. . ASCENDED MASTER LIGHT, BY THE GREAT COSMIC BEINGS. 813 Chi- 814 Contactees before 1952 cago: Saint Germain, 1938. 531p. 10995. ------ . THE "I AM” DISCOURSES, BY THE ASCENDED MASTER, SAINT GERMAIN. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1935. 361p. Pocket ed., 361p. 10996. ------ . THE "I AM” DISCOURSES, BY THE ASCENDED MASTER, SAINT GERMAIN, TO THE MINUTE MEN. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1984. 399p. 10997. ------ . THE “I AM" DISCOURSES, BY THE GREAT COSMIC BEING, BE LOVED MIGHTY VICTORY. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1949. 539p. 10998. ------ . THE ”1 AM" DISCOURSES, BY THE GREAT DIVINE PROTECTOR. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1942. 421p. 10999. ------. THE MAGIC PRESENCE. 2d ed., 1946. 405p. 11000. ------. 1939. 260p. UNVEILED MYSTERIES. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1935. 393p Chicago: Saint Germain, 1934, 1935, 11001. Ballard, Guy Warren, and Edna Ballard [Godfre Ray King and Lotus Ray King, pseuds.]. ASCENDED MASTER LIGHT, BY THE GREAT COSMIC BEINGS. Chi cago: Saint Germain, 1938. 536p. 11002. Barvezi, A.H., and Marc F. Keller, eds. MIGRANTS OF THE STARS: BEING AN ACCOUNT OF THE DISCOVERY OF THE MARVELOUS LAND OF NIAMES, AND OF THE SECRET OF ITS INHABITANTS. New York: Classic Press, 1931; Salt Lake City, Utah: Pyramid Press, [1953?]. 406p. Narrative allegedly written by Maj. Sepsafem in the 19th century, redis covered by the editors. 11003. Berbiguier de Terre-Neuve-du-Thym, Alexis-Vincent Charles. LES FARFADETS, OU T0US LES DEMONS NE SONT PAS DE L'AUTRE MONDE. 3 vols. Paris: The author, 1821. 11004. Blavatsky, Helene Petrovna. THE SECRET DOCTRINE: THE SYNTHESIS OF SCIENCE, RELIGION, AND PHILOSOPHY. 2 vols. London: Theosophical Publish ing, 1893. Reprinted, Pasadena, Calif.: Theosophical University, 1963. 11005. Bryan, Gerald B. author, 1938. 48p. THE BALLARD SAINT GERMAIN. Los Angeles: The 11006. ------ . THE "I AM" DOCTRINES OF MR. G.W. BALLARD (GODFRE RAY KING): AN ANALYSIS. Los Angeles: The author, 1937. 48p. 11007. ------ . THE "I AM" EXPERIENCES OF MR. G.W. BALLARD (GODFRE RAY KING): AN ANALYSIS. Los Angeles: The author, 1936. 50p. 11008. ------ . THE "I AM" TEACHINGS OF MR. G.W. BALLARD (GODFRE RAY KING): AN ANALYSIS. Los Angeles: The author, 1936. 48p. 11009 PSYCHIC DICTATORSHIP IN AMERICA. Los Angeles: Truth 815 Contactees before 1952 Research, 1940- 255p. 11010. ----- THE SOURCE OF THE BALLARD WRITINGS. author, 1937. 48p. Los Angeles: The 11011. Bucke, Richard Maurice. COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS: A STUDY IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE HUMAN MIND. Philadelphia: Innes and Sons, 1901, 1905. 318p Revised 4th ed., New York: E.P. Dutton, 1923. 384p. Many other editions. 11012. Cahill, Augustine. DARKNESS, DAWN, AND DESTINY. 1965. 333p. Commentary on Newbrough's OAHSPE (11055). London: Regency 11013. Chanera. "I AM" ADORATIONS AND AFFIRMATIONS, PART 1. Saint Germain, 1935. 112p. Reprinted, with "I AM" DECREES, 1937. 195p. 11014. Corelli, Marie. A ROMANCE OF TWO WORLDS: A NOVEL. Bentley, 1886. 449p. Paperback ed., Blauvelt, N.Y.: Steinerbooks, 1973. 324p. Many other editions. 11015. Danelson, Effa E. 1922. 96p. 11016. Dennon, James L. Faithist Journal, [1972?]. JOURNEYS THROUGH SPACE. DR. NEWBROUGH AND OAHSPE. Chicago: London: R. Chicago: The author, Kingman, Ariz.: 11017. ------ . THE OAHSPE STORY. Seaside, Ore.: The author, 1965. Later ed., Kingman, Ariz.: Faithist Journal, [1972?]. 34p 11018. Denton, William. THE SOUL OF THINGS: OR, PSYCHOMETRIC RESEARCHES AND DISCOVERIES. Boston: Walker, Wise, 1863. 370p. Revised ed., 1866. 370p. Later ed., 3 vols., Wellesley, Mass.: Mrs. E.M.F. Denton, 1873, 1884. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, [1973]. 370p. 11019. Diehl, Pearl. City House, 1940. 199p. "I AM": AMERICA'S DESTINY. St. Paul, Minn.: Twin 11020. Drake, Eugene H. LIFE ON THE PLANETS: A VISIT TO VENUS. Angeles: Fellowship of Golden Illumination, 1950. 38p. 11021. ------ . VISITORS FROM SPACE. Illumination, [1950?]. 34p. Los Los Angeles: Fellowship of Golden 11022. Flournoy, Theodore. FROM INDIA TO THE PLANET MARS: A STUDY OF A CASE OF SOMNAMBULISM WITH GLOSSOLALIA. Trans. Daniel B. Vermilye; medium, Helene Smith [Catherine Elise Muller]. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1900. 447p. Revised ed., New Hyde Park, N.Y.: University Books, 1963. 457p. Translation of DES INDES A LA PLANETE MARS. Geneva, Switz.: Editions Atar, 1899. 816 Contactees before 1952 11023. Fodor, Nandor. ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PSYCHIC SCIENCE. thurs, 1933. pp. 141-42, 263, 347-50. 11024. Fox, Richard A. THE PEOPLE ON OTHER PLANETS. Mich.: Halter Southworth, 1925. 118p. 2d ed., Los Angeles: Wetzel, 1930. 164p. London: Ar Benton Harbor, 11025. Gardner, Edward L. THE WEB OF THE UNIVERSE: AN OCCULT THEORY OF SUBSTANCE, OF MAN'S ORIGINS AND THE SOURCE OF HIS CREATIVE POWERS. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1936. Revised ed., 1938. 102p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1964. 102p. 11026. [Gartling, George]. Living Thought, 1919. 154p. THE EGYPT THAT WAS. 11027. ------ . 140p. Los Angeles: Temple of Living Thought, 1920. IMMENSITY. Los Angeles: Temple of 11028. Gaston, Henry A. MARS REVEALED: OR, SEVEN DAYS IN THE SPIRIT WORLD. San Francisco: A.L. Bancroft, 1880. 208p. 11029. Gratacap, Louis Pope. THE CERTAINTY OF A FUTURE LIFE IN MARS, BEING THE POSTHUMOUS PAPERS OF BRADFORD T0RREY DODD. New York: Brentano's, 1903. 266p. 11030. Hisey, Lehmann. KEYS TO INNER SPACE. New York: Julian Press, 1974. Paperback ed., New York: Avon, 1975. pp. 149-269. 11031. Holmes, Phoebe Marie. MY VISIT TO THE SUN. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1933. 132p. 2d ed., Santa Barbara, Calif.: J.F. Rowny, 1933. 135p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, n.d. 11032. Hyslop, James H. THE MARTIAN ALPHABET. Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1983. 92p. Excerpts from "The Smead Case,” PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH 12 (1918):1-735. 11033. Keith, Cassius Clay. Burton, 1945. 303p. THE DAWN OF A NEW DAY. Kansas City, Mo.: 11034. ------ . VOICES OF THE NIGHT: AN ANSWER TO MAN'S UNSOLVED PROB LEMS. Kansas City, Mo.: Burton, 1937. 103p. 11035. ------ . WORLDS BEYOND: THE CLOUDS HAVE PASSED AWAY. Nebr.: The author, 1948. 251p. Hastings, 11036. Kennon, J.L. [Iros Urides, pseud.] THE PLANET MARS AND ITS INHABITANTS: A PSYCHIC REVELATION, BY IROS URIDES (A MARTIAN), n.p.: Mabel J. McKean, February 1922. 112p. 2d ed., Chico, Calif.: James S. Marshall, 1956. 37p. Reprinted, Portland, Ore.: Universariun Foundation, 1981. 37p. This 817 Contactees before 1952 ed. has ’’Eros Urides." 11037. Kepler, Johannes. SOMNIUM, SEU OPUS POSTHUMUM DE ASTRONOMIA LUNARI. Frankfurt, 1634. 182p. 11038. Kingsford, Anna. CLOTHED WITH THE SUN. New York: F.J. Lovell, 1889. 314p. British ed., London: J.M. Watkins, 1912. 298p. 11039. La Viesta, Vesta [pseud.]. George T. Funk, 1923, 62p. PEOPLE OF OTHER WORLDS. New York: 11040. Lanier, Ella Wilson. INDEX TO THE BOOKS OF THE SAINT GERMAIN SERIES, VOLUMES I THROUGH IX, AND THE VOICE OF THE "I AM,” FEBRUARY 1936 THROUGH DECEMBER 1947. Chicago: Saint Germain, 1963. 293p. 11041. Leadbeater, Charles Webster. THE ASTRAL PLANE: ITS SCENERY, INHABITANTS AND PHENOMENA. London: Theosophical Publishing Society, 1895. lOOp. Revised ed., 1900. 126p. Later ed., Adyar, India: Theosophical Publishing House, 1933. 183p. 11042. ------ . THE DEVACHANIC PLANE: ITS CHARACTERISTICS AND INHABI TANTS. London: Theosophical Publishing Society, 1896. 88p. Revised ed., THE DEVACHANIC PLANE OR THE HEAVEN WORLD, 1902. 102p. Later ed., Adyar, India: Theosophical Publishing House, 1948. 143p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1972. 102p. 11043. ------ . THE INNER LIFE. 2 vols. Adyar, India: Theosophical Publishing House, 1912; Chicago: Theosophical Press, 1922. Other editions exist. 11044. Lear, John. KEPLER'S DREAM. Trans. Patricia Frueh Kirkwood. Berkeley, Calif.: University of California, 1965. 182p. With full text and notes to Kepler's SOMNIUM (11037). 11045. Liljedahl, Ernst. SWEDENBORG: HANS LIV OCH LIVSASKADNING. holm, Swed.: Hugo Gebers Forlag, 1922. 80p. Stock 11046. Litchfield, Beals E. AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF BEALS E. LITCHFIELD: OR, FORTY YEARS INTERCOURSE WITH THE DENIZENS OF THE SPIRIT WORLD. Ellicottville, N.Y.: The author, 1893. 486p. 11047. ------ . LEAFLETS OF THOUGHT GATHERED FROM THE TREE OF LIFE. York: Law and Trade Printing Co., 1890. 287p. New 11048. Livingston, David. THE BOOK OF DAVID: OR, "I AM” IN THE BIBLE. Los Angeles: Star of Empire, 1937. 339p. 11049. Loosley, William Robert. AN ACCOUNT OF A MEETING WITH DENIZENS OF ANOTHER WORLD, 1871. Ed. with commentary by David Langford. London: David and Charles, 1979; New York: St. Martin's, 1980. 96p. Generally regarded as fiction. 818 Contactees before 1952 11050. Lorber, Jakob. UNSERE NATURLICHE SONNE ALS WELTKORPER UND WOHNORT UND ALS MUTTER DER PLANETEN UNSERES SYSTEMS. Bietigheim an der Enz, Germ.: Verlag Neutheosophischer Schriften, 1900. 300p. 11051. [McCoy, John]. A PROPHETIC ROMANCE, MARS TO EARTH, BY THE LORD COMMISSIONER. Boston: Arena, 1896. 283p. 11052. McDermot, Murtagh [pseud], A TRIP TO THE MOON: CONTAINING SOME OBSERVATIONS AND REFLECTIONS MADE BY HIM DURING HIS STAY IN THAT PLANET, UPON THE MANNERS OF THE INHABITANTS. London: J. Roberts, 1728. [96p.] Reprint, ed. by Jeanne K. Welcher and George E. Bush Jr. Gainesville, Fla.: Scholars' Facsimiles and Reprints, 1970. 204p. 11053. Magoon, Vodisa Greenwood. WILLARD M. MAGOON: PSYCHIC AND HEALER. Newport, Vt.: William B. Bullock, 1930. pp. 68-75. 11054. Marshall, James S., and Margaret Marshall. 1960: A RETROSPECT. Los Angeles: The authors, 1919. 96p. Reprinted as WORLD OF TOMORROW. Chico, Calif.: The authors, 1954. 112p. 11055. Newbrough, John Ballou. JEHOVIH AND HIS ANGEL AMBASSADORS. Many later editions. 11056. Nicolson, Marjorie H. 1948. 297p. OAHSPE: A KOSMON BIBLE IN THE WORDS OF New York: Oahspe, 1882. 890p. VOYAGES TO THE MOON. New York: Macmillan, **11057. Oliver, Frederick Spencer [Phylos the Tibetan, pseud.] A DWELLER ON TWO PLANETS: OR, THE DIVIDING OF THE WAY. Dictated by Phylos the Tibetan through automatic writing. Los Angeles: Baumgardt, 1905. 423p. Other eds.: Los Angeles: Poseid, 1920. 423p. Los Angeles: Borden, 1940. 423p. Los Angeles: Borden, 1952. 442p. Alhambra, Calif.: Borden, 1957. 442p. London: Neville Spearman, 1972. 442p. Blauvelt, N.Y.: Steinerbooks, 1974. 423p. San Francisco: Harper and Row, 1981. 424p. 11058. ------ . AN EARTH DWELLER RETURNS. Milwaukee, Wise.: Lemurian Press, 1940. 509p. Portions of A DWELLER ON TWO PLANETS (11057) compiled by Beth Nimrai, who added other material, then rewritten and edited by Howard John Zitko. Later ed ., Alhambra, Calif.: Borden, 1969. 509p. 11059. Pelley, William Dudley. EARTH COMES: DESIGN FOR MATERIALIZATION. 2d ed., Noblesville, Ind.: Soulcraft Fellowship, 1939. 276p. 3d ed., Indianapolis, Ind.: Fellowship Press, 1941. 303p. 11060. ------ . STAR GUESTS: DESIGN FOR MORTALITY. Noblesville, Ind.: Soulcraft Press; Los Angeles: New Age, 1950. 318p. 2d ed., Noblesville, Ind.: Soulcraft Chapels, [1955]. 246p. 11061. Pobst, Jim. SWEDENBORG: A MANUAL. Service, May 1984. 46p. Scotia, N.Y.: Arcturus Book 819 Contactees before 1932 11062. Price, Harry. CONFESSIONS OF A GHOST-HUNTER. London: Putnam, 1936. pp. 117-30. Later ed., New York: Causeway, 1974. pp. 117-30. Originally published as articles in THE LISTENER, 1935. 11063. Probert, Mark. THE MAGIC BAG: A MANUSCRIPT RECEIVED CLAURAUDIENTLY THROUGH THE MEDIUMSHIP OF MARK PROBERT. San Diego, Calif.: The au thor, 1950-1952. Part 1, 1950, 69p. Part 2, 1952, 108p. Reprinted, San Diego, Calif.: Inner Circle Kethra E'Da Foundation, 1963. 161p. 11064. ------ . UFOs. [San Diego, Calif.]: The author, 1957. Not seen; possibly the same as 11530. 11065. Proctor, Richard A. MYTHS AND MARVELS OF ASTRONOMY. Chatto and Hindus, 1880. pp. 106-34. 14p. London: 11066. Robert, Marie-Anne (de Roumier). VOYAGES DE MILORD CETON DANS LE SEPT PLANETES: 0U, LE NOUVEAU MENTOR. 7 vols. Paris: The author, 1765-1766. 11067. Sanctilean. FLYING SAUCERS: PORTENTS OF THESE "LAST DAYS.” tilean University, Florence, Ariz., Hra Maiac Institute of Technology. ta Barbara, Calif.: J.F. Rowny, 1950. 39p. Revised ed., 1953. 44p. Preface signed by Sanctilean Syntonium. SancSan 11068. Sewall, Frank. LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS AS DESCRIBED BY SWEDENBORG. Philadelphia: Swedenborg Scientific Association, 1911. 20p. 11069. Sherman, M.L. A TRUE EXPERIENCE IN SPIRITUAL PHENOMENA. field, N.Y.: Republican Print, 1861. 36p. West 11070. Simpson, William [Thomas Blot, pseud.]. THE MAN FROM MARS: HIS MORALS, POLITICS, AND RELIGION. San Francisco: Bacon, 1891. 173p. 2d ed., San Francisco: Clemens, 1893. 173p. 11071. Slifer, L. [1962?]. 100+p. Not seen. SPACE SHIPS IN 0AHSPE. Conneaut, 0.: The author, 11072. Steiner, Rudolf. COSMIC MEMORY: ATLANTIS AND LEMURIA. Trans. Karl E. Zimmer. Blauvelt, N.Y.: Rudolf Steiner Publications, 1959, 1971. 262p. Translation of AUS DER AKASHA-CHRONIK. Dornach, Switz.: Philosophischanthroposophischer Verlag, [1940?]. 11073. ------ . THE SPIRITUAL BEINGS IN THE HEAVENLY BODIES AND IN THE REALMS OF NATURE. No. 1. Helsinki, Flnl., 1912. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1973. 34p. 11074. Stuart, Grace. ON THE SHORES OF THE INFINITE. London: Simpkin Marshall, 1931. 312p. Later ed., [Amherst, Wise.]: Amherst Press, [1971?]. 312p. 820 Contactees before 1932 11075. Swedenborg, Emanuel. ARCANA COELESTIA: OR, HEAVENLY MYSTERIES CONTAINED IN THE SACRED SCRIPTURES, OR WORD OF THE LORD, MANIFESTED AND LAID OPEN. 1st English ed., 12 vols. London: R. Hindmarsh, 1784-1806. First published in Latin, 1749-1756; many other editions. 11076. ------ . THE EARTHS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM, WHICH ARE CALLED PLAN ETS, AND EARTHS IN THE STARRY HEAVENS: THEIR INHABITANTS, AND SPIRITS AND ANGELS THENCE; FROM THINGS HEARD AND SEEN. London: Swedenborg Society, 1875. 96p. Revised ed., 1894. 106p. 1st American ed., New York: General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America, 1866. 98p. Later American ed., Boston: B.A. Whittemore, 1928. 124p. Modern ed., London: Swedenborg Society, 1970. 106p. Translation of DE TELLURIBUS IN MONDO NOSTRO SOLARI. London: John Lewis, 1758. 11077. ------ . HEAVEN AND ITS WONDERS AND HELL, FROM THINGS HEARD AND SEEN. New York: Swedenborg Foundation, 1938. 455p. Many other editions. Translation of DE COELO ET EJUS MIRABILIBUS, ET DE INFERNO, EX AUDITUS ET VISIS. London: John Lewis, 1758. 11078. Thomas, Dorothy. GERMAN MYSTIC JACOB L0RBER. LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS ACCORDING TO THE GREAT Los Angeles: New Age, 1955. [9p.] 11079. ------ . MYSTERIES OF THE SUN AND MOON ACCORDING TO THE GREAT GERMAN MYSTIC JACOB LORBER. No. 6. Los Angeles: New Age, [1955]. [lOp. ] 11080. Trobridge, George. SWEDENBORG: LIFE AND TEACHING. York: Swedenborg Foundation, 1935. 298p. 4th ed. New 11081. Van Dusen, Wilson. THE PRESENCE OF OTHER WORLDS: THE PSYCHOLOG ICAL/SPIRITUAL FINDINGS OF EMANUEL SWEDENBORG. New York: Harper and Row, 1974. 240p. 11082. Villars, Nicolas de Montfaucon. THE COUNT OF GABALIS: OR, THE EXTRAVAGANT MYSTERIES OF THE CABALISTS EXPOSED. London, 1680. 136p. Later eds., COMTE DE GABALIS. New York: Harry B. Haines, 1914. 352p. Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1963. 352p. Many different editions. Translation of LE COMTE DE GABALIS, 0U ENTRETIENS SUR LES SCIENCES SE CRETES. Paris: Chez Claude Barbin, 1670. 11083. Weiss, Sara. DECIM0N HUYDAS, A ROMANCE OF MARS: A STORY OF AC TUAL EXPERIENCES IN ENT0 (MARS) MANY CENTURIES AGO GIVEN TO THE PSYCHIC. Rochester, N.Y.: Austin, 1906. 207p. 11084. ------ . JOURNEYS TO THE PLANET MARS: OR, OUR MISSION TO ENTO (MARS). New York: Bradford, 1903; Rochester, N.Y.: Austin, 1905. 548p. Written under the editorial direction of (spirit) Carl De L'Ester. Reprinted as EIGHTEEN VISITS TO MARS, by Winthrop Allen Rember. New York: Vantage, 1956. 439p. 821 Coatactee8 before 1952 11085. Westfall, Norman R. [Mah-Atmah Amsumata, pseud.]. OR THE NEW GOLDEN AGE. Los Angeles: Amsumata, 1942. 319p. LORD MAITREYA, 11086. White, George Starr. A BOOK OF REVELATIONS: A TRUE NARRATIVE OF LIFE ON MANY PLANETS. Los Angeles: The author, 1945. 198p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1974. 194p. 11087. William, Sir [pseud.]. H.E. Smith-Brooks, 1901. 408p. THE OCCULTS IN COUNCIL. Denver, Colo.: Articles 11088. Arthur, Bessie T. no.8 (February 1955):58-62. 11089. Barda, Leon. 47 (June 1962):8-16. 11090. Clark, Jerome. 1981):49-55. "A Visit with Space People in 1937.“ "Fate of the Original Oahspe Colony." "The Coming of the Venusians." MYSTIC, SEARCH, no. FATE 34 (January 11091. Corelli, Marie. "Marie Corelli and Her Great Occult Novels: Why She Wrote Them.” SEARCH, no.53 (August 1963):24-41. 11092. Deisch, Noel. "The Navigation of Space in Early Speculations and in Modern Research." POPULAR ASTRONOMY 38 (1930):73-88. 11093. Hyslop, James H. "Journeys to the Planet Mars.” AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH 7 (1913):272-83. JOURNAL OF THE 11094. ------ . "The Smead Case.” PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH 12 (1918):1-735. 11095. Kearful, Jerome. "Swedenborg: The Man Who Talked with Angels." FATE 5 (July-August 1952):25-33. 11096. Knowlson, James R. "Note on Bishop Godwin's Man in the Moone: The East Indies Trade Route and a 'Language' of Musical Notes." MODERN PHILOLOGY 65 (1968):357-61. 11097. Martin, Mitch. 1958):44-50. "Space Travelers in 1870?" FATE 11 (September 11098. Mercer, Daniel. "The Strange Case of Ellis vs. Newbrough.” JOURNAL, no.36 (January-February 1980):6-10. See also 6 N.MEX. 181, 27 P. 490 (1891). INFO 11099. Oge-Make. "The Fire Trail." AMAZING STORIES 22 (January 1948): 128-40; FANTASTIC ADVENTURES 10 (January 1948):66-78. 11100. Palmer, Raymond A. "How I Discovered and Published Oahspe." SEARCH, no.75 (September 1967):13-18. 822 Contactees before 1952 11101. "The Story of an Amazing Book: Oahspe.” 1947):158-59. AMAZING STORIES 21 (April 11102. Stupple, David. "The 'I Am' Sect Today: An Unobituary.“ OF POPULAR CULTURE 8 (1975):897-905. JOURNAL 132. GEORGE ADAMSKI The modern era of the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement began on Novem ber 20, 1952, with George Adaraski's alleged encounter in the California des ert with a long-haired man from Venus named Orthon. Adamski soon became the first contactee to achieve national fame. His three commercially published books (11109, 11112, 11134) became best sellers and brought him a following that still flourishes over two decades after his death (11138-65, 11173-74, 11177). Fame brought Adamski not only loyal followers but determined critics. He was attacked by people questioning his credibility, first by ufologist James Moseley in the pages of NEXUS and SAUCER NEWS and then by former col leagues Jerrold E. Baker and Carol A. Honey (11177). Critics claimed that Adamski had 1) faked his photographs of UFOs and their occupants; 2) used the same phraseology in his allegedly true INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS (11112) that he had used in his much earlier science fiction book, PIONEERS OF SPACE (11115); and 3) reprinted his 1936 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS BY THE ROYAL ORDER OF TIBET as his SCIENCE OF LIFE STUDY COURSE in 1964 (11117), substituting the words "Space Brothers” and "Cosmic Brotherhood" where the words "Royal Order of Tibet" had appeared in the former work. The reaction to a 1979 attempt to conduct a sympathetic appraisal of Adamski by sociologist David Stupple (11191) showed the strong opinions, pro and con, that Adamski could still generate.— -J. Gordon Melton. Sifting out the fraud and fantasy from what George Adamski really be lieved and experienced may well be impossible. Perhaps Adamski saw himself as a latter-day space prophet— he certainly acted as a catalyst for many other contactees who assimilated his philosophy if not his methods.— Ceorge M. Eberhart. Monographs 11103. Adamski, George. ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS MOST FREQUENTLY ASKED ABOUT OUR SPACE VISITORS AND OTHER PLANETS. [Valley Center, Calif.]: The author, 1965. 30p. 11104. ------ . A CHALLENGE TO SPIRITUAL LEADERS. Calif.]: The author, [1965]. 3p. [Valley Center, 11105. ------ . COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Winfield Brownell (11301). 11106. ------ . COSMIC PHILOSOPHY. [San Diego, Calif.]: The author, 1961. 87p. Reprinted, Freeman, S.D.: Pine Hill, 1972; [Valley Center, Calif.: UFO 823 824 George Adamskl Education Center, 1975?]. 87p. 11107. ------ . COSMIC SCIENCE LETTERS. Northboro, Mass.: International Cosmic Council, n.d. 21p. Collection of letters from his COSMIC SCIENCE NEWSLETTER, 1961-1963. 11108. ------ . COSMIC SCIENCE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 2 parts. helm, Calif.: Carol A. Honey], 1958. Series 1, part 2, [25p.]. Part 1 not seen. [Ana- 11109. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS FAREWELL. New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1961. 190p. Reprinted as BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCER MYSTERY. New York: Paperback Li brary, 1967; Warner Paperback Library, 1974. 159p. 11110. ------ . GRAVITY AND THE NATURAL FORCES OF THE UNIVERSE, n.p., 3p. From an informal talk given in Vista, Calif., in the early 1960s. Adap ted from a tape recording. n.d. 11111. ------ . IN MY FATHER'S HOUSE ARE MANY MANSIONS. Detroit: Inter planetary Relations, 1955. 14p. Reprinted as MANY MANSIONS. Willowdale, Ont.: SS&S, [1974, 1983]. E18p. ] From a press conference with the ministers of Detroit in September I955e 11112. ------ . INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS. [Ghost-written by Charlotte Blodgett]. New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1955. 256p. British ed.t London: Neville Spearman, 1956, 1966, 1971. 236p. Reprinted, New York: Fieldcrest, 1966. Revised ed., with a portion of FLYING SAUCERS HAVE LANDED, Vista, Calif. George Adamski Foundation, [1980]. 296p. Reprinted as INSIDE THE FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Paperback Library, 1967; Warner Paperback Library, 1974. 192p. 11112a. ------ . LATEST FASCINATING EXPERIENCES, n.p., n.d. Not seen; listed in Catalog no.8 published by R. Michael Rasmussen. 11113. ------. THE LAW OF LEVITATION, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Winfield Brownell (11301). 11114. ------. PETALS OF LIFE: POEMS. Order of Tibet, 1937. 16p. Laguna Beach, Calif.: Royal 11115. ------ . PIONEERS OF SPACE: A TRIP TO THE MOON, MARS AND VENUS. [Ghostwritten by Lucy McGinnis]. Los Angeles: Leonard-Freefield, August 1949. 259p. 11116. ------ . PRIVATE GROUP LECTURE FOR ADVANCED THINKERS, [1955?] I7p. Lecture, Detroit, May 4, 1955. n.p., 11117. ------ . QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS BY THE ROYAL ORDER OF TIBET. Wisdom of the Masters of the Far East, vol. 1. [Laguna Beach, Calif.]: 825 George Adamski Royal Order of Tibet, 1936. 67p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1974. 67p. Revised by Adamski as THE SCIENCE OF LIFE STUDY COURSE in 1964. 11118. ------ . RELIGION AND SAUCERS. Detroit: Interplanetary Relations, 1955. 22p. Transcript of public lecture in Detroit, September 19, 1955. 11119. ------ . THE SPACE PEOPLE, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Winfield Brownell (11301). 11120. ------ . SPECIAL REPORT: MY TRIP TO THE TWELVE COUNSELLORS MEET ING THAT TOOK PLACE ON SATURN— MARCH 27...30TH, 1962. Vista, Calif.: Sci ence of Life, 1962. 9p. Reprinted, Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, [1983?]. lip. 11121. ------ . TELEPATHY: THE COSMIC OR UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE. 3 parts. n.p.: The author, 1958. 31 + 32 + 42p. Reprinted, Vista, Calif.: George Adamski Foundation, [196-]. 17 + 18 + 19p. Reprinted, [Valley Center, Calif.: UFO Education Center], [197-]. 31 + 32 + 42p. 11122. . THE WORLD OF TOMORROW. Detroit: Interplanetary Rela tions, 1956. 19p. Transcript of public lecture given in Detroit, September 20, 1955. 11123. [Barker, Gray], ed. THE ADAMSKI DOCUMENTS: PART ONE. burg, W.Va.: Saucerian, [1980]. [108p.] 11124. ------ . lOOp. THE ADAMSKI PAPERS. Clarks Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1983. 11125. ------ . GRAY BARKER'S BOOK OF ADAMSKI. cerian, [1966]. 78p. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Sau 11126. Buckle, Eileen. THE SCORITON MYSTERY: DID ADAMSKI RETURN? don: Neville Spearman, 1967. 303p. 11127. Collins, Robert Perry. port, Conn.]: The author, [1982]. GEORGE ADAMSKI: A CLOSER LOOK. [27p.] Lon [Bridge 11128. Cramp, Leonard G. SPACE, GRAVITY AND THE FLYING SAUCER. London: T. Werner Laurie, 1954; New York: British Book Centre, 1955. pp. 166-79. 11129. GEORGE ADAMSKI: PIONEER OF SPACE. Washington, D.C.: National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena, 1965. Ip. Information sheet. 11130. Honey, Carol A. COSMIC SCIENCE CORRESPONDENCE COURSE. Calif.: Science Publications, 1964-1967. 109p. 11131. ------ . THE ORIGINS OF THIS WORLD'S RELIGIONS. Science Publications, May 1964. [33p.] Anaheim, Anaheim, Calif.: 826 George Adamaki 11132, Johnson, Maud [Lalita, pseud,], Calif,: Royal Order of Tibet, 1937. 132p. 11133. Kenney, Elna E, 1974, 44p. TRANSMITTED LIGHT, UNDER THE SAUCER’S SHADOW. Laguna Beach, New York: Vantage, **11134. Leslie, Desmond, and George Adamski. FLYING SAUCERS HAVE LANDED. London: Werner Laurie; New York: British Book Centre, 1953. 232p. Paperback ed., London: Panther, 1957. 237p. Revised ed. , London: Neville Spearman, 1970. 28lp. Commentary on Adam ski added. Paperback ed., London: Futura, 1977. 281p. 11135. Melton, J. Gordon. A BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY OF SECT AND CULT LEADERS. New York: Garland, 1986. In press; second article is on Adamski. 11136. Moore, William L . , ed. FBI "GEORGE ADAMSKI" FILE. Ariz.: The editor, [1983]. [52p.] Prescott, 11137. ------ , ed. RESEARCH WORKING FILE ON GEORGE ADAMSKI. Calif.: The editor, [1985]. [122p.] 11138. Mundo, Laura [Laura Marxer]. Laura Mundo Enterprises, 1972]. 178p. Autobiographical novel. BELMONT. Burbank, [Dearborn Heights, Mich.: 11139. ------ . THE CONCEPT OF LIVING ATOMIC BEING, OR HOW TO SURVIVE THE PRESENT TIMES. [Dearborn Heights, Mich.]: Interplanetary Center, [1970?]. Ip. Revised ed., 1981. lip. 11140. ------ . COSMOGONY, GENESIS AND ESCHATOLOGY. Planetary Space Center, [196-j. 76p. Dearborn, Mich.: 11141. ------ . A COURSE IN LIVING ELECTRONICS. Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Laura Mundo Enterprises, 1972. 96 + [10]p. A separately published introduction to NOTHING NEW UNDER THE SUN? (11152). 11142. ------ . 1974. 45p. DOOMSDAY...COMING UP? 11143. ------ . 1967. 108p. EARTH WOMAN! Novi, Mich.: The author, November Detroit: Interplanetary Center, November 11144. ------ . FLYING SAUCER UP-DAY! Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Inter planetary Center, [1971]. 60p. 2d ed., Novi, Mich.: Mundo Monitor, 1974. [12] + 70p. 11145. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS. Council, [1969]. 22p. 2d ed., 1982. 15 + 2p. Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Planetary 827 George Adamskl 11146. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AND THE FATHER'S PLAN. Clarksburg, W. Va.: Saucerian, [1963, 1981]. 80p. Revised ed., THE FATHER'S PLAN AND FLYING SAUCERS. Detroit: Planetary Space Center, 1964. 48p. 11147. ------ . HOW TO CONTACT A SPACE PERSON. cer Information Center, [1976?]. 3p. Novi, Mich.: Flying Sau 11148. ------ . HOW TO SAVE THE WORLD (WHICH MAY INCLUDE YOURSELF!). Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Planetary Council, June 1968. 8p. 11149. ------ . LAURA MUNDO'S TELEPATHIC MESSAGES FROM OUTERSPACE V.I.P.'S ON MORE ADVANCED PLANETS. [Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Flying Saucer Information Center], 1981. 16p. Revised ed., [Pasadena, M d . : Flying Saucer Bureau], 1983. 17p. 11150. ----- . LETTER FROM LAURA, n.p., the author, 1981. 11151. ----- . THE MUNDO UFO REPORT. Information Center, 1978. 90p. Revised ed., New York: Vantage, 1982. 12p. Pasadena, M d . : Flying Saucer 160p. 11152. ----- . NOTHING NEW UNDER THE SUN? Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Interplanetary Center Working Committee, May 1972, 1981. 10 + [4]p. 11153. ------ . OPEN LETTER TO THE NOW GENERATION. Mich.: Planetary Council], March 6, 1969. [8p.] [Dearborn Heights, 11154. ------ . OUR TRIP TO THE MOON AND VENUS. U l u s . Sandra Sarto. Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Planetary Council, January 1970. 36 + [3]p. "A children's book with an imaginary space trip...that SOME adults may be able to understand." 11155. ----- . PIED PIPER FROM OUTER SPACE. Space Center Working Committee, 1964. 294 + 4p. Los Angeles: Planetary 11156. ------ . PRIVATE LECTURE FOR FLYING SAUCER STUDY GROUPS (ADVANCED STINKERS!): DEDICATED TO MYSELF. Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Planetary Space Center, [1961]. 22p. 11157. ------ . THE SECRET OF THE SUNBEAM: OR, HOW TO LOOK INTO THE CEN TER OF THE ATOM. Detroit: Planetary Space Center, May 1963. 8p. 11158. ------ . SEX AND THE SCIENTIST-MYSTIC. Laura Mundo Enterprises, [1974?]. 35 + [7]p. 11159. ------ . SEX AND THE UFO. tary Center], 1981. 4p. 11160. ------ . Dearborn Heights, Mich.: [Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Interplane SUNSPOT COUNTDOWN! Inkster, Mich.: The author, [1979]. 8 p. Revised ed., [Pasadena, Md.: Planetary Center], [1983]. 11161 THERE IS A WAY OUT. 4p. Dearborn Heights, Mich.: Planetary 828 George Adamski Space Center, 1961. 59p. 11162. ------ . "TIME OF THE END." April 1958. 32p. Tabloid format. Detroit: Visitors Plan Committee, 11163. ------ . THE UNIVERSAL SCIENTIFIC/SPIRITUAL SYMBOLS OF YESTERDAY AND TODAY. Pasadena, Md.: Planetary Center, 1983. 14p. 11164. ------ . [1959]. [275p.]. THE VISITOR'S PLAN. Detroit: Visitors Plan Committee, 11165. Mundo, Laura, and Jim Wales. CORRELATIONS OF RADIO AND MIND FREQUENCIES. Pasadena, Md.: Planetary Center, 1983. 7p. 11166. Ogden, Richard. AIR FORCE EVIDENCE CONFIRMS ADAMSKI STORY, n.p. 1958. Scheduled for publication in late 1958, according to FLYING SAUCER RE VIEW, September/October 1958, but may never have been published. 11167. ------ . THE CASE FOR GEORGE ADAMSKI'S CONTACTS WITH FLYING SAU CERS. 2 vols. Seattle, Wash.: Ufology Publications, [1962]. 138p. 11168. Oliver, Norman T. ber 1968. 44p. SEQUEL TO SCORITON. 11169. Petersen, Hans C. REPORT FROM EUROPE. visk UFO Information, 1963. 191p. London: The author, Octo Skive, Denm.: Skandina- 11170. Pierce, Roger K. A TRUTH ABOUT GRAVITY AND THE UNIVERSE (PIERCE GRAVITATIONAL THEORY). [Albuquerque, N.M.]: The author, 1979. 39p. 11171. Sanders, Gilbert F. The author, [1980]. 28p. FLYING SAUCERS AND PLANETS. [Denver, Colo.] 11172. Society of Metaphysicians. BIOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF THE "FLYING SAUCER" PHOTOGRAPHS. Hastings, Sussex: Metaphysical Research Group, Society of Metaphysicians, 1954, 1968, 1970. 26p. Archers' Court Research Group, a subgroup of the Society, performed the analyses using an aura biometer developed by Wilfred Earnshaw Benham. 11173. Steckling, Fred. GENERAL INFORMATION ON EXTRATERRESTRIAL SPACE CRAFT (FLYING SAUCERS, ETC.) AND THE PEOPLE WHO PILOT THEM, n.p.: The au thor, n.d. 4p. 11174. ------ . WHY ARE THEY HERE? York: Vantage, 1969. 148p. SPACESHIPS FROM OTHER WORLDS. New 11175. Wales, Jim. FLYING SAUCER REPORT, n.p., 1971? Not seen; mentioned in SAUCERS, SPACE AND SCIENCE, no.61, p. 18. 11176. Zinstaag, Lou. 1959. 5p. ON GEORGE ADAMSKI. Basel, Switz.: The author, 829 George Adamski **11177. Zinstaag, Lou, and Timothy Good. STORY. Beckenham, Kent: Cetl, 1983. 208p. GEORGE ADAMSKI: THE UNTOLD Articles 11178. Adamski, George. "I Photographed Space Ships." FATE 4 (July 1950:64-74. (Letters), Frank Scully, W.K. Butler, Lonzo Dove, Richard McMahon, George Adamski, (October 195 0:116-22; George Adamski, (November-December 1950:122. 11179. ------ . "Inside a Flying Saucer." REAL ADVENTURE, July 1956, pp. 40-43, 84-97. Condensation of his book, INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS (11112). 11180. "Are the Flying Saucer People Physical Like Ourselves?" HORIZONS 2, no.3 (April 1954):14-17. 11181. Baker, Jerrold E. (June 1955):96-97. 11182. Brown, Dulcie. "Adamski's Answer to Baker.” (Letter). BRIGHT MYSTIC, no.10 CAVEAT EMPTOR, no.7 (Spring 1973):22- 23. (Letter), Laura Mundo, no.8 (Summer 1973):28. 11183. Dove, Lonzo. 11184. ------ . 126-27. (Letter). FATE 5 (January 1952):114. (Letter), "Claims Saucer Knowledge." 11185. "George Adamski Dies." FATE 5 (June 1952) FATE 18 (October 1965):45. 11186. Grant, Bob. "George Adamski: The First Ambassador to Outer Space?" REAL, August 1966, pp. 8-11, 60-62. to.” 11187. Heiden, Richard W. "Where to Report UFO Sightings— and Where Not WISCONSIN LAW ENFORCEMENT JOURNAL 17 (Winter 1977):25, 28. 11188. Hewes, Hayden C. 32 (July 1979):60-62. 11189. Laughead, Lillian. no.8 (February 1955):63-69. 11190. Rondinone, Peter. “The Man Who Didn't Talk with Venusians." "A Message from the Flying Saucers?" "UFO Update.” FATE MYSTIC, OMNI 6 (October 1983):171. 11191. Stupple, David W. "The Man Who Talked with Venusians." FATE 32 (January 1979):30-39. (Letters), C.A. Honey, Fred Steckling, Laura Mundo, David Stupple, (May 1979):113-20; Jerri Frint, (July 1979):119; John E. Kraker, George D. Faw cett, Richard W. Heiden, (October 1979):116-18. 830 George Adamski 11192. Thomas, Richard. "George Adamskii The Untold Story: Pioneer or Profiteer?" FATE 36 (July 1983):60-65. (Letters), Gilbert and Lorine Glenn, (October 1983):127-28; Timothy Good, Richard Thomas, William T. Sherwood, (November 1983):113— 17. 11193. Weekley, Maurice, and George Adamski. omers See Them." FATE 3 (September 1950):56-59. 11194. Wirth, Diane E. 103. "Adamski on Trial." “Flying Saucers As Astron PURSUIT 13 (Summer 1980): 133- CONTACTEES AFTER 1952 Since 1952 literally hundreds of individuals have claimed a direct faceto-face contact with inhabitants of other planets. Although these accounts have very little to do with the UFO phenomenon, the contactees of the early 1950s (Daniel Fry, Howard Menger, Buck Nelson, John McCoy, Ray Stanford) saw their contacts as the solution to the UFO mystery. They published their stories and organized meetings to publicize their beliefs. At the beginning of the modern contactee era, two separate types of lit erature emerged. The first had a more spiritualist flavor with space enti ties resembling disembodied spirits, like the members of the extraterrestri al Ashtar Command described by George Van Tassel and others (11860-64). The second followed theosophical tradition and described masters closely resem bling the ascended masters of the I AM movement begun by Guy Ballard. George King (11485-512) was the first in this tradition, later made prominent in the 1970s by Nada-Yolanda (Pauline Sharpe) of Mark-Age (11562-625). More recently Tuella (11842-46) of Guardian Action has united the two traditions by describing the Ashtar space brothers in very theosophical terms. The contactee movement had religious overtones from its inception and many of the contactees organized religious groups very soon after their original experiences. Among the most successful were those developed by Wil liam Ferguson (11380-85), Allen Noonan (11657-60), Ernest and Ruth Norman (11662-716), Paul Shockley (11765-68), and Hope Troxell (11832-41). Minis ters such as Gilbert N. Holloway and Frank Stranges added material from their contact episodes to the movements they had previously organized, as did spiritualists such as Enid Brady, Violet Gilbert, and Beti King.— -J. Gordon Melton. Truman Bethurum, Orfeo Angelucci, Daniel Fry, and other 1950s contac tees met very human-looking space people who traveled physically in flying saucers. Since the mid-1960s and the development of the U.S. space program, contactees have either consciously or subconsciously de-emphasized space craft and received their communications via mediumistic voice channeling, telepathy, or dreams. Brad and Francie Steiger (11786-93) have also intro duced a certain amount of Ancient Astronaut theory with their belief that contactees are descended from extraterrestrials who visited earth long ago and now must guide humanity into a new Golden Age. Essential to an understanding of the modern contactee movement are Brad Steiger's GODS OF AQUARIUS (11787) and Jacques Vallee's MESSENGERS OF DECEP TION (11857).— George M. Eberhart. Monographs 11195. Adkins, Diana. INTRODUCTION CONFRONTATION. Neth.: Servire, 1970. Part 1, 162p. Part 2, not seen. 831 2 vols. Wassenaar, 832 Contactees after 1932 11196. Aetherius Society. THE AETHERIUS SOCIETY CALENDAR WITH THE AN NUAL COMMEMORATION DATES FOR 1985. Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1985. [lOp.] " 11197. ------ . CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE FOURTH KIND. Society, [1978]. 2p. London: Aetherius 11198. [Reference deleted]. 11199. ------ . PHYSICAL SPACE CONTACT AT AETHERIUS SOCIETY. Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1966. 2p. Hollywood, 11200. ------ . THE STORY OF THE AETHERIUS SOCIETY. Aetherius Society, n.d. 20p. Hollywood, Calif.: 11201. Aho, Wayne Sulo. MOJAVE DESERT EXPERIENCE. New Age Foundation, 1972. lOp. Eatonville, Wash.: 11202. tion, 1973. . PROPHET'S RETURN. [14p.] Eatonville, Wash.: New Age Founda 11203. ------ . THE PROPHET'S RETURN II. Foundation, 1975. 8p. 11204. tion, [1966]. . SAUCER INTELLIGENCE. [12p. ] Eatonville, Wash.: New Age Eatonville, Wash.: New Age Founda 11205. ------ . WHAT THE LORD SAID: THE ANCIENT OF DAYS. Wash.: New Age Foundation, n.d. 4p. Eatonville, 11206. Alamar. TEACHING OF ALAMAR. n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Allan Manak (383). 11207. Aid, Roy. THE MAN WHO TOOK TRIPS: A TRUE EXPERIENCE IN ANOTHER DIMENSION. New York: Delacorte, 1971. 245p. 11208. Alford, Milton H. WE WHO LIVE. [1958?]. Not seen; ad in FATE, November 1958. Phoenix, Ariz.: The author, 11209. ALIEN ENCOUNTER— EVOLUTIONARY INTELLIGENCE MANUAL. bor, Wash.: Guild, [1984?]. Not seen; ad in FATE, May 1984. 11210. Amelpha. ler], [1961]. lip. PLANET EARTH AT CRISIS. Friday Har [Phoenix, Ariz.: Franky G. Mil 11211. Anchor [Ann Grevler]. TRANSVAAL EPISODE: A UFO LANDS IN AFRICA. Corpus Christi, Tex.: Essene Press, 1958. 48p. 11212. Anderson, Carl A. 1956. 55 + 5p. 11213. Angelucci, Orfeo M. TWO NIGHTS TO REMEMBER! AGAIN WE EXIST, Los Angeles: New Age, n.p.: the Author, 1960. 833 Contactees after 1952 12p. Not seen; mentioned in Rasmussen's bibliography in 115. 11214. ------. CONCRETE EVIDENCE. Phoenix, Ariz.: Franky G. Miller, 1959. 16p. 2d ed., New York: Flying Saucer News, [1967?]; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1983. 15p. 11215. ------ . MILLION YEAR PROPHECY! Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1959; [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1983. 33p. 11216. ------ . THE NATURE OF INFINITE ENTITIES. Trenton, N.J.: The au thor, 1948. Revised ed., Hemet, Calif.: Talk of the Times Press, 1952, 1954, 1955. 6 th ed., Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1958. 20p. **11217. ------ . THE SECRET OF THE SAUCERS. herst, Wise.]: Amherst Press, 1955. 167p. 11218. ------ . SON OF THE SUN. Ed. Raymond A. Palmer. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1959. [Am 211p. 11219. ------ . 20TH CENTURY TIMES. Los Angeles: the author, 1953. Tabloid format, labeled vol. 1, no.l; only one issue published. 11220. Aquarma. CHILDREN OF THE SUN. London: Regency, 1961. 8p. 132p. 11221. Ashtar. IN DAYS TO COME. Received through automatic writing by E.P.H. [Ethyl P. Hill]. Los Angeles: New Age, 1955; Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerian, [1975]. 91p. Other eds., not seen: Auckland, N.Z.: Heralds of the New Age, [195-]. 3 vols., Los Angeles: New Age, [195-]. 7 + 7 + 15p. Translation of IN KOMMENDEN TAGEN. Wiesbaden, Ger.: Ventla-Verlag, 1954 11222. [Bachman, Fritz]. BROTHERS FROM PARTIALLY MATERIALIZED SPHERES OF THE UNIVERSE SERVE IN THE REDEMPTION WORK OF THE SON OF GOD. [New York?] Homebringing Mission of Jesus Christ, [1982]. 38p. 11223. ------ . FIVE MESSAGES TO MANKIND FROM OUTER SPACE. Homebringing Mission of Jesus Christ, [1983?]. New York: 11224. Bailie, Alfred J. SPIRITUALISM EXPOSED: OR, THE INNER CIRCLE. New York: Vantage, 1957. 91p. Not seen; ad in FLYING SAUCERS, December 1958. 11225. Baines, John. THE SECRET SCIENCE FOR THE PHYSICAL AND SPIRITUAL TRANSFORMATION OF MAN: HERMETIC PHILOSOPHY, BOOK ONE. Trans. Evelyne Brown. Ed. Judith Hipskind. St. Paul, Minn.: Llewellyn, 1980. 196p. Translation of LOS BRUJOS HABLAN. 11226. Baker, Douglas M. THE OCCULT SIGNIFICANCE OF UFOs. Wellingbor ough, Northants: Thorsons, 1977. 68p. 2d ed., Little Elephant, [S. Africa?]: The author, 1979. 108p. Several editions exist; one includes Mark Stenhoff, "Twelve Cases of Un identified Flying Objects: A Special Report," and Geoffrey Hodson, "Other 834 Contactees after 1952 Hierarchies of Life Using Our Planet." 11227. Barnhouse, Perl T. MY JOURNEYS WITH ASTARGO: A TALE OF PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE. Denver: Bell, 1952. 212p. Some copies have MY FLIGHT TO THE MOON as cover title. 11228. Barton, Michael X. [Michael X, pseud.], ed. AMAZING VISIONS OF THE ENDTIME. Los Angeles: Futura, 1967; Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1970 37p. 11229. ------ . DANGER ON THE MOON. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1970 29p. Revised ed., New York: Global Communications, [1982]. 11230. ------ . THE D-DAY SEERS SPEAK. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 35p. 32p. Los Angeles: Futura, 1959; 11231. ------ . DISCS, DESTINY AND YOU. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Futura, 1956. lOp. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS (11232), pp. 50-61. 11232. ------ . FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS. Los Angeles: Futura, 1957. [ 61 p. ] Later ed., Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 61p. 11233. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AT GIANT ROCK. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Futura, [1956?]. lip. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS (11232), pp. 15-26. 11234. ------ . THE GERMAN "SAUCER" STORY. 11235. ------ . ICARUS '68. Los Angeles: Futura, [1968] 88 p. 11236. tura, 1965. . Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1967. THE INCREDIBLE SEARCH FOR DR. HALSEY. 35p. Los Angeles: Fu 29p. 11237. ------ . IT WILL HAPPEN IN FEBRUARY! Los Angeles: Futura, 1961. 34p. 11238. ------ . THE MAGIC OF THE ETHER SHIPS. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Futura, [1957?]. lip. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS (11232), pp. 38-49. 11239. cerian, 1970. . NIKOLA TESLA: MAN OR SPACEMAN? 38p. 11240. -- ■--- . RELEASE YOUR COSMIC POWER. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Sau Los Angeles: Futura, 1961. 33p. Reprinted, Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 31p. 11241. . THE SAUCER PEOPLE ON EARTH. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Fu tura, 1957. 12p. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS (11232), pp. 1-14. 835 Contactees after 1952 11242. ------ . SECRETS OF HIGHER CONTACT. Los Angeles: Futura, 1959; Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerlan, 1969. 30 + [3]p. 11243. ------ . SECRETS OF THE SAUCER PEOPLE. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Futura, 1957. lOp. Reprinted in FLYING SAUCER REVELATIONS (11232), pp. 27-37. 11244. ------ . THE SEVEN GOLDEN PROPHECIES. Los Angeles: Futura, 1961. 34p. 11245. ------ . THE SPACEMASTERS SPEAK. Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerian, 1970. 34p. 11246. ------ . TIME NO MORE. Los Angeles: Futura, 1960; Los Angeles: Futura, 1965. 37p. 11247. ------ . VENUSIAN HEALTH MAGIC. Los Angeles: Futura, 1959. [8]p. 2d ed., Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerian, 1972. 62p. 61 + 11248. ------ . VENUSIAN SECRET-SCIENCE. Los Angeles: Futura, 1958; Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerian, 1970. 71 + [6]p. 11249. ------ . HE HANT YOU. Los Angeles: Futura, 1960. 39p. Reprinted as HE HANT YOU: IS HITLER ALIVE? Clarksburg, H.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 39p. 11250. ------ . THE HEEPING ANGEL PREDICTION. 1964. 33p. 11251. ------ . YOUR D-DAY DESTINY. Los Angeles: Futura, Los Angeles: Futura, 1958. 11252. ------ . YOUR PART IN THE GREAT PLAN. Clarksburg, U.Va.: Saucerian, 1972. 30p. 38p. Los Angeles: Futura, 1960; 11253. Bartsch, Leo. SUPERNATURAL DECEPTIONS AND SUPERNATURAL REVELA TIONS: THE GREATEST DECEPTION ON EARTH EXPOSED BY THE UFO. Coos Bay, Ore.: The author, [1976?]. [21p.] 11254. ------ . UFO ELECTRIC LIVING CREATURES. thor, n.d. 2p. 11255. ------ . UFO LIVING CHARIOTS. [1969?]. [14p.] Coos Bay, Ore.: The au Coos Bay, Ore.: The author, 11256. ------ . UFO LIVING CREATURES NOT OF THIS HORLD: ARE YOU READY? Coos Bay, Ore.: The author, n.d. [2p.] 11257. ------ . THE U.F.0. THAT CHANGED MY LIFE: TESTIMONY. Revised 2d ed., Coos Bay, Ore.: The author, 1964. [4p.] Revised 3d ed., 1965. [ 4 p . j This author has issued many 1-2 page press releases with titles similar to those listed here. 11258. Beckley, Timothy Green. THE CONTACTEES. n.p., [1981?] 836 Contactees after 1952 Not seen; offered as free with any order In his December 1981 catalog. 11259. ------ . A GUIDELINE ON HOW TO CONTACT THE SPACE PEOPLE, n.p., [1981?] Not seen; offered as free with any order in his June 1981 catalog. 11260. ------ . THE MYSTERIOUS FLYING SAUCERS; THE MEN IN BLACK; THE CONTACTEE ENIGMA; FLYING SAUCER HOSTILITY. New Brunswick, N.J.: ESP Li brary, 1971. 30p. 11261. ------ . PROPHECY: KEY TO THE FUTURE. author, 1970. 224p. Not seen; ad in SAUCER NEWS, no.75. New Brunswick, N.J.: The 11262. ------ . PSYCHIC AND UFO REVELATIONS IN THE LAST DAYS. Global Communications, 1980. 67p. New York: 11263. ------. TIMOTHY GREEN BECKLEY'S BOOK OF SPACE BROTHERS. burg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 114p. Clarks 11264. ------. TIMOTHY GREEN BECKLEY'S BOOK OF SPACE CONTACTS. York: Global Communications, 1981. 68p. New 11265. Beckley, Timothy Green, and Lorenzo Southerland. THE NEW WORLD ORDER: CHANNELED PROPHECIES FROM SPACE. New York: Global Communications, 1982. 68p. 11266. Beere, D. Chessman. Press, 1980. 55p. FAIL-SURE-WIN-SAFE! Del Mar, Calif.: USP 11267. ------ . USP— A PHYSICS FOR FLYING SAUCERS: AN INTERPRETATION FROM MEMORY OF A COMMUNICATION FROM ATOS XETROV, VISITOR. Del Mar, Calif.: USP Press, 1973. 54p. 11268. Bender, Hildegard E. KNIGHTS OF THE SOLAR CROSS: MESSAGES FROM OUTER SPACE. London: Regency, 1968, 1970. 97p. 11269. Bent, Dave W. thor, n.d. 9p. NEW AGE PRIMER. Fort Lauderdale, Fla.: The au 11270. Bergstrand, Amy Dorinda Carter. SPACESHIPS OF THE GODI. ley, 111.: Godimats Jehovah Isms, 1982. 31p. 11271. Bethurum, Truman. ABOARD A FLYING SAUCER. Kay Tennison.] Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1954. 192p. 11272. ------ . 177p. FACING REALITY. [Ghostwritten by Mary Prescott, Ariz.: The author, [1959]. 11273. ------ . THE PEOPLE OF THE PLANET CLARION. Beckley]. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1970. 142p. ard. Hinck [Ed. Timothy Green 11274. ------ . TRUMAN BETHURUM'S PERSONAL SCRAPBOOK. Ed. Robert C. Gir [Scotia, N.Y.]: Arcturus Book Service, 1982. [73p.] 837 Contactees after 1952 11275. ------- THE VOICE OF THE PLANET CLARION. author, [1957?]. 40p. Revised ed., [1961?]. 88p. Prescott, Ariz.: The 11276. Bey, Hamid. THE MEANING OF FLYING SAUCERS IN REFERENCE TO THE NEW AGE. Los Angeles: Coptic Fellowship of America, n.d. lOp. 11277. Binder, Otto 0. TED OWENS, FLYING SAUCER SPOKESMAN: THE INCRED IBLE TRUTH BEHIND THE UFO's MISSION TO EARTH. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Gray Barker, [1971?]. [15p.] Reprint of two articles in SAGA (11921, 11923). 11278. Blazs, Ben. INTERPLANETARY CARRIERS AND VENUSIAN SCOUTS. troit: UFO International, 1967. 17p. 11279. ------- UFOs AND FLYING CLOUDS. 1975. 17p. 11280. Bodin, Edward Longstreet. College Publishing, 1955. 159p. 11281. Bowman, Frank. Vorss, 1969. 368p. Detroit: UFO International, UPPER PURGATORY. Daytona Beach, Fla.: NEW HORIZONS BEYOND THE WORLD. 11282. Brady, Enid Joan. The author, n.d. 7p. ATLANTIS REDISCOVERED. Los Angeles: De- [Holly Hill, Fla.]: 11283. Brom, Elgar. SAGASHA: MYSTERIOUS DUST FROM SPACE. Global Communications, 1980. 68p. 11284. Brooke, Anthony. 133p. 11285. dation, 1967. De TOWARDS HUMAN UNITY. . THE UNIVERSAL LINK REVELATION. 35p. 11286. Brooke, Anthony, and Michael X. Barton. Futura, 1966. 46p. New York: London: Mitre, 1976. London: Universal Foun PROPHECY 67. London: 11287. Brooks, Fred R. BORUP'S SPIRITUAL SCHOOL: SECOND COMING, PART THREE. Borup, Denm.: Universal Link, [1979]. 9p. 11288. [Brown, Adelaide J.]. ADVICE TO A MAN FROM A HIGHER SPHERE. Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 32p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, DeVorss edition). Los 11289. ------ . THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS IN THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EARTH. By The God of a Planet near Earth and Others. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1965. 44p. 2d ed., Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, [1966]. Introduction by Gray Bar ker. 70 + [9]p. Reprinted as THE SPACE GODS SPEAK. New York: UFO Review, 1983. 65p. Originally published as a series of 11 booklets; Saucerian edition only printed 8. 838 Contactees after 1932 11290. ------ . FROM JUPITER, PLANET OF JOY. Los Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 15p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 49 52). 11291. ------ . FROM PLUTO, PLANET OF BROTHERLY LOVE. Los Angeles: De Vorss, [1957?], 1967. 32p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 22 30). 11292. ------ . GOD OF THE PLANET EARTH SPEAKS TO HIS CHILDREN. Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 16p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, DeVorss edition). Los 11293. ------ . INVITATION FROM PLANET VENUS. Los Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 20p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 53 58). 11294. ------ . MORE ADVICE FROM A HIGHER SPHERE. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1967. 16p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, DeVorss edition). 11295. ------ . NEPTUNE FROM EXPERIENCE GIVES ADVICE. Los Angeles: De Vorss, [1957?], 1967. 16p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 31 34). 11296. ------ . PLANET MERCURY SENDS GREETINGS. Los Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 32p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 59 6 6 ). n.d. 11297. ------ . THE PROPHET ISAIAH SPEAKS AGAIN. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 60p. Not seen; listed by Rasmussen in bibliography to 115. 11298. ------ . SATURN PLANET OF PEACE SENDS WARNING. Los Angeles: De Vorss, [1957?], 1967. 31p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 41 48). ' 11299. ------ . THREE UNDISCOVERED PLANETS. Los Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 15p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 67 70). 11300. ------ . URANUS, LOVER OF MAN. Los Angeles: DeVorss, [1957?], 1967. 29p. Reprinted in THE BOOK OF SPACE SHIPS (11289, Saucerian edition, pp. 35 40). 11301. Brownell, Winfield S., comp. UFOs: KEY TO EARTH'S DESTINY! Creek, Calif.: Legion of Light, 1980. 214p. Lytle 839 Contactees after 1952 11302. Bunze, Juanita V. VOLUNTARY ENCOUNTERS WITH UFOs AND EXTRA-TER RESTRIALS. Anaheim, Calif.: The author, 1980. 6p. 11303. Caddy, Eileen. THE SPIRIT OF FINDHORN. New York: Harper and Row, 1976; Romford, London: L.N. Fowler, 1977. 127p. 11304. Campione, Michael J. UFO CONTACTEE. Cinnaminson, N.J.: Delval UFO, n.d. 6p. Not seen; ad in OHIO SKYWATCHER, vol. 2, no.4. 11305. Cannon, Frances. MIRACLE OF LIFE. Dallas, Tex.: Cannon Produc tions, 1984-1985. Vol. 1, 1984, 15p.; vol. 2, 1985, lip.; vol. 3, 1985, 24p. 11306. Carr, Otis T. DIMENSIONS OF MYSTERY. Baltimore, Md.: Millenium [195-]. Not seen; mentioned by Margaret Storm (11797). 11307. Carroll, St. Thomas Marion. 1974. 52p. Contactee poetry. 11308. Carter, Joan Frances. las, Tex.: Royal, 1966. 168p. ALIENS. Reseda, Calif.: Mojave, FOURTEEN FOOTSTEPS FROM OUTER SPACE. 11309. Chaney, Earlyne. 171p. BEYOND TOMORROW. 11310. Chovanec, Frank. The author, 1970. 4p. ABOUT YOUR S.I. PHOTOGRAPH. Upland, Calif.: Astara, 1985 11311. Church of Christology. KIDNAPPED BY UFO. Church of Christology, [1978]. [6p.] 11312. Coe, H. Albert. Fund, 1969. 112p. THE SHOCKING TRUTH. 11313. Colson, Lucy B. [Lucien, pseud.]. ing, N.Mex.: Guardian Action, 1981. 44p. 11314. ------ . 11315. ------ . 1983. 83p. 1985: AN UPDATE. TELL MY PEOPLE. 11316. Conna [Barbara G. Finney]. [Addison, Pa.: Starnet, 1984]. 3p. Dal [Taylor, Tex.]: San Diego, Calif.: Beverly, N.J.: The Book 1982: COSMIC COUNTDOWN. Dera- Ojai, Calif.: The author, 1984. 36p. By Joshua. Ojai, Calif.: The author, STARNET: INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION. 11317. Constable, Trevor James [Trevor James, pseud.]. SPACEMEN: FRIENDS AND FOES. 2 vols. Los Angeles: New Age, 1956. 18 + 18p. 11318. Cosmic Circle of Fellowship. REGARDING THE SPACE PHENOMENA. Chicago: Cosmic Circle of Fellowship, October 1, 1958. 3p. 840 Contactees after 1952 11319. Coundakis, Anthony L. MANNERISM ON SPACE COMMUNICATION: SOME METHODS AND SOME REFLECTIONS. Smithtown, N.Y.: Exposition, 1981. 174p. 11320. Cox, Norma. SECRETS. Marshall, Ark.: The author, [197-]. 11321. Crabb, Riley Hansard. AN ATTEMPT AT COSMIC FELLOWSHIP. Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1964. 39p. 48p. Vista, 11322. ------ . COMMUNICATION WITH FLYING SAUCERS: A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE PROBLEM OF UNDERSTANDING THE VISITORS FROM OUTER SPACE. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [I960]. 30p. 11323. ------ . ESP: THE SPACE TRAVEL PROBLEM AND HOW WE'LL SOLVE IT. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1964. 47p. 11324. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AND AMERICA'S DESTINY. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [1959]. 28p. Revised ed., Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1972]. 37p. 11325. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AND THE COMING SPACE PROBES. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1958, 1963. 28p. Revised ed., Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1964, 1974]. 40p. From a talk in Vista, Calif., November 29, 1958. 11326. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AND THE NEW CONSCIOUSNESS. Vista, Calif. Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1958, 1963. 27p. Revised ed., Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1973. 48p. 11327. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AND THE POLAR FLIP. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [1958?]. 30p. Not seen; ad in SEARCH, October 1959. 11328. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS AT EDWARDS AFB, 1954. Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1973]. 39p. 11329. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS ON THE MOON. Sciences Research Associates, [1962]. 41p. Vista, Calif.: Vista, Calif.: Borderland 11330. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1965]. 49p. Lecture to the San Francisco Interplanetary Club, September 24, 1965. 11331. ------ . MEETING ON THE MOON: AT THE MARS STRONGHOLD, FLYING SAU CERS 1959-1969. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1969, 1980. 48p. Lecture to the San Francisco Interplanetary Club, November 22, 1968. 11332. ------ . SPACECRAFT FROM BEYOND THE SUN. Vista, Calif.: Border land Sciences Research Associates, [1966]. 48p. From a talk at the 10th Annual Northern California Spacecraft Convention 841 Contactees after 1952 Berkeley, Calif., October 30, 1966. 11333. ------ . WHO FLYS [sic] THE SAUCERS? Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1967]. 47p. Lecture to the San Bernardino Unit of Understanding Inc., August 27, 1967. 11334. Crandall, Lee. 11335. ------ . House, 1956. 40p. THE VENUSIANS. Los Angeles: New Age, 1955. [untitled mimeograph]. 76p. Alhambra, Calif.: C&M Publishing 11336. Criswell, Beverly [Lavandar, pseud.]. QUARTZ CRYSTALS: A CELES TIAL POINT OF VIEW. Reserve, N.Mex.: Lavandar Lines, 1983. 31p. 11337. Croft, Lenora. dation, 1966?]. [9p.] CONTACT POINT. Eatonville, Wash.: [New Age Foun 11338. Darling, Thomas J. [Sundar, pseud.]. RAINBOW BRIDGE SPACE CHAN NELING GUIDE. Santa Cruz, Calif.: Rainbow Bridge Construction Company, 1976. [48p.] 11339. Davis, Isabel L. MEET THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL, lieve, 1984. 42p. Reprinted from FANTASTIC UNIVERSE articles. n.p.: Would-You-Be- 11340. Dean, John W. FLYING SAUCERS AND THE SCRIPTURES. tage, 1964. 173 + [6 3p ]. 11341. ------ . 1970. 224p. FLYING SAUCERS CLOSE UP. New York: Van Clarksburg, W.Va.: Gray Barker, 11342. Denaerde, Stefan. OPERATION SURVIVAL EARTH. Trans. Jim Lodge. New York: Pocket Books, 1977. 159p. Translation of BUITENAARDSE BESCHAVING: DE PLANEET IARGA. Deventer, Neth.: N. Kluwer, 1969. 11343. Denaerde, Stefan, and Wendelle C. Stevens. UFO...CONTACT FROM PLANET IARGA: A REPORT OF THE INVESTIGATION. Tucson, Ariz.: UFO Photo Ar chives, 1982. 364p. 11344. Dewey, Mark. A MAN FROM SPACE SPEAKS. thor, 1966. 38p. "Dictated by Amano." 11345. Deyo, Stan. THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY. Australian Texas Trading, 1978. 200p. 11346. Dickhoff, Robert Ernst. The author, 1968. 71p. Houston, Tex.: The au Morley, West Austral.: West BEHOLD...THE VENUS GARUDA. New York: 11347. ------ . THE ETERNAL FOUNTAIN: A KALEIDOSCOPE OF DIVINE INSPIRED THOUGHT SPARKS. Boston: Bruce Humphries, 1947; Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1954, 1965. 128p. 842 Contactees after 1952 11348. ------ . HOMECOMING OF THE MARTIANS: AN ENCYCLOPAEDIC WORK ON FLYING SAUCERS. Ghaziabad, India: Bharti Association, 1958; Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1964. 175p. 11349. ------ . n.p., 1957. 8p. THE MARTIAN ALPHABET AND LANGUAGE: THE MOTHER CULTURE. 11350. Dilts, Russell LeRoy. IGNORANT ABOUT UFOs: FACTS YOU SHOULD KNOW. [South Bend, Ind.]: The author, 1978. 8p. 11351. Diroll, Cloe. ALPHA AND OMEGA: REVEALED TO WILLIAM FERGUSON. Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, 1984. 15p. 11352. ter, 1977. . THE COMFORTER SPEAKS. Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Cen 27p. 11353. ------ . OVERALL VIEW OF BIBLICAL PROPHECIES OF THE BOOK OF REVE LATION AND DECODED IN "THE NEW REVELATION BY THE REVELATOR HIMSELF." Poto mac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, 1983. [20p.] Paper presented to the 1st World Multidisciplinary Congress on Prognosti cation and Prediction for the Year 1984, Jerusalem Hilton, December 11-15, 1983. 11354. ------ . Hour, 1963. 32p. SCIENCE OF COSMIC CREATION. Washington, D.C.: Miracle 11355. ------ . TRUE ART OF CREATION REVEALED TO WILLIAM FERGUSON: BLENDS SCIENTIFIC AND RELIGIOUS PERSPECTIVES. Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, 1983. 71 + [7]p. 11356. ------ . UFOs UNVEILED. Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, 1974. 6 p. 11357. Doreal, Maurice. FLYING SAUCERS: AN OCCULT VIEWPOINT. Colo.: Brotherhood of the White Temple, [1964?]. 48p. 11358. Dutta, Rex. 11359. ------ . 11360. ------ . don: Pelham, 1974. FLYING SAUCER MESSAGE. FLYING SAUCER VIEWPOINT. Sedalia, London: Pelham, 1972. London: Pelham, 1970. REALITY OF OCCULT/YOGA/MEDITATION/FLYING SAUCERS. 199p. 117p. 115p. Lon- Seligman, Mo.: The author 11361. Duverus, Delamer. 1973. 214p. THE GOLDEN REED. 11362. Ebon, Martin, ed. 1975. 168p. THE AMAZING URI GELLER. New York: Signet, 11363. El Morya, and Miriam. THE BELOVED CHOHANS SPEAK THEIR PEACE. Grass Valley, Calif.: Golden Sierra Printing, n.d. 25p. 11364. Elders, Lee J., Brit Nilsson-Elders, and Thomas K. Welch. UFO... CONTACT FROM THE PLEIADES: VOLUME 1. Supervised by Wendelle C. Stevens. 843 Contactees after 19S2 Phoenix, Ariz.: Genesis III, 1979. Revised ed., 1980. [70p]. [70p.] 11365. Elders, Lee J . , and Brit Nilsson-Elders. UFO...CONTACT FROM THE PLEIADES: VOLUME II. Phoenix, Ariz.: Genesis III, 1983. 72p. 11366. Elkins, Don T. TELEPATHY DATA COLLECTED BY EXTRATERRESTRIAL COM MUNICATION. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, [1963]. 79p. 11367. Elkins, Don T . , and Carla Rueckert. ville, Ky.: L/L Company, 1977. 103p. SECRETS OF THE UFO. Louis 11368. Elkins, Don T . , Carla L. Rueckert, and James Allen McCarty, eds. THE LAW OF ONE. Louisville, Ky.: L/L Research, 1981. 164p. Reprinted as THE RA MATERIAL: AN ANCIENT ASTRONAUT SPEAKS. Norfolk, Va.: Donning, 1984. 229p. 11369. ------ . 1982. 95p. THE LAW OF ONE: BOOK II. 11370. ------ . 1982. 137p. THE LAW OF ONE: BOOK III. 11371. ------ . 1983. 144p. THE LAW OF ONE: BOOK IV. Louisville, Ky.: L/L Research, Louisville, Ky.: L/L Research, Louisville, Ky.: L/L Research, 11372. Environ. FLYING SAUCER OCCUPANTS: WHAT THEY LOOK LIKE, WAYS TO CONTACT THEM. [Hebron, 111.]: Unidentified Flying Objects Supporters of North America, 1973. 7p. AGE. 11373. Eolia, St.-Germain. THE NEW GUIDE FOR STUDENTS IN GOD'S GOLDEN Grass Valley, Calif.: Golden Sierra, 1978. 142p. 11374. The Evergreens [group of entities speaking through Michael Blake Read; sessions directed by Philippa M. Lee]. THE EVERGREENS SPEAKING FOR OURSELVES. Ed. Beth Kendall. Toronto: Michael Read and Philippa Lee, 1977. 28p. ‘ 11375. . MONSTERS AND MYSTERIES. ippa Lee, 1976.-- [37p.] 11376. . MYSTERIES OF HISTORY. ippa Lee, 1977.-- [20p.] Toronto: Michael Read and Phil Toronto: Michael Read and Phil 11377. ------ . [197-]. [20p•] UFOs: WHY? Toronto: Michael Read and Philippa Lee, 11378. ------ . 1978. 36p. VISITORS OF TIME AND SPACE. Toronto: Emanation Press, 11379. Ferber, Adolph C. THE SECRET OF HUMAN LIFE ON OTHER WORLDS. York: Pageant, 1957. 105p. Swedenborgian philosophy. New 844 Contactees after 1952 11380. Ferguson, William. FIVE HOURS WITH THE OLIGARCHS OF VENUS. cago: Cosmic Circle of Fellowship, 1955; New York: Flying Saucer News, [1964?]. 12p. 2d ed., Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, n.d. 4p. Chi 11381. ------ . ILLUMINATION OF MY CONSCIOUSNESS. Washington, D.C.: Miracle Hour, 1954; Santa Venetia, Calif.: Marjorie Hensen, n.d. 2p. 11382. ------1955. [54p.] A MESSAGE FROM OUTER SPACE. Oak Park, 111.: Golden Age 11383. ------ • MY TRIP TO MARS. Chicago: Cosmic Circle of Fellowship, September 1954. 13p. Reprinted by Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1955, 13p.; Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1973, [15p.]; and Potomac, Md.: Cosmic Study Center, n.d., 13p. 11384. ------ . 1959. 107p. THE NEW REVELATION BY THE REVELATOR HIMSELF, n.p. , 11385. ------ . RELAX FIRST. 4th ed., Chicago: [Cosmic Circle of Fel lowship, 1956]. 79p. First edition apparently published in 1937. 11386. [Finch, Bill], ed. I AM ISHCOMAR: THE VOICE FROM BEYOND OUR STARS! No.l. Cottonwood, Ariz.: Esoteric Publications, 1978. 38p. 11387. ------ . AN INTRODUCTION TO ISHCOMAR: THE VOICE FROM BEYOND OUR STARS! Sedona, Ariz.: Esoteric Publications, n.d. 14p. 11388. Findhorn Foundation. THE FINDHORN GARDEN. Row, 1975; London: Turnstone, 1976. 180p. 11389. Foreman, Laurence W. author, 1970. 112p. PASSPORT TO ETERNITY. New York: Harper and Los Angeles: The 11390. Francis, Marianne [Aleuti Francesca]. THE CALL OF THE PHOENIX. Central Point, Ore.: Solar Light Center, n.d. 15p. 11391. ------ . THE NEW DIMENSIONS AND THE NEW AGE. Solar Light Center, n.d. lOp. 11392. ------Center, n.d. 12p. STARCRAFT CONTACT. 11393. Fry, Daniel W. New Age, 1954. 43p. Central Point, Ore Central Point, Ore.: Solar Light ALAN’S MESSAGE: TO MEN OF EARTH. Los Angeles: 11394. ------ . THE AREA OF MUTUAL AGREEMENT: A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO MANKIND’S MOST CRITICAL PROBLEM. Alampgordo, N.M.: Understanding, Inc., [1962?]. [9p.] Revised ed., Tonopah, Ariz.: Understanding, Inc., n.d. 16p. 11395. ------ . ATOMS, GALAXIES AND UNDERSTANDING. Understanding, I960. 109p. El Monte, Calif.: 845 Contactees after 1952 11396. ------ . THE CURVE OF DEVELOPMENT, Ga.: CSA, 1965. 75p. 11397. ------ . STEPS TO THE STARS. Calif.: Understanding, 1956. 83p. n.p.: The author; Lakeraont, Lakemont, Ga.: CSA; El Monte, 11398. ------ . TO MEN OF EARTH, INCLUDING THE WHITE SANDS INCIDENT. Merlin, Ore.: Merlin Publishing, 1973. 118p. Combined edition of ALAN'S MESSAGE (11393) and THE WHITE SANDS INCIDENT (11400). 11399. ------ . U.F.O. LOGIC. [Merlin, Ore.: Understanding], n.d. 11400. ------ . THE WHITE SANDS INCIDENT. 8p. Los Angeles: New Age, 1954. 66 p. Revised ed., Louisville, Ky.: Best Books, 1966. MESSAGE (11393). 120p. Includes ALAN'S 11401. ------ . THE WHITE SANDS INCIDENT, AND TO MEN OF EARTH. Ore.: Understanding, 1964. 66 + 41p. 11402. Gallup, Betty. 1982. 196p. STAR SONG. Merlin, Deming, N.Mex.: Guardian Action, 11403. Geller, Uri. MV STORV. [Ghostwritten by John G. Fuller]. York: Praeger, 1975. pp. 211-82. Paperback ed., New York: Warner, 1976. pp. 213-77. British ed., London: Robson, 1975. British paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1977. 11404. ------ . PAMPINI: A NOVEL. New York: World Authors, 1980. New 228p. 11405. Gibbons, Gavin. THEY RODE IN SPACE SHIPS. London: Neville Spearman; New York: Citadel, 1957. 217p. Reprinted as ON BOARD THE FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Paperback Library, 1967. 192p. 11406. Gilbert, Violet. LOVE IS ALL: A DISCOURSE BY THE ANCIENT ONE. Grant's Pass, Ore.: Cosmic Star Temple, 1969. 24p. 11407. ------ . MY TRIP TO VENUS. Temple, 1968. 55p. Grant's Pass, Ore.: Cosmic Star 11408. Girvin, Calvin C. THE GREAT ACCIDENT. 1957. Not seen; listed by Margaret Sachs (110). Los Angeles: The author, 11409. ------ . THE NIGHT HAS A THOUSAND SAUCERS. Understanding, 1958. 168p. Paperback ed., 168p. El Monte, Calif.: 11410. ------ . A VITAL MESSAGE TO ALL PEOPLE FROM SPACE PEOPLE THEM SELVES. Los Angeles: The author, 1958. Not seen; ad in SEARCH, August 1958. 846 Contactees after 1952 11411. Goetz, A. William. MY TRIP TO MARS: A PERSONAL PSYCHIC EXPERI ENCE. Houston, Tex.: Jewell, 1960. 22p. 11412. Goetz, Warren H. THE INTELLIGENCE OF THE UNIVERSE SPEAKS. Tour Village, Mich.: The author, 1974. 205p. 11413. Gordon, Ian. THE ANDRONICUS TAPES. Foundation, 1983. 256p. 11414. Grant, Kenneth. Muller, 1980. 316p. De Melbourne, Viet.: Andronicus OUTSIDE THE CIRCLES OF TIME. London: Frederick 11415. Gualda, Jose Maldonado. A TRUE STORY, SHOWED AS FICTION OR A FICTION SHOWING A STORY? CONCERNING EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL PHAENOMENA, HUMAN REALITY AND FLYING SAUCERS. Paris: Centre Ummo d'Investigation, n.d. [5p.] 11416. [Guthrie, Wayne]. VISITORS FROM OTHER PLANETS. 2d revised ed. Los Angeles: Fellowship of Universal Guidance, November 1968. 32p. 11417. Halsall, Patricia. THE SCIENCE OF DISTANCE. 1981. 32p. Not seen; mentioned in EARTHLINK, no.15. Leeds, Yorks: Arts, 11418. Halsey, Wallace C. Dawn, 1965. 102p. Los Angeles: Golden COSMIC END-TIME SECRETS. 11419. Hamilton, William F., III. GEOMETRY OF THE GRID. Calif.: Nexus and Nexus News, 1983. 71p. Glendale, 11420. ------ . THE SECRET CODE OF THE UFOs, n.p., n.d. Not seen; according to GRAY BARKER'S NEWSLETTER, no.13, writing was in progress. 11421. HARMONY GROVE LECTURES: BOOK 3. [Michael X. Barton, ed.?] Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1963. 30p. Contains: "Subud: What It Is and Isn't,” Victor Royal; “Return of the Gnostic Wisdom," Michael X. Barton; and “Will You Escape This Life Alive?” Orfeo Angelucci. 11422. Hawken, Paul. THE MAGIC OF FINDHORN. Boston: East-West Journal, 1974. 60p. Revised ed., New York: Harper and Row; London: Souvenir, 1975. 216p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1976. 343p. 11423. Henley, Cerra de Puy. A MAN FROM MARS, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned in BUFORA JOURNAL, vol. 10, no.2. 67p. 11424. Heralds of the New Age. FURTHER TELEPATHIC COMMUNICATIONS FROM VENUS AND THE SATELLITES OF JUPITER. Auckland, N.Z.: Heralds of the New Age, [195-]. 21p. 11425. Hewes, Hayden, and Brad Steiger. New York: Pocket Books, 1976. 173p. UFO MISSIONARIES EXTRAORDINARY. 847 Contactees after 1952 11426. Hoag, Helen I., ed. DAWN OF CREATION. By Mara Menara from the Planet Yama in the Sixth Universe. North Miami, Fla.: Metaphysical Research Group, 1968. [3 9p.] Some editions paginated, [1982?]. 41p. 11427. ----- . THE GLOWING WALL. Foundation, 1982. 20p. Hollywood, Fla.: Awareness Research 11428. ----- . MY LIVES ON ATLANTIS. Research Group, 1969. 43p. North Miami, Fla.: Metaphysical 11429. ------ . MY VISITS TO OTHER PLANETS: THE SUN, MOON AND THE STAR, CAPELLA. North Miami, Fla.: Awareness Research Foundation, 1970. 119p. 11430. ----- . THE 3 MISSING PLANETS. Research Foundation, 1974. 32p. North Miami, Fla.: Awareness 11431. ----- . WHAT HAPPENS BETWEEN LIVES. ness Research Foundation, 1969. 39p. North Miami, Fla.: Aware 11432. ----- . YOUR FUTURE ON THIS PLANET. ness Research Foundation, 1972. 48p. North Miami, Fla.: Aware 11433. Hoffman, Beatrice W., and John C. Hoffman. ARE HERE. n.p.: The authors, 1958. 51p. THE FLYING SAUCERS 11434. Hogben, Crystal. QUELLA— E.T. Leeds, Yorks: Arts, [1982?]. Not seen; mentioned in EARTHLINK, vol. 15, no.8. 11435. Holland, William Larry. Sheffield, Ala.: The author, 1977. NOT OF THIS EARTH: THE PLANTO CONNECTION. 36p. 11436. Holloway, Gilbert N. COMING OF THE SPACE PEOPLE. Los Angeles: Holloway School of Philosophy and Religion, January 1954. 13p. 11437. ------ . COMMUNION BETWEEN WORLDS. Los Angeles: Holloway School of Philosophy and Religion, [1953?]. 7p. Not seen; ad in FLYING SAUCER NEWS, March 1955. 11438. ------ . CONQUEST OF SPACE AND THE NEW SAUCER PHENOMENA. Angeles: Holloway School of Philosophy and Religion, 1953. 7p. 11439. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS: THE MYSTERY DEEPENS! loway School of Philosophy and Religion, 1953. 6p. Los Angeles: Hol 11440. ------ . FLYING SAUCERS: VANGUARD OF THE NEW AGE. New Age Church and School of Truth, 1958. 16p. 11441. ------ . 120-30. LET THE HEART SPEAK. Los Miami, Fla.: Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1951. pp. 11442. ------ . MESSAGES FROM THE SPACE PEOPLE. Los Angeles: Holloway School of Philosophy, Health and Religion, 1955. 15p. 848 Contactees after 1952 11443. ------ . SEVEN YEARS— 1958-1965 THAT CHANGE THE WORLD. Fla.: New Age Church and School of Truth, [1958?]. Not seen; listed in his MIAMI SAUCERLORE, Spring 1958. 11444. ------ . ITUAL DEVELOPMENT. Miami, THIS WAY UP: A PSYCHIC AUTOBIOGRAPHY AND GUIDE TO SPIR Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1975. 278p. 11445. Holroyd, Stuart. PRELUDE TO THE LANDING ON PLANET EARTH. Lon don: W.H. Allen, 1977. 337p. Reprinted as BRIEFING FOR THE LANDING ON PLANET EARTH. London: Corgi, 1979. 351p. 11446. Howard, Dana. [1955]. 90p. DIANE: SHE CAME FROM VENUS. 11447. THE KEYS TO THE CITADEL OF SPACE. lyn, 1960. 203p. London: Regency, Los Angeles: Llewel 11448. ------THE KINGDOM OF SPACE: ARE WE GOING TO SURVIVE? Angeles: DeVorss, 1961. 76p. Los 11449. -------. MY FLIGHT TO VENUS. London: Regency, [1954]. American ed., San Gabriel, Calif.: Willing, 1954. 89p. 11450. -------. OVER THE THRESHOLD. Los Angeles: Llewellyn, 1957. 11451. -------. THE STRANGE CASE OF T. LOBSANG RAMPA. Llewellyn, 1958. 56p. 11452. -------. UP RAINBOW HILL. 140p. Los Angeles: Los Angeles: Llewellyn, 1959. 11453. -------. VESTA: THE EARTHBORN VENUSIAN. Essene, 1959. 287p. Space brother story, disguised as fiction. 11454. -------. WITHOUT FIGLEAVES. 64p. 159p. Corpus Christ!, Tex.: Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1964. 92p. Not seen; ad in SAUCER NEWS, no-63, p. 14. 11455. Howard, Frank. AN EXTRATERRESTRIAL MESSAGE TO THE NATIONS. land, N.Z.: Stellar, 1983. 187p. 11456. ------- . JOURNEY IN SPACE WITH ALIZANTIL. The author, [1979?]. 83p. Auck Brisbane, Queensl.: 11457. -------. A PLANETARY SAGA AND RETURN OF ALIZANTIL. Queensl.: The author, [1979?]. 83p. Brisbane, 11458. ------- . A PLANETARY SAGA AND RETURN OF ALIZANTIL AND JOURNEY IN SPACE WITH ALIZANTIL: COMBINED EDITION. Mt. Shasta, Calif.: Association Sananda and Sunat Kumara, 4th ed., 1981. 132p. 11459. Howard, Joan. GENESIS TO ETERNITY, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned in SAUCERS, SPACE AND SCIENCE, no.64, p. 10. 849 Contactees after 1952 11460. thor, [1982]. . THE SPACE— OR SOMETHING— CONNECTION. 85p. 11461. Hubbard, Harold W . , and Woodrow W. Derenberger. LANULOS. New York: Vantage, 1971. lllp. 11462. Hudson, Jan. THOSE SEXY SAUCER PEOPLE. leaf Classics, 1967. 176p. Toronto: The au VISITORS FROM Canterbury, N.H.: Green- 11463. Ibrahim, Yosip. I VISITED GANYMEDE: THE WONDERFUL WORLD OF THE UFOs. Lima, Peru: The author, 1974. 201p. Not certain whether there is more than one copy of this translation. Translation of YO VISITE GANIMEDES: EL MUNDO MARAVILLOSOS DE LOS OVNIS. Lima: The author, 1972. 11464. Innocente, Geraldine. GOD'S DIVINE PLAN FOR OUR SOLAR SYSTEM. St. James, N.Y.: Bridge to Freedom, [1957?]. 36p. 11465. Interplanetary Study Group. MESSAGES FROM SPACE SHIPS RECEIVED AT FLORENCE, OREGON. Florence, Ore.: Interplanetary Study Group, [1957?]. lip. 11466. Ireland, Bonnie. INNER VIEWS OF THE GALACTIC COMMAND, Not seen; mentioned by Tuella (11842). 11467. Irwin, Enid M. 1983. 86 + [20]p. MESSAGE FROM ATLANTIS. Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 11468. Jarnagin, Roy C. UFOs: THE EXTRAUNIVERSAL CONNECTION. ville, N.Y.: Exposition, 1977. 133p. 11469. Jensen, Aage. sal Link, 1968. 23p. BORUP’S SPIRITUAL SCHOOL. 11470. ----- -. SUMMA SUMMARUM! Universal Link, 1969. [14p.] A summary of 7891. Hicks- Naestved, Denm.: Univer- Trans. Gunvor Jensen. 11471. ----- -. UNIVERSAL LINK: DENMARK. Link, February 1969. [lOp.] n.p., n.d. Naestved, Denm. Naestved, Denm.: Universal 11472. Jig, Hermann. THINKING IN COSMIC TERMS. Liibeck, W. Ger.: M. Drager, 1982. 26p. Translation of IN KOSMISCHEN BAHNEN DENKEN. Lubeck: Buchdienst M. Dra ger, [1979?]. 11473. Johnson, David H. Rainbow, 1983. 199p. SALOS: ANOTHER WORLD. Moore Haven, Fla.: 11474. Johnson, Frank. THE JANOS PEOPLE: A CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FOURTH KIND. Sudbury, Suffolk: Neville Spearman, 1980. 198p. 11475. Joshua [Richard Shapiro], ed. JOURNEYS OF AN AQUARIAN AGE NETWORKER. Palo Alto, Calif.: New Life, June 1982. 333p. 850 Contactees after 1952 Revised ed., October 1982. [489p.] 11476. Kelly, William Franklin. "FLYING SAUCERS." n.p.: The author, 1953. 28p. Reprinted as "FLYING SAUCERS" METAPHYSICAL. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1953; New York: Flying Saucer News, 1963, 1967. 28p. 11477. King, Beti. DIARY FROM OUTER SPACE: AS DICTATED BY BERNIE TO BETI KING. Mojave, Calif.: Desert Specialties, 1976. 73p. 11478. ------ . A PSYCHIC'S TRUE STORY OF LIFE, DEATH, AND FLYING SAU CERS. Part One by the deceased (d. 1974) Bernie King. Mojave, Calif.: Des ert Specialties, 1976. 34p. Later ed., [1980?]. 47p. 11479. ties, 1976. 8p. 11480. ties, 1976. 5p. 11481. alties, 1976. . REINCARNATION AND UFO. . SPIRITUALISM AND UFO. . 8p. 11482. ------ . 1976. 5p. Mojave, Calif.: Desert Special Mojave, Calif.: Desert Special UFO AND LIFE AFTER DEATH. VIBRATIONS ARE REAL. 11483. ------ . YOU WILL NEVER DIE! 1975. 6p. 2d ed., 1976. lip. Mojave, Calif.: Desert Speci Mojave, Calif.: Desert Specialties, Mojave, Calif.: Desert Specialties, 11484. ------ . YOU, YOUR PSYCHIC DEVELOPMENT, AND HOW IT CAN IMPROVE YOUR LIFE! Mojave, Calif.: Desert Specialties, 1978. 21p. 11485. King, George. [1973?]. THE ATOMIC MISSION. Detroit: Aetherius Society, 11486. ------ . BECOME A BUILDER OF THE NEW AGE. Aetherius Society, [1965?]. 12p. 11487. ------ . [1966?]. BOOK OF SACRED PRAYERS. Hollywood, Calif.: Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, 11488. ------ . CONTACT YOUR HIGHER SELF THROUGH YOGA. London: Aether ius Society, 1955; Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius, 1966. 20p. 11489. ------ . A COSMIC MESSAGE OF DIVINE OPPORTUNITY. Calif.: Aetherius Society, [1964]. 9p. Hollywood, 11490. ------ . COSMIC VOICE. 2 vols. Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1971. Bound volumes of COSMIC VOICE, no.1-10. 11491. ------ . THE DAY THE GODS CAME. Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, 851 Contactees after 1952 1965. 72p. 11492. ------ . ETERNAL RECOGNITION OF OPERATION SUNBEAM. Calif.: Aetherius Society, n.d. 11493. ------ . THE FIVE TEMPLES OF GOD. 1967. 72p. Revised ed., 1975. 72p. Hollywood, Los Angeles: Aetherius Society 11494. ------ . THE FLYING SAUCERS: A REPORT ON THE FLYING SAUCERS, THEIR CREWS AND THEIR MISSION TO EARTH. London: Aetherius Press, n.d. 12p. Reprinted by Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, 1962, 14p., and 1964, 16p. 11495. ------ . THE HOLY MOUNTAINS OF THE WORLD. Aetherius Society, n.d. Hollywood, Calif.: 11496. ------ . JOIN YOUR SHIP: A HELPFUL TRANSMISSION FROM THE COSMIC MASTERS WITH COMMENTARY. Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, [1964]. 16p 11497. ------ . [1966?]. KARMA AND REINCARNATION. Los Angeles: Aetherius Society 11498. ------ . LIFE ON THE PLANETS. London: Aetherius Press; Holly wood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1959. 24p. Revised ed., Detroit: Aetherius Society, January 1980. 29p. 11499. ------ . MY CONTACT WITH THE GREAT WHITE BROTHERHOOD. les: Aetherius Society, 1962. 14p. 11500. ------ . THE NINE FREEDOMS. 1963. 200p. Los Ange Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, 11501. ------ . OPERATION SPACE MAGIC: THE COSMIC CONNECTION. Calif.: Aetherius Society, n.d. 11502. ------ . OPERATION SUNBEAM: GOD'S MAGIC IN ACTION. Calif.: Aetherius Society, n.d. Hollywood Hollywood, 11503. ------ . THE PRACTICES OF AETHERIUS. London: Aetherius Press, [1961?]; Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1964. 28p. 11504. ------ . SPACE CONTACT IN SANTA BARBARA. Society; London: Aetherius Press, n.d. 9p. 11505. ------ . A SPECIAL ASSIGNMENT. Society, [1965?]. 8p. Los Angeles: Aetherius Hollywood, Calif.: Aetherius 11506. ------ . SPIRITUAL HAPPINESS. Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, [1966?]. Not seen; mentioned in THE FIVE TEMPLES OF GOD (11493). 11507. ------ . THIS IS THE HOUR OF TRUTH. Los Angeles: Aetherius So ciety, [1965?]. Not seen; mentioned in THE DAY THE GODS CAME (11491). 852 Contactees after 1952 11508. ------ . Society, 1967. THE THREE SAVIOURS ARE HERE! Los Angeles: Aetherius 11509. ------ . THE TWELVE BLESSINGS: THE COSMIC CONCEPT. therius Press, [November 1958]. 59p. Revised ed., 1961. 63p. 11510. ------ . [I960?]. WISDOM OF THE PLANETS. London: Ae Los Angeles: Aetherius Society, 11511. ------ . YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE! London: Aetherius Press; Holly wood, Calif.: Aetherius Society, 1961. 173p. 11512. King, George, and Mary King. COSMIC VOICE: MARS AND VENUS SPEAK TO EARTH. New Brunswick, N.J.: ESP Library, [1965?]. 22p. 11513. Klarer, Elizabeth. BEYOND THE LIGHT BARRIER. Trans. Manfred Landeck. Sparta, N.J.; Capetown, S. Africa: Howard Timmins, 1980. 191p. Translation of ERLEBNISSE JENSEITS DER LICHTMAUER. Wiesbaden, W. Ger.: Ventla-Verlag, 1977. 11514. Knight, Oscar F. WOLVERTON TRAIL EVENT: A VISITOR FROM VENUS. Strathmore, Calif.: The author, 1963. lip. 11515. Koslouski, Paul. ARE WE CHILDREN OF THE UNIVERSE? MY CONTACT WITH SPACE PEOPLE. Mississauga, Ont.: UFO Media Publications Group, 1979. 52p. 11516. Kraspedon, Dino [Aladino Felix]. MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS. Trans. J.B. Wood. London: Neville Spearman; New York: Citadel, 1959. 205p. American reprints: Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1960. 205p. New York Fieldcrest, 1966. 205p. Reprinted as MY CONTACT WITH UFO's. London: Sphere, 1977, 1978. 205p. Translation of MEU C0NTAT0 COM ES DISCOS VOADORES. Sao Paulo: The au thor, 1957. 11517. Krebs, Columba. THE MOON IS INHABITED. Williams, Ariz.: The au thor, 1962. 129p. Not seen; mentioned in Glemser’s UFO REPORT, vol. 1, no.2. 11518. ------ . VISITING SPACEMEN? [Williams, Ariz.]: Symbolart, 1961. 28p. Not seen; ad in FLYING SAUCERS, March 1962. 11519. Kullgren, William, comp. MESSAGES FROM HIGHER PLANES. dero, Calif.: The author, [I960]. 117p. 11520. Lael, Ralph I. THE BROWN MOUNTAIN LIGHTS. Outer Space Rock Shop Museum, 1965. 28p. Atasca Morganton, N.C.: 11521. [Laughead, Charles, and Lillian Laughead]. A BOOK OF TRANSCRIPTS Ed. George Hunt Williamson. Hemet, Calif.: T.O.T.T. Press, [1957]. 80p. Compiled reprinting of THE ABBEY TRANSCRIPTS (12111); see article in SAUCER NEWS, no.48. 853 Contactees after 1952 11522. LaVigne, Ruth. THERE SHALL BE SIGNS. Bristol, Conn.: The au thor, 1957. Not seen; ad In FLYING SAUCER NEWS, August 1957. 11523. Layne, Meade. ASSOCIATES OF BORDERLAND SCIENCES RESEARCH...TO HIS EXCELLENCY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES...YOUR ATTENTION IS RE SPECTFULLY DRAWN TO A MATTER OF URGENT AND CRITICAL IMPORTANCE. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, August 1952. 4p. 11524. ------ . THE COMING OF THE GUARDIANS. San Diego, Calif.: The author, [1950]. 38p. 2d ed.?, 1953. 72p. 3d ed.?, 1954? 4th ed., 1958. 89p. 5th ed., Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1964. 72p. 6 th ed., 1972. 72p. 7th revised ed., 1978. 78p., with material by B. Ann Slate. 11525. ------ . THE ETHER OF SPACE. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sci ences Research Associates, 1953. 27p. 2d ed., Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, 1963. 3d ed., 1980. 27p. 11526. ------ . THE ETHER SHIP MYSTERY AND ITS SOLUTION: FLYING DISCS. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1950, 1954. 38p. Reprinted as THE FLYING SAUCER MYSTERY AND ITS SOLUTION. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, [1962]. 40p. 11527. ------ . THE ETHERIC OR ”4-D“ INTERPRETATION OF THE AEROFORMS. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, March 1954. Ip. 11528. ------ . THE MYSTERY OF THE ETHERIANS. n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Allen Manak (383); may be an error for 11526. 11529. ------ , ed. THE MYSTERY OF THE FLYING DISCS. Calif.]: Talk of the Times, 1948. 42p. [San Diego, 11530. ------ . THE UFO's. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [1955]. 5p. Not seen; mentioned in CLIPS, QUOTES AND COMMENTS, March 1, 1955. 11531. Leary, Timothy, and Lynn Wayne Benner. Imprinting Press, 1973. ch. 19. TERRA II. San Francisco: 11532. Lee, Gloria [Gloria Lee Byrd]. THE CHANGING CONDITIONS OF YOUR WORLD, BY J.W. OF JUPITER, INSTRUMENTED BY GLORIA LEE. Palos Verdes Es tates, Calif.: Cosmon Research Foundation; Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1962. 213p. 11533. ----- • THE GOING AND THE GLORY. Instrumented by Verity. land, N.Z.: Heralds of the New Age, 1963, 1965, 1966, 1968. 73p. 11534. ------ . SPACE PEOPLE: ARE THEY ANGELS, OR ASTRONAUTS? N.Z.: Heralds of the New Age, 1966. 19p. Auck Auckland, 854 Contactees after 1952 11535. ------ . WHY WE ARE HERE: BY J.W., A BEING FROM JUPITER THROUGH THE INSTRUMENTATION OF GLORIA LEE. Palos Verdes Estates, Calif.: Cosmon Re search Foundation; Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1959. 183p. 2d ed., Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1974. 183p. 11536. Le Fountain, Doris. ARE SPACE VISITORS REALLY HERE? N.J.: The author, [1961]. 26p. 11537. Lewis, David H. BEYOND OUR GALAXY, BOOK I. Fla.: Science Research, 1978, 1980. 159p. 11538. ------ . THE DAYS BEFORE TOMORROW. Research, 1978. 260p. Hawthorne, St. Petersburg, St. Petersburg, Fla.: Science 11539. ------ . THE DEON CHRONICLES. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Science Re search, 1983? Not seen; may not have been published. 11540. ------ . SURVIVAL OF THE REMNANT. Research, 1980. 175p. St. Petersburg, Fla.: Science 11541. ------ . THE UNIVERSAL ONENESS: BEYOND OUR GALAXY, BOOK 2. Petersburg, Fla.: Science Research, 1979. 175p. 11542. Light, Gerald. 1954. 28p. 11543. ------ . SIGNS IN THE SKIES. SPIRIT SPEAKS. 11544. Lloyd, David. Germain, 1980. 417p. Los Angeles: R.G. McFarland, Los Angeles: R.G. McFarland, 1954. THE "I AM" DISCOURSES. MY VISIT TO VENUS. 29p. Schaumburg, 111.: Saint 11545. Lobsang Rampa, Tuesday [Cyril Henry Hoskins]. don: Corgi, 1971. 159p. 11546. ------ . St. THE HERMIT. Lon Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, [1966] 31P2d ed., Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, [1973?]. [28p.] 11547. Long, Mary. I, OSIRIS. London: Regency, 1970. Not seen; reviewed in GEMINI, vol. 1, no.3. 11548. ------ . OUR SON MOVES AMONG YOU. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Not seen; mentioned in COSMIC FRONTIERS, November 1976. Another ed., published by Grant Helm, 1974?, according to BUFORA JOURNAL vol. 4, no.4. 11549. Lucchesi, Dominic C. FLYING SAUCERS FROM KHABARA KHOOM. Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1984. 105p. 11550. Maccarini, Nilo. THE MARCH TOWARDS THE SUN. Tucuman, Arg.: The author, September 1953. 203p. Translation of LA MARCHA HACIA EL SOL. Typescript. Jane Trans. J. Rush. 855 Contactees after 1952 11551. McCoy, John 0., Jr. FLYING SAUCERS. Corpus Christ!, Tex.: The author, 1957. 16p. Reprint of article in LIFE, April 7, 1952 (903). 11552. ------ . 1958. 81p. SOARINGS OF THE EAGLE. Corpus Christi, Tex.: Essene, 11553. ------ . THEY SHALL BE GATHERED TOGETHER. The author, 1957. 74 + 8p. Hardcover edition, 66p. Corpus Christi, Tex.: 11554. McCoy, John 0., Jr., Ray Stanford, and Rex Stanford. AVE SHEOI: FROM OUT OF THIS WORLD. Corpus Christi, Tex.: Essene, 1957. 66p. 11555. MacDonald, Howard Brenton. FLYING SAUCERS AND SPACE SHIPS: AND THE UNKNOWN PLANETS FROM WHENCE THEY COME. New York: The author, 1955; New York: Flying Saucer News, [1967]. 6p. Revised ed., St. Catherines, Ont.: Provoker, 1970. 32p. 11556. ------ . SPIRIT REVELATIONS CONCERNING FLYING SAUCERS AND SPACE SHIPS RECEIVED THRU THE PENDULUM MEDIUMSHIP OF DR: HOWARD BRENTON MacDONALD. New York: The author, [195-]. 7p. 11557. Macer-Story, Eugenia. Angeles: Crescent, 1978. 118p. CONGRATULATIONS! THE UFO REALITY. Los 11558. McNaraes, Lucille E. [Sari, pseud.]. STARTLING REVELATIONS. land, Ore.: Universariun Foundation, 1980. 319p. Port 11559. ------ • UNITED FRIENDS OF EARTH. By Phrado, through the channelship of Lucille McNames. Portland, Ore.: Universariun Foundation, [1978?]. 48p. 11560. Magocsi, Oscar. Group, 1983. 52p. BEYOND MY SPACE ODYSSEY IN UFOs. Toronto: Quest 11561. ------ . MY SPACE ODYSSEY IN UFOs. Missassauga, Ont.: UFO Media Publications Group, 1979. 81/2x11" format. 146p. Regular format, Toronto: Quest Group, 1980. 209p. Originally published in 1975, according to Rasmussen (42). 11562. Mark-Age MetaCenter [primarily messages received through the mediumship of Nada-Yolanda, Pauline Sharpe]. ACTION AND REACTION. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1963]. Not seen. 11563. ------ . ANGELS AND MAN. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1974. 11564. ------ . ASK AND RECEIVE: MARK-AGE CORRESPONDENCE. Age MetaCenter, [1966]. 40p. 11565. ------ . Not seen. BEGIN ANEW. 3 vols. 138p. Miami: Mark- Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1972. 856 Contactees after 1952 11566. ------ • BIRTH OF ASTRID. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1969]. 11567. ------ . Not seen. BIRTH OF THE CHRIST. 56p. ERS. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1964] 11568. ------ . BOOK OF KNOWLEDGE: MANUAL OF INSTRUCTION FOR LIGHT WORK Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1968]. 128p. 11569. ------ . Not seen. BREAKTHROUGH. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1965]. 11570. ------ . BROADCASTING LIGHT, FOR OPERATION LANDING LIGHT. vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1968]. 73p. 11571. ------ . Not seen. 11572. ------ . [1963]. Not seen. n.d. 11573. ------ . 16p. Not seen. CHRIST AWARENESS. 2 Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1964]. CHRIST CONSCIOUSNESS. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, THE CHURCH AND THE NEW AGE. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 11574. ------ . COSMIC LESSONS: GLORIA LEE CHANNELS FOR MARK-AGE. vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1969-1972]. 11575. ------ . [1971]. 12p. EARTH MAN ON THE MOON. 11576. ------ . 160p. EVOLUTION OF MAN. 5 Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1971. 11577. ------ . EXTERNALIZATION OF THE HIERARCHICAL BOARD. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1969-1970]. 163p. 4 vols. 11578. ------ . GLORIA LEE LIVES! MY EXPERIENCES SINCE LEAVING EARTH. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1963. 40p. 11579. ------ . Not seen. GOLDEN ERA CHILDREN. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1963] 11580. ------ . GROUP GUIDELINES FOR NEW AGE LIGHT CENTERS. Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1971. 39p. Miami: 11581. ------ . GROWING IN GOD. Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1969]. 72p. Miami: By Jeanene Moore. 2 vols. 11582. ------ . HIERARCHICAL BOARD DECREES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS. Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1966]. 21p. 11583 HIERARCHICAL BOARD TOUR. Miami: Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter 857 Contactees after 1952 [1967]. Not seen. 5 11584. ------ . THE HIERARCHICAL PLAN FOR OUR PLANET AND SOLAR SYSTEM. vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1962-1963]. 11585. ------ . HOW TO ACHIEVE CHRIST CONSCIOUSNESS ON EARTH, BY JESUS THE CHRIST. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1966]. 36p. 11586. ------ . HOW TO DO ALL THINGS: YOUR DIVINE USE OF POWER. Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1965, 1970]. 144p. 11587. ------ . 1973-1974. Not seen. I AM GUIDANCE. 2 vols. 11588. ------ . 1961]. Not seen. IMPENDING EVENTS. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1960— 11589. ------ . INTO THE FOURTH DIMENSION. MetaCenter, [1964-1966]. 300p. 11590. ------ . JOHN KENNEDY LIVES. Miami: 7 vols. Miami: Mark-Age Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1964. 34p. 11591. ----- . 11592. ----- . 1963. 49p. 11593. ------ . [1970-1971]. 11594. ----- . LET IT BEGIN. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1967]. LIFE IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM. LINKING OF LIGHTS. MANIFESTATION. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 6 vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1965]. 11595. ----- . MARK-AGE BROADCASTS: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1968]. 152p. 11596. ------ . Not seen. MARK-AGE FUNCTIONS. 28p. 37p. 4 vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1973. 11597. ------ . MARK-AGE PERIOD AND PROGRAM. 2 vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1965-1966]. Vol. 1 (1958-1961); vol. 2 (1962-1965). 76p. 11598. ter, 1970. . MARK-AGE PERIOD AND PROGRAM. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCen 350p. 11599. ------ . MARK-AGE ROLES AND MISSIONS. MetaCenter, [1970]. 148p. 3 vols. Miami: Mark-Age 11600. ------ . THE MASTER PLAN FOR THE SPIRITUAL EARTH, 1972-1983. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1973]. 42p. 858 Contactees after 1952 11601. ------ . MORTAL VERSUS IMMORTAL: YOUR BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON. ami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1972. 50p. 11602. ter, [1966]. . 58p. 11603. ------ . 1967. A NEW HEAVEN AND A NEW EARTH. NEW JERUSALEM. 2 vols. Mi Miami: Mark-Age MetaCen Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 11604. ------ . 1000 KEYS TO THE TRUTH: SPIRITUAL GUIDELINES FOR LATTER DAYS AND SECOND COMING. Miami: School of Education/University of Life/MarkAge, 1976. 155p. 11605. ------ . Not seen. OPERATION SHOW MAN. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1964?] 11606. ------ . 1962, 1981. lOp. PHYSICIAN, HEAL THYSELF. 11607. ------. [1963]. Not seen. PROGRAM JESUS. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 2 vols. 11608. . QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. Center, [1961-1963], Not seen. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 6 vols. 11609. ------ . RENDING THE SEVENTH VEIL. MetaCenter, [1967-1968]. 11610. ------ . Not seen. SECOND BOOK OF ACTS. Miami: Mark-Age Meta 3 vols. Miami: Mark-Age Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1964] 11611. ------ . THE SECOND COMING OF JESUS THE CHRIST. MetaCenter, [1966]. 37p. 11612. ------ . [1965]. Not seen. 11613. ------ . Not seen. 11614. ------ . [1971-1972]. Not seen. 11615. ------ . Not seen. SEE AND BE THE LIGHT. SERENE MEDITATIONS. SERVERS OF LIGHT. 11617 Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1965]. 4 vols. SEVEN RAYS OF LIFE. 11616. ------ . SOUL RECORDS. [1966-1968]. 134p. Miami: Mark-Age Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1963]. 3 vols. SPIRITUAL AWAKENING. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1964] 859 Contactees after 1952 Not seen. 11618. Center, [1969]. Not seen. . STORIES FOR CHILDREN OF EARTH. 11619. ------ . [1969]. 135p. TRANSMUTATION. 11620. ------ . [I960]. Not seen. UNIFIED SPACE PROGRAM. 11621. ------ . Not seen. 3 vols. UNIVERSITY OF LIFE. Miami: Mark-Age Meta Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1972. 11622. ------ . VISITORS FROM OTHER PLANETS: OPERATION SHOW MAN. vols. Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1966-1967]. Also three supplements, February-April 1967. 11623. LANDING LIGHT. 3 . VISITORS FROM OTHER PLANETS: OPERATIONS SHOW MAN AND Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, 1974. 334p. 11624. ------ . [1965]. Not seen. YE ARE THE SONS OF GOD. 11625. ------ . MEETINGS. 3 vols. YOUTH IN ACTION: MASTER DISCOURSES FOR YOUTH MEDITATION Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, [1970]. 124p. 11626. Martin, Dan. The author, [1959?]. Not seen. 11627. Not seen. . Miami: Mark-Age MetaCenter, PRINCE MICHAEL AND THE PRINCE OF PERSIA. SEAL OF DANIEL, BROKEN. Detroit: Detroit: The author, [1959?]. 11628. ------ . SEVEN HOURS ABOARD A SPACE SHIP. Detroit: The author, [1959]. 29p. Reprinted as THE WATCHER: SEVEN HOURS ABOARD A SPACE SHIP. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, n.d. 17p. 3d ed., 1969. 32p. 11629. Martin, Dorothy [Thedra, pseud.]. EXCERPTS OF THE PROPHECIES FROM OTHER PLANETS CONCERNING OUR EARTH. [Mt. Shasta, Calif.]: The author, 1962. 17p. 11630. Marystone, Cyril. THE ORIGIN OF COMETS IN PLANET MAGNETOTAILS. [Bronx, N.Y.]: The author, March 1983. 120p. 11631. Mathes, Joseph H. , and Lenora Huett. THE AMNESIA FACTOR: EXTRA TERRESTRIAL COMMUNICATIONS BREAKTHROUGH. Millbrae, Calif.: Celestial Arts, 1975. 169p. 860 ConCactees after 1952 11632. Matthews, Arthur Henry. THE WALL OF LIGHT: NIKOLA TESLA AND THE VENUSIAN SPACE SHIP THE X-12. Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1973. 117 + [41]p. 11633. Menger, Connie [Marla Baxter, pseud.]. York: Vantage, 1958. 72p. 11634. ------ . 116p. SONG OF SATURN. MY SATURNIAN LOVER. New Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1968. **11635. Menger, Howard. FROM OUTER SPACE TO YOU. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1959. 256p. Later ed., n.d. 136p. Tabloid reprint, [1981]. 20p. Reprinted as FROM OUTER SPACE. New York: Pyramid, 1967, 1974. 254p. 11636. Menger, Howard, Connie Menger, and Milton Selleck. RETURNS. 1959? Not seen; listed by Rasmussen in bibliography to 115. IT!" THE CARPENTER 11637. Messiah's World Crusade. "SEEKING THE NEW AGE? HELP TO CREATE Berkeley, Calif.: The Crusade, n.d. 8p. 11638. Michael, Cecil. ROUND TRIP TO HELL IN A FLYING SAUCER. New York: Vantage, 1955. 61p. Revised ed., Auckland, N.Z.: Roofhopper Enterprises, 1971. 65p. 11639. ------ . 218p. SIGNS AND WONDERS. Reseda, Calif.: Mojave Books, 1977. 11640. Millard, Lindy. THE ETHER-VORTEX CONCEPT. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [1957]. 15p. 11641. Miller, Richard T., ed. STAR WARDS: WELCOME HOME EARTHMAN. bell, Calif.: Solar Cross Foundation, 1979. 365p. Camp 11642. Miller, Will, and Evelyn Miller. WE OF THE NEW DIMENSION: COMMU NICATIONS WITH OTHER WORLDS. Los Angeles: The authors, 1959. 115p. 11643. Mitchell, Helen, and Betty Mitchell. WE MET THE SPACE PEOPLE: THE STORY OF THE MITCHELL SISTERS. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, [1967]; Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1973. 15p. 2d ed., Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1981. Addresses delivered at the Buck Nelson Convention, June 28, 1959. 11644. Moeller, Elouise. THE SCIENCE OF LIVING, Not seen; mentioned by Tuella in 11842. 11645. Montgomery, Ruth. Sons, 1985. 240p. ALIENS AMONG US. n.p., n.d. New York: G.P. Putnam's 11646. Moon, Margaret, and Maurine Moon. THE JUPITER EXPERIMENT: A LOVE STORY OF THIS WORLD AND THE NEXT. St. Paul, Minn.: Llewellyn, 1976. 213p. 861 Contactees after 1952 11647. Moore, Patrick A., alleged author [Cedric Allingham, pseud.]. FLYING SAUCER FROM MARS. London: Frederick Muller, 1954; New York: British Book Centre, 1955. 153p. 11648. Morley, George. ETHERIAN SHIPS, n.p.: Kosmon Press, 1955. Not seen; ad in FLYING SAUCER NEWS, August 1964. 12p. 11649. Moyer, Ernest P. GOD, MAN AND THE UFO's. New York: Carlton, 1970. 422p. Reprinted as THE DAY OF CELESTIAL VISITATION. Hicksvllle, N.Y.: Exposi tion, 1975. 304p. 11650. Mustapa, Margit. 196p. 11651. ------ . 243p. BOOK OF BROTHERS. SPACESHIP TO THE UNKNOWN. New York: Vantage, 1963. New York: Vantage, 1960. 11652. Nelson, Buck. MY TRIP TO MARS, THE MOON, AND VENUS. Grand Rap ids, Mich.: Grand Rapids Flying Saucer Club, 1956. 33p. 2d ed., West Plains, Mo.: Quill Press, 1956. 28p. + addenda. 3d ed., Parker, Colo.: Stover, October 1957. 38p. 4th ed., Denver, Colo.: Olson Enterprises, [1958?] 38p. Revised ed., West Plains, Mo.: Quill Press, 1959. 41p. 7th ed., Mountain View, Mo.: The author, 1966. 44p. 11653. THE NEW AGE TESTAMENT OF LIGHT. Auckland, N.Z.: New Age Light, 1979? Not seen; mentioned in EARTHLINK, Autumn 1979. 11654. Newton, Silas. SOME IMPLICATIONS OF THE SPACESHIPS AND THE SPACE COMMAND. London: Universal Foundation, 1969. 16p. 11655. Nigl, Marian E. MESSAGES FROM SPACE, n.p.: The author, n.d. 12 p* 11656. Noel, Mel [Noel Brice Cornwall]. THE MEL NOEL STORY: THE INSIDE STORY OF THE U.S. AIR FORCE SECRECY ON U.F.O.'s. Inglewood, Calif.: The author, 1966. 26p. 2d ed., Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, n.d. 26p. 11657. [Noonan], Allen Michael. [Stockton, Calif.]: Starmast, 1977. ETI SPACE BEINGS INTERCEPT EARTHLINGS. 158p. 11658. ------ . THE EVERLASTING GOSPEL: GOD, ULTIMATE UNLIMITED MIND, SPEAKS. Stockton, Calif.: Starmast, 1982. 457p. 11659. ------ . THE EVERLASTING GOSPEL: TO THE YOUTH OF THE WORLD. Berkeley, Calif.: Starmast; Universal Industrial Church of the New World Comforter, 1973. 350p. 11660. mast, 1977. . 160p. UFO-ETI WORLD MASTER PLAN. [Stockton, Calif.]: Star 862 Contactees after 1952 11661. Norkln, [John] Israel. 137p. SAUCER DIARY. 11662. Norman, Ernest L. THE ANTHENIUM. cational Foundation, 1956. 142p. 11663. ------ . COSMIC CONTINUUM. of Life, 1960. 263p. New York: Pageant, 1957. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Edu Santa Barbara, Calif.: Unarius-Science 11664. ------ . THE ELYSIUM: PARABLES OF LIGHT. Vol. 1, illus. Don Bur[Pasadena, Calif.: Ruth E. Norman], 1956. 117p. Separate ed., vol. 1 [sic], illus. Don Burson. Pasadena, Calif.: Ruth E. Norman, 1956. 53p. 3d ed., Glendale, Calif.: Ruth E. Norman, n.d. 71p. Poetry. son. 11665. ------ . THE INFINITE CONCEPT OF COSMIC CREATION: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE INTERDIMENSIONAL COSMOS. Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, 1970. 596p. A compilation of courses separately published earlier. "Number one course: 1-13 lessons given in 1956 [pp. 3-434]. Advanced course: 1-7 les sons written in 1960 [pp. 435-548]." 11666. ------ . THE INFINITE CONTACT. Science of Life, 1960. 48p. 3d ed., 189p. 11667. ------ . INFINITE PERSPECTUS. of Life, 1962. 440p. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Unarius- Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science 11668. ------ . THE STORY OF THE LITTLE RED BOX. Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, 1968. 138p. 2d ed., El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, n.d. 138p. 11669. ------ . TEMPUS INTERLUDIUM. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Education al Foundation, 1978. Part 1, 290p.; part 2 not seen. 11670. — -----. TEMPUS INVICTUS. Foundation, 1965. 496p. 11671. ------TEMPUS PROCEDIUM. Life, 1965. 480p. Revised ed., 1968. 480p. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of 11672. ------ . THE TRUE LIFE OF JESUS OF NAZARETH: THE CONFESSIONS OF ST. PAUL. Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, [1969?]. 500p. Not seen; ad in FATE, May 1970. 11673. ------THE TRUTH ABOUT MARS. Los Angeles: New Age, 1956. 3d ed., El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, 1967. 56p. 61p. 11674. ------ . THE VOICE OF EROS. Los Angeles: Unarius, 1958. [264p.] 2d ed., El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, n.d. pp. 201-461 [261p.]. ’ 863 Contactees after 1952 Pulse of Creation Series, vol. 2. 11675. ------ . THE VOICE OF HERMES. Life, 1959. pp. 465-718 [254p.]. Pulse of Creation Series, vol. 3. Los Angeles: Unarius-Science of 11676. ------ . THE VOICE OF MUSE-UNARIUS-ELYSIUM. Unarius-Scienee of Life, 1964. pp. 949-1210 [262p.]. Pulse of Creation Series, vol. 5-7. Montrose, Calif.: 11677. ------ . THE VOICE OF ORION. Santa Barbara, Calif.: UnariusScience of Life, 1961. pp. 719-948 [230p.]« Pulse of Creation Series, vol. 4. 11678. ------ . THE VOICE OF VENUS. Los Angeles: New Age, 1956. I98p. 2d ed., Pasadena, Calif.: Unarius Spiritual Dynamics, [1957]. 198p. 3d ed., Santa Barbara, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, n.d. 198p. 4th ed., Glendale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, n.d. 198 + [5]p. 5th ed., El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, [1972?]. 177p. Pulse of Creation Series, vol. 1. 11679. Norman, Ernest L . , and Ruth E. Norman. UNARIUS. 6 vols. [Los Angeles: New Age], 1956. Vol. 1, 28p.; vol. 2, 26p.; vol. 3, 39p.; vol. 4, 25p .; vol, 5, 26p.; vol. 6, 25p. 11680. Norman, Marke A. standing, 1959. 103p. MANY SHALL BE CALLED. El Monte, Calif.: Under 11681. Norman, Ruth E. BIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY, UNARIUS EDUCATIONAL FOUN DATION. 4 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1982. Vol. 1, 348p.; vol. 2, 360p.; others not seen. 11682. ------ . BRIDGE TO HEAVEN: THE REVELATIONS OF RUTH NORMAN. dale, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, 1969. 506p. Glen 11683. ------ . BY THEIR FRUITS (SHALL THEY BE KNOWN). By Ruth Norman and Unarius students. 2 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Founda tion, 1978. 408 + 372p. 11684. ------ . THE DECLINE AND DESTRUCTION OF THE ORION EMPIRE. 4 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1979. 372 + 360 + 375 + 38 Ip. 11685. ------ . EARLY BIOGRAPHY OF RUTH NORMAN. ius Educational Foundation, n.d. Not seen; mentioned in 11690. El Cajon, Calif.: Unar 11686. ------ . EASTER MESSAGE FROM JESUS OF NAZARETH (NOW ARCHANGEL RAPHIEL). El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1984. lOp. 11687. ...... ■-« FACTS ABOUT UFOs. By the Ambassador of the Interplane tary Confederation. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1982. 19p. 864 Contactees after 1952 11688. ------ . HAVE YOU LIVED ON OTHER WORLDS BEFORE? AN EMISSARY FOR THIRTY-TWO WORLDS SPEAKS TO EARTH. 2 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Edu cational Foundation, 1980. 352 + 268 p. 11689. ------ . HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY OF THE UNARIUS EDUCATIONAL FOUNDA TION. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1980. 402p. Not seen; possibly the same as 11681. 11690. -------. HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSE. 3 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1981. 429 + 443 + 450p. 11691. ------- . LEMURIA RISING. Educational Foundation, 1976-1977. 4 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius 199 + 372 + 370 + 376p. 11692. ------ . LIGHT FROM THE WINDOW. tional Foundation, n.d. Not seen; mentioned in 11690. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educa 11693. -------. MAN'S PROOF OF SURVIVAL. El Cajon, Calif.: Academy of Parapsychology, Healing and Psychic Sciences, [1972?]. [16p.] 11694. ------ . MY 21 DAYS "OUT-OF-THE-BODY" EXPERIENCE. Calif.: The author, n.d. 13p. 11695. ------ . OSIRIS-ISIS RETURN! El Cajon, El Cajon, Calif.: The author, n.d. 5p. 11696. ------. A PICTORIAL TOUR OF UNARIUS. Educational Foundation, 1982. 162p. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius 11697. ------ . PROOF CASES. El Cajon, Calif.: Academy of Parapsychol ogy, Healing and Psychic Sciences, 1972. [8 p .] 11698. ------ . THE PSYCHOLOGY OF CONSCIOUSNESS. Unarius Educational Foundation, 1985. 725p. 11699. ------ . A RESUME OF UNARIUS IN A NUTSHELL. Unarius], n.d. lOp. 11700. ------ . RETURN TO ATLANTIS. 3 vols. Educational Foundation, 1982. 350 + 275 + 375p. El Cajon, Calif.: [El Cajon, Calif.: El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius 11701. ------ . SPACEMAN DELIVERS SCIENCE OF THE FUTURE TO THE EARTH WORLD. El Cajon, Calif.: Academy of Parapsychology, Healing and Psychic Sciences, [1972?]. 6p. 11702. ------ . A SPACE WOMAN SPEAKS FROM PLANET EARTH. Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, n.d. 23p. Also a paper, 6p. El Cajon, 11703. ------ . TELEVISION INTERVIEWS OF RUTH NORMAN. El Cajon, Calif. Academy of Parapsychology, Healing and Psychic Sciences, 1973. [14p.] 11704 TESLA SPEAKS. 13 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Sci- 865 Contactees after 1952 ence of Life, 1973-1978. Vol. 1, Scientists, 1973. 334p. Vol. 2, Scientists and Philosophers, 1973. 451p. Vol. 3, Scientists and Presidents, 1974. 499p. Vol. 4, 32 Earth Worlds of the Intergalactic Confederation Speak!! (to Planet Earth). Transmitted by Ruth E. Norman, Vaughn Spaegel, and Thomas Miller, 1974. Pt. 1, 621p.; pt. 2, 362p.; pt. 3, 411p. Vol. 5, 24 Earth Worlds Speak to Planet Earth, 1975. 298p. Vol. 6, The Celebration of the Millenium: Crystal Mountains, Cities and Temples, 1974. 93p. Vol. 7, Countdown!!! To Space Fleet Landing, or George Adamski Speaks Again from Planet Venus, 1974. 186p. Vol. 8, The Masters Speak, part 1, 319p.; part 2, 385p. Vol. 9, Uriel and the Masters Speak, vol. 1, 1978. 400p. Vol. 10, Whispers of Love on Wings of Light, 1975. 228p. Vol. 11, Keys to the Universe and the Mind, 1977. 367p. Vol. 12, Martian Underground Cities Discovered!, 1977. 341p. Vol. 13, The Epic, 1977. 278p. 11705. ------ . TESTIMONIALS AND RELATINGS OF UNARIUS STUDENTS. Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, [1978]. 43p. 11706. ------ . THAT INCREDIBLE HIERARCHY (OF THE UNIVERSE). Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1973. lOp. n.d. 11707. ------ . 9p. UNARIUS IN A NUTSHELL. 11708. ------ . THE UNARIUS LIBRARY. tional Foundation, [1983). 30p. ING. El Cajon, [El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius], El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educa 11709. ------ . WELCOME TO UNARIUS: LOVE IN ACTION, THE NEW WORLD TEACH [El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius], n.d. 15p. 11710. ------ . YOUR ENCOUNTER WITH LIFE, DEATH AND IMMORTALITY. Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1978. 83p. Also a pamphlet, 1978. 19p. 11711. Norman, Ruth E . , and Thomas Miller. Unarius Educational Foundation, 1977. 278p. Tesla Speaks Series, vol. 13. ary. El THE EPIC. El El Cajon, Calif.: 11712. ------ . MARTIAN UNDERGROUND CITIES DISCOVERED! By Cosmic Vision El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1977. 34lp. Tesla Speaks Series, vol. 12. 11713. Norman, Ruth E., and Vaughn Spaegel [Charles von Spaegel]. THE CONCLAVE OF LIGHT BEINGS: OR, THE AFFAIR OF THE MILLENIUM. El Cajon, Calif. Unarius-Science of Life, 1973. 22 + 583p. 11714. ------ . HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSE: AND YOU— A STAR TRAVELER. 3 vols• El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1981-1983. Vol, 1, 429p.; vol. 2, 443p.; vol. 3, not seen. 866 Contactees after 1952 11715. ------ . PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PAST LIFE THERAPY. Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1984. 397p. El Cajon, 11716. ------ . WHO IS THE MONA LISA? THROUGH ASTRAL FLIGHT (PSYCHIC ATTUNEMENT) OR E.S.P. IS DISCOVERED THE LONG SOUGHT ANSWER TO THIS QUESTION. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius-Science of Life, 1973. 88p. 11717. Northdurft, Milton H. BETWEEN TWO WORLDS. Ariz.: Mountain Valley Press, 1985. 152p. Prescott Valley, 11718. Omoleye, Mike. MYSTERY WORLD UNDER THE SEA: A VIVID ACCOUNT OF A WOMAN WHO FOUND HERSELF IN A BEAUTIFUL CITY UNDER THE SEA AFTER A SHIP DIS ASTER. Ibadan, Nigeria: Omoleye, 1979. 51p. 11719. THE OUTSIDER. Ardmore, Pa.: Dorrance, [1982?]. Not seen; mentioned in FATE, June 1982. 11720. Owens, Ted. FLYING SAUCER INTELLIGENCES SPEAK: A MESSAGE TO THE AMERICAN PEOPLE FROM THE FLYING SAUCER INTELLIGENCES. New Brunswick, N.J.: Interplanetary News Service, [1966]. 8p. 2d ed., Cape Charles, Va.: The author; Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1972. [32p.] 3d ed., Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1979. 12p. 11721. . HOW TO CONTACT SPACE PEOPLE. ian, 1969. 96p. A tabloid reprint also exists. 11722. Pallmann, Ludwig F. 1970. 216p. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucer CANCER PLANET MISSION. London: Foster Press, 11723. Palmiverian Fellowship. THE LAST DAYS: OR, YEARS OF DESTINY— 1952 TO 1958. San Diego, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, [1953?]. 32p. Issued by the Palmiverian Fellowship, Panajacel, Guatemala. 11724. Partridge, Samuel George. GOLDEN MOMENTS WITH THE ASCENDED MAS TERS. Grass Valley, Calif.: Golden Sierra, 1976. 380p. 11725. Pestalozzi, Rudolph H. LETTERS TO YOU FROM BALORAN: A SPACE BE ING'S OBSERVATION OF EARTH. Auburn, Calif.: Solar Cross Fellowship; San Francisco: K Publishing, 1965. 154p. 11726. THE PLANETS VISIT MOTHER EARTH. Not seen; ad in FATE, September 1981. Naples, Fla.: Vander Nell, 1981? 11727. PLANS FOR WORLD IMPROVEMENT, n.p.: D'Angelo, 1972. Reprinted as PREDICTIONS TO THE YEAR 2000. Monterey, Calif.: Angel Press, 1974. 31p. 11728. Prabhupada, A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami. EASY JOURNEY TO OTHER PLANETS. Los Angeles: Iskcon Books, 1969. 49p. Reprinted, Los Angeles: Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, 1970, 1975. 96p. Later ed., New York: Macmillan, 1972. 96p. 867 Contactees after 1952 11729. Price, John Randolph. THE PLANETARY COMMISSION. Quartus Foundation for Spiritual Research, 1984. 176p. 11730. Prins, Ethera. MIRACLE OF LOVE AND LIFE. versariun Foundation, 1974. 220p. 11731. Pritchett, E. Blanche. 272p. EXCALIBUR. Portland, Ore.: Uni- Lakemont, Ga.: CSA, 1964. 11732. ------ . EXPLOSIONS IN GALAXY M-82. Not seen; ad in SEARCH, March 1973. n.p., n.d. 11733. ------ . JAPHALEIN, MOTHER SHIP OF THIS GALAXY. Marcap Council, 1961. 174p. 2d ed., 1968. 169p. 11734. ------ . TRANSCRIPTS OF "44." Council, 1965-1967. 36 + 32 + 21p. Austin, Tex.: 3 vols. 11735. ------ . VIEW 11: THE ARCHITECTONICS, Not seen; ad in SEARCH, March 1973. Arlington, Wash. Arlington, Wash.: Marcap n.p., n.d. 11736. Prophet, Elizabeth Clare. PLANET EARTH: THE FUTURE IS TO THE GODS. Malibu, Calif.: Summit University, 1981. Not seen; mentioned in FATE, February 1982. 11737. Prophet, Mark L. THE SOULLESS ONE: CLONING A COUNTERFEIT CREA TION. Malibu, Calif.: Summit University, 1965, 1980. 2l4p. 11738. Prophet, Mark L., and Elizabeth Clare Prophet. PEARLS OF WISDOM 1965: VOLUME EIGHT. Malibu, Calif.: Summit University, 1962, 1971, 1980. 297p. 11739. Puccetti, Roland. PERSONS: A STUDY OF POSSIBLE MORAL AGENTS IN THE UNIVERSE. London: Macmillan, 1968. 145p. 11740. Puharich, Andrija. URI: A JOURNAL OF THE MYSTERY OF URI GELLER. Garden City, N.Y.: Anchor, 1974. 285p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1975. British ed., URI: THE ORIGINAL AND AUTHORIZED BIOGRAPHY OF URI GELLER, THE MAN WHO BAFFLES THE SCIENTISTS. London: W.H. Allen, 1974. 285p. British paperback ed., London: Futura, 1974. 285p. 11741. Randall, John B. CARS FROM THE STARS. 14 vols. [San Clemente, Calif.?]: The author, [1978]. Vol. 1, Introduction to UFO’s. lOp. Vol. 2, Six Types of Aliens to Our Planet. Vol. 3, Do the Space Aliens Self-Impose Restrictions? Vol. 4, Who Are the Unfriendly Aliens? Vol. 5, The Stunning Effect of the UFO. Vol. 6, The Type of Ships Used by the UFO's. Vol. 7, The Reticulum: Home Base for 6 UFO Groups. Vol. 8, UFO Descriptions of Lights and Malfunctioning Auto and Aircraft Engines and Why. 868 Contactees after 1952 Vol. Vol, Vol. Vol. Base? Vol. Vol. 9, UFO's Ahead Technically 200 Years. 10, Defenses against UFO Weapons. 11, Type of Engine Used by UFO's. I4p. 12, Who Are the Friendly UFO's and from What Star So They Call Home 13, Looking Ahead: UFO Comparison. 14, Closing the Gap between Civilizations. 11742. Randis, Alexander. ABOARD A UFO. author, [1982]. Not seen; ad in FATE, October 1982. Sherman Oaks, Calif.s The 11743. ------ . MY UFO JOURNEY TO VENUS. [1980], Not seen; ad in FATE, October 1981. Los Angeles: The author, 11744. ------ • THE UFOs ARE COMING! Los Angeles: The author, 1976. 5p 11745. Raphael [Ken Carey]. THE STARSEED TRANSMISSIONS: AN EXTRATERRES TRIAL REPORT. Kansas City, Mo.: Uni-Sun, 1982. 95p. 11746. Reeve, Bryant. THE ADVENT OF THE COSMIC VIEWPOINT. Wise.: Amherst Press, 1965. 311p. Amherst, 11747. Reeve, Bryant, and Helen Reeve. FLYING SAUCER PILGRIMAGE. Am herst, Wise.: Amherst Press, 1957. 304p. Reprinted as Issue D-4 (Fall 1965) of INSPIRED NOVELS. Mundelein, 111.: Palmer Publications, 1965. 304p. British ed., London: Neville Spearman, n.d. Not seen; mentioned by Rex Dutta (11360). 11748. Reyna, Ruth. 1969. 87p. SUKRA: THE STORY OF TRUTH. New Delhi, India: Sagar 11749. Richardson, Petrillio C , , ed. SPECIAL REPORT, VOLUME 1, NO. 1. Aurora, Colo.: Denver Extraterrestrial Research Group, 1979, 1982. 72p. 11750. Robinson, Charles M. SPIRIT: A MESSAGE TO PLANET EARTH AS RE CEIVED THROUGH THE TRANCE MEDIUMSHIP. La Jolla, Calif.: Planet Earth, 1977. 149p. 11751. Rogers, Ann. SOUL PARTNERS. San Jose, Calif.: Abiblical Society 1979? Not seen; ad in Beckley's UFO REVIEW, no.5. 11752. Rowe, Kelvin. A CALL AT DAWN: A MESSAGE FROM OUR BROTHERS OF THE PLANETS PLUTO AND JUPITER. El Monte, Calif.: Understanding, 1958. 198p. 11753. Sanchez-Ocejo, Virgilio, and Wendelle C. Stevens. UFO CONTACT FROM UNDERSEA. Tucson, Ariz.: Wendelle C. Stevens, 1982. 190p. 11754. Sande, Frances F. n.p., n.d. A LIFE AND WORK WITH MEN FROM OUTER SPACE, 869 Contactees after 1952 11755. ------. THE TRUTH ABOUT MEN FROM OUTER SPACE, Both titles not seen; mentioned by Allan Manak (383). 11756. Schafer, J. Bernard. FLYING SAUCERS, n.p., n.d. n.p.: The author, [195-]. 22 p. 2d ed., New York: Flying Saucer News, [1966]. 22p. 11757. Schaufler, Larry E. [Solar Edan, pseud.]. THIS IS ALL THERE IS. 3 vols. Santee, Calif.: The author, 1979. Pt. 1, 73p.; pt. 2, 72p.; pt. 3, 78p. 11758. Schmidt, Reinhold 0. THE KEARNEY INCIDENT, n.p.: The author, 1958. 15p. Revised ed., THE KEARNEY INCIDENT AND TO THE ARCTIC CIRCLE IN A SPACE CRAFT. Ed. Anna E. Keppy. Hollywood, Calif.: The author, 1958. 39p. Revised ed., THE REINHOLD SCHMIDT STORY. Los Angeles: Amalgamated Fly ing Saucer Clubs of America, I960. 18p. Reprinted as THE EDGE OF TOMORROW: THE REINHOLD 0. SCHMIDT STORY. Holly wood, Calif.: The author, 1963. 64p. 11759. ------ . THE KEARNEY INCIDENT: UP TO NOW. craft Research Association, 1958. 16p. Phoenix, Ariz.: Space 11760. Schrader, Del, Catherine Callaway, Kathy Hurley, and Cheryl Ann Carpenter, eds. [Earth-Cosmic Task Force]. YOU AND THE COSMIC, OR HEAVEN UNVEILED. Arcadia, Calif.: Santa Anita, 1980. 129p. 11761. The Scientist of Venus [pseud.]. Regency, 1958. 71p. THE RACE TO THE MOON. London: 11762. ------ . VENUS SPEAKS: DIRECT REVELATION REGARDING FLYING SAUCERS AND LIFE ON VENUS. London: Regency, [1955, 1958]. 63p. Messages received through the medium Cyril George Richardson; authorship also attributed to William Thorner. Introductions written by Myrtle Tyson. 11763. Shapiro, Bob, and Edouard Mabe. n.p.: The authors, 1983. 80p. ALLIES. 11764. Shelton, Vaughan. THE VIEW FROM ETERNITY. Nichols, 1983? Not seen; mentioned in FATE, November 1983. Ed. Allyn B. Brodsky, Pocatello, Id.: Forbes 11765. Shockley, Paul. AWARENESS IN THE AGE OF AQUARIUS. Ore.: Akasha Publications, n.d. Not seen; listed in 11768. Portland, 11766. ------ . COSMIC AWARENESS SPEAKS. 3 vols. Olympia, Wash.: Ser vants of Awareness, [1967]. 28p. Vol. 2, Olympia, Wash.: Cosmic Awareness Communications, 1977. 76p. Vol. 3, Olympia, Wash.: Cosmic Awareness Communications, 1983. 94p. Shockley was trance medium in volume 2 and 3; vol. l's "interpreter" died in 1967 and remains anonymous. 11767 GOVERNMENT OF THE AQUARIAN AGE. Portland, Ore.: Akasha 870 Contactees after 1952 Publications, [1974?]. Not seen; listed in 11768. 11768. ------ . PREDICTIONS FOR THE AQUARIAN AGE. mic Awareness Communications, 1973, [1977]. 36p. 11769. Silva, Charles A. Graphics, 1977. 411p. DATE WITH THE GODS. 11770. Smith, Dan. ROOTS OF THE EARTHMAN. Educational Foundation, 1981. 44p. Olympia, Wash.: Cos [Melville, N.Y.]: Coleman El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius 11771. Smith, Enid Severy. ADVENTURES WITH MODERN SPACE VISITORS. Tonopah, Ariz.: The author, January 6, 1978. 8p. 11772. ------ . author, n.d. 6p. EXPERIENCES WITH THE SPACE PEOPLE. Tonopah, Ariz.: The 11773. ------ . GENERAL INFORMATION: UNIVERSAL FAITH & WISDOM ASSOCIA TION. Tonopah, Ariz.: Universal Faith & Wisdom Association, [1971?]. [12p.] 11774. ------ . NEWS FROM SPACE PEOPLE, DECEMBER, 1964. The author, n.d. 4p. 11775. ------ . 10, 1967. 8p. SKY SHIPS FROM VENUS. Tonopah, Ariz.: Tonopah, Ariz.: The author, July 11776. Smith, Wilbert Brockhouse. THE BOYS FROM TOPSIDE. Green Beckley. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1969. 96p. 11777. ------ . THE NEW SCIENCE. 2d ed., Keith Press, 1978. 72p. Ed. Timothy Ottawa, Ont.: Fenn-Graphic, 1964. 72p. 11778. Spangler, David. LINKS WITH SPACE. Forres, Moray, Scotland: Findhorn Trust and Universal Foundation, [1971?]. 24p. 2d ed. , 1976. 41p. American ed., Marina del Rey, Calif.: DeVorss, 1978. 41p. 11779. Specter, Ann. UNITED FRIENDS OF EARTH— UFO's. Delval UFO, 1983. lip. A 19p. edition also exists. Ivyland, Pa.: 11780. Spiva, Frank. AMERICA KNOW THY DESTINY, n.p., 1959? Not seen; mentioned in AFSCA WORLD REPORT, November/December 1959. 11781. Stanford, Ray, and Rex Stanford. Tex.]: The authors, 1958. 66p. LOOK UP. [Corpus Christ!, 11782. [Staples, Crawford E., and Jean Offut Staples]. ARGENT— ANOTHER WORLD: TRANSMISSIONS TRANSCRIBED BY OSTER; CLASSIFIED & TYPED BY DAZIT & CHAM. 4 vols. Pittsburgh: The authors, [1976?]. Unpaginated. 11783. Staples, Jean Offut. HE WAS MY BROTHER, OR "HOW, GOD?” ville, N.Y.: Exposition, 1975. 63p. Hicks- 871 Contactees after 1952 11784. [Reference deleted]. 11785. [Staschek, George]. ULTIMO: THE BOOK OF DIVINE REVELATIONS OF ECHEN, THE ELDEST AND HIGHER-THAN-DIVINE SON OF GOD THE FATHER, TO THE REM NANT OF THE GENTILITE PEOPLES ON EARTH. Reno, Nev.: The Echenian Church, 1977. Revised ed., 1978. 84p. 11786. Steiger, Brad [Eugene Olson], ed. York: Dell, 1971. 158p. THE AQUARIAN REVELATIONS. New **11787.-------GODS OF AQUARIUS: UFOs AND THE TRANSFORMATION OF MAN. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976; London: W.H. Allen, 1977. 264p. British paperback eds., London: Sphere, 1977; London: Panther, 1980. 304p. American paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1981. 274p. 11788. ------ . REVELATION: THE DIVINE FIRE. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1973. 316p. Book club ed., 287p. Paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1981. 291p. 11789. ----- . 11790. ----- . author, n.d. 9p. THE SEED. New York: Berkley, 1983. YOU, TOO, MAY BE FROM KRYPTON. 202p. [Scottsdale, Ariz.]: The 11791. Steiger, Brad, and Francie Steiger. DISCOVER YOUR PAST-LIVES— YOUR TRUE ROOTS— ON THE STARBIRTH ODYSSEY. [Scottsdale, Ariz.]: The authors, n.d. 6p. 11792. ------ . THE STAR PEOPLE. New York: Berkley, 1981. 11793. Steiger, Francie. REFLECTIONS FROM AN ANGEL'S EYE. Ariz.: Esoteric, 1977. 105p. 2d ed., New York: Berkley, 1982. 202p. 201p. Cottonwood, 11794. Stevens, Wendelle C. UFO CONTACT FROM THE PLEIADES: A PRELIMIN ARY INVESTIGATION REPORT. Ed. Janet Davidson. Tucson, Ariz.: UFO Photo Archives, 1982. 542p. 11795. Stevens, Wendelle C . , and William James Herrmann. UFO CONTACT FROM RETICULUM: A REPORT OF THE INVESTIGATION. Ed. Sharleen M. Spivak. Tucson, Ariz.: Wendelle C. Stevens, 1981. 398p. II. 11796. Stevie, Milenko S. EXPLORATION OF THE COSMIC SPACE: PART I AND n.p.: The author, 1961-1962. 19 + 23p. Revised ed., 1964-1965. A part 3 [19697] may also exist. 11797. Storm, Margaret. RETURN OF THE DOVE. Baltimore, Md.: The au thor, 1959. 294p. 2d ed., Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1972. 294p. 872 Contactees after 1952 11798. ------ . PEOPLE THEMSELVES. A VITAL MESSAGE TO ALL PEOPLE EVERYWHERE FROM THE SPACE [Baltimore, Md.J: The author, 1957. lOp. 11799. Stranges, Frank E. DANGER FROM THE STARS: A WARNING FROM FRANK E. STRANGES. Venice, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, [I960]. 14p. 11800. ------ . FLYING SAUCERAMA. New York: Vantage, 1959. 115p. 2d ed., NEW FLYING SAUCERAMA. Glendale, N.Y., and Venice, Calif.: Inter national Evangelism Crusades, 1962. 117p. 3d ed., FLYING SAUCERAMA. Glendale, N.Y., and Venice, Calif.: Interna tional Evangelism Crusades, 1963. 117p. 4th ed., Glendale, N.Y., and Venice, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, 1966. 117p. 5th ed., Van Nuys, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, 1974. 128p. 11801. ------ . GERMAN SAUCER MYSTERY. Evangelism Crusades, 1982. 32p. Van Nuys, Calif.: International 11802. ------ . THE GREAT EAST COAST BLACKOUT. national Evangelism Crusades, [1967]. Not seen; mentioned in PROBE, Spring 1967. 11803. ------LIKE FATHER— LIKE SON. Evangelism Crusades, 1961. 30 + [10]p. Venice, Calif.: Inter Palo Alto, Calif.: International 11804. ------ . MY FRIEND FROM BEYOND EARTH. [Palo Alto, Calif.]: In ternational Evangelism Crusades, I960. 17p. 2d ed., New York: Flying Saucer News, [1967?].. 17p. 3d ed., Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1972. [24p.] Revised ed., Van Nuys, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, 1974, [1981]. 59p. 11805. ------NAZI UFO SECRETS AND BASES EXPOSED. Van Nuys, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, [1982?]. Not seen; ad in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, vol. 28, no.4; possibly the same as 11801. * 11806. ------ . THE PARADE OF THE PLANETS. tional Evangelism Crusades, 1975. 15p. Revised ed., 1981. 15p. Van Nuys, Calif.: Interna 11807. ------ . THE STRANGER AT THE PENTAGON. national Evangelism Crusades, 1967, 1972. 201p. Van Nuys, Calif.: Inter 11808. ------ . THE UFO CONSPIRACY. Van Nuys, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, 1983. 105p. 2d ed., 1985. 168p. 11809. Stranges, Frank E., and Robert L. Park. STRANGE SIGHTINGS FROM OUTER SPACE. Venice, Calif.: Truth Publications, 1964. 50p. 11810. Stuart, John. 82p UFO WARNING. Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1963. 873 Contactees after 1952 11811. Sumner, F.H. THE BEGINNING OF THE NEW AGE. Age, [1958]. 8p. Excerpts from 11812. Los Angeles: New 11812. ------ . THE COMING GOLDEN AGE: THE GREAT COSMIC CHANGES NOW IN PROGRESS AND WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDS FOR US. Los Angeles: New Age, 1957. 206p. 11813. Swanson, Jeff. THE RESTORATION: REJOINING THE 33 CONFEDERATION PLANETS. 2 vols. El Cajon, Calif.: Unarius Educational Foundation, 1981. 228 + 200p. 11814. Syll-Davis. AUM. New York: Brotherhood AUM, 1984. 112 + [4]p. 11815. Talmist, Gist. SPIRITUAL ECOLOGY AND PSYCHIC POWERS: BIBLE OF CREATIVE RELIGION, PSYCHISTIC SCIENCE TRANSMORTALITY. New York: Psychistic System, [1982?]. 322p. 11816. Tarree, Kathy 0. The author, 1975. 44p. EARTHSEEDS: REFLECTIONS AND A PROPHECY, n.p.: 11817. Tarvis [Richard T. Woodmaster], comp. THE MASTER SYMBOL OF THE SOLAR CROSS. Compiled by Tarvis with channeling by Tuella [Thelma B. Ter rell]. Durango, Colo.: Guardian Action, 1984. 239p. 11818. Taylor, Josephine. erra, n.d. 73p. 11819. Taylor, Wayne H. Light, 1965. 116p. ETERNITY. Grass Valley, Calif.: Golden Si PILLARS OF LIGHT. Melbourne, Fla.: Pillars of 11820. Telano, Rolf [Ralph M. Holland]. THE FLYING SAUCERS. Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1952. lip. 2d ed., Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1963. 45p. 11821. ------ . 1960. 93p. A SPACEWOMAN SPEAKS. 11822. Tessman, Diane. San Diego, El Monte, Calif.: Understanding, THE TRANSFORMATION. New York: UFO Review, 1983. 64p. 11823. [Tessman], Diane, and Tifus. Starlight Center, [1985]. 22p. 11824. Thomas, Dorothy. les: New Age, 1955. 30p. MEN. WE ARE AMONG YOU. [Poway, Calif.]: THE COMING OF THE GREAT WHITE CHIEF! Los Ange 11825. ------ . CONCERNING FLYING SAUCERS AND COMMUNICATION WITH SPACE Los Angeles: New Age, [1955]. [5p.] 11826. ------ . LIFE ON MARS ACCORDING TO THE GREAT MYSTICS. Angeles: New Age, 1955. [9p.] 11827 LIFE ON VENUS ACCORDING TO THE GREAT MYSTICS No.7. No.8. Los Los 874 Contactees after 1952 Angeles: New A g e , 1955. [10p.] 11828. ------ . WHO ARE THE CHOSEN ONES, Not seen; ad in SEARCH, August 1958. tup., 1958? 11829. Thomas, Franklin. "WE COME IN PEACE!" A MARTIAN LANDS IN AUSTRIA. Los Angeles: New Age, 1955. 53p. 11830. Trepanier, Clyde L . , and Helen Trepanier. MAN, CONSCIOUSNESS AND UNDERSTANDING: COMMUNICATIONS FROM EXTRATERRESTRIAL BEINGS. Redmond, Wash.: The authors, 1956. Vol. 1, 1956-1959. 70p. This is a multi-volume set. A Volume II (or is it 11?) was published in 1974, [91p •]• According to Don Elkins and Carla Rueckert (11367), a volume 4 was published in Detroit by Understanding of Detroit in 1962 and volumes have appeared annually since 1959. 11831. Triton. THE MAGIC OF SPACE. mont , N.Y.:: Triad, 1962. 314p. 11832. Troxell,, Hope. Introduction by John Hay. BASES OF FAITH . Larch- Portland, Ore. : Universariun, n.d. 11833. CHRIST OF THE COSMOS. Portland, Ore,: Universariun, n.d. 11834. ------ . COSMIC ATTAINMENT, n .d., n.p. Not seen; mentioned in FLYING SAUCERS, March 1966, p. 70. 11835. ------ . FROM MATTER TO LIGHT. Thought, 1968. 93p. June Lake, Calif.: School of 11836. ------ . THE MOHADA TEACHINGS: FROM THE GALAXIES, BOOK I. pendence, Calif.: School of Thought, [1965], 1969. 43p. 11837. ------ . THE MYSTERY OF THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH. Chalfant Press, 1974. 11838. ------ . of Thought], n.d. SEVEN OUTSTANDING LECTURES. Inde Bishop, Calif.: [June Lake, Calif.: School 11839. ------ . THROUGH THE OPEN KEY: POETRY FROM THE SPHERES. te, Calif.: Understanding, [1957?] 12p. El Mon 11840. ------ . THE WINGED LIFE OF COSMOS: TESTIMONY OF SISTER HOPE. Bishop, Calif.: Chalfant Press, 1974. 240p. 11841. . THE WISDOM OF THE UNIVERSE. El Monte, Calif.: Under standing, 1957.-- 206p. 2d ed., Pasadena, Calif.: Jensen Printing, 1963. 11842. Tuella [Thelma B. Terrell], ed. Colo.: Guardian Action, 1985. 178p. 11843 ASHTAR: A TRIBUTE. THE DYNAMICS OF COSMIC TELEPATHY. Durango, Aztec, N .Mex•: Guard- 875 Contactees after 1952 ian Action, 1983. 214p. 11844. ------ . PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION, BY THE ASHTAR COMMAND. ing, N.Mex.: Guardian Action, 1982. 180p. 11845. ------ . THE UNIVERSAL CONCERTO. 1984. Not seen; listed by Tarvis (11817). Dem- Durango, Colo.: Guardian Action 11846. ------ . WORLD MESSAGES FOR THE COMING DECADE: A COSMIC SYMPOSIUM Columbus, N.Mex.: Guardian Action, 1980, 1981. 80p. 4th ed., Deming, N.Mex.: Guardian Action, 1981. 134p. 11847. Tumlin, John S. A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PUBLIC LECTURE BY DANIEL W. FRY FOR UNIT NUMBER 50 OF UNDERSTANDING, INCORPORATED. Milwaukee, Wise.: The author, [1962?]. [15p.] 11848. Twitchell, Cleve. THE UFO SAGA. Lakemont, Ga.: CSA Press, 1966. 94p. 11849. UFO Contact Center International. ON THE WINGS OF EAGLES: A COLLECTION OF POEMS COMPOSED BY CONTACTEES. Seattle, Wash.: UFO Contact Center International, 1984. 20p. 11850. Universariun Foundation. HOW THE FORCES OF LOVE CAN OVERCOME THE FORCES OF HATE. Portland, Ore.: Universariun, n.d. [9p.] 11851. ------ . OH! URANTIA: (EARTH-SHARE-SHAN) WHITHER GOEST THOU. Portland, Ore.: Universariun Foundation, [1958?]. 40 [=42]p. 11852. ------ . SPACE MESSAGES OF 1960. hana-Western, May 1961. 116p. Other volumes not seen. Vol. 3. Portland, Ore.: Sad- 11853. Urantia Foundation. THE URANTIA BOOK. Chicago: Urantla Founda tion, 1955. 2097p. Concordex by Clyde Bedell published in Santa Barbara, Calif., 1971. 315p. ' 11854. Valiant Thor [Frater VIII°, pseud, of Harry J. Gardener]. WATER, EARTH AND AIR. Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1962. 32p. FIRE, 11855. ------ . OUTWITTING TOMORROW. Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1939, 1941, 1948. [Printed in 1952]. 64p. Another ed., credited to Valiant Thor, Van Nuys, Calif.: International Evangelism Crusades, 1978. 64p. Other eds. in 1956, 1960. 11856. ------ . WATCH JERUSALEM. Los Angeles: Golden Dawn, 1948. **11857. Vallee, Jacques. MESSENGERS OF DECEPTION: UFO CONTACTS AND CULTS. Berkeley, Calif.: And/Or, 1979. 243p. Paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1980. 272p. 26p. 876 Contactees after 1952 11858. [Van Tassel], Dorris. MESSAGES FROM THE GOLDEN DESTINY, n.p., 1978? Not seen; mentioned in the PROCEEDINGS OF THE COLLEGE OF UNIVERSAL WIS DOM, vol. 11, no.10. 11859. ics, 1976. . SUZIE'S SUDDEN SAUCER. 37 + [3]p. Santa Ana, Calif.: Total Graph 11860. Van Tassel, George W. THE COUNCIL OF SEVEN LIGHTS. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1958. 156p. Reprinted as RELIGION AND SCIENCE MERGED. Yucca Valley, Calif.: Minis try of Universal Wisdom, 1968. 156p. 11861. ------ . I RODE A FLYING SAUCER! THE MYSTERY OF THE FLYING SAU CERS REVEALED THROUGH GEORGE W. VAN TASSEL. Los Angeles: New Age, 1952. 44p. Revised ed., Los Angeles: New Age, [1954?]. 51p. 11862. ------ . INTO THIS WORLD AND OUT AGAIN: A MODERN PROOF OF THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY AND ITS RETROGRESSION FROM THE ORIGINAL CREATION OF MAN. Yucca Valley, Calif.: The author, 1956. 94p. 2d ed., Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1957. 94p. 11863. ------ . PROCEEDINGS OF THE COLLEGE OF UNIVERSAL WISDOM. Yucca Valley, Calif.: The author, [1957]. [464p.] Bound ed. of vols. 1-4 (October 15, 1953-October 1956) of his journal. 11864. ------ . 1976. 198p. WHEN STARS LOOK DOWN. Los Angeles: Kruckenberg Press, 11865- Van Vlierden, Carl, and Wendelle C. Stevens. UFO CONTACT FROM PLANET KOLDAS. Ed. Amy S. Davidson. Tucson, Ariz.: UFO Photo Archives, 1984. 320p. 11866. Vegan, Partana. TELAH SPEAKS! lumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, n.d. n.p.: Telah Press, 1961; Moke47p. 11867. Verner, Yul. THE BOOK OF YUL: THE SECRET LIFE OF A SPACE INCAR NATE. New York: Vantage, 1977. 137 + [16]p 11868. VIVenus. STARCHILD. New York: Global Communications, 1982. Attributed to Diane Tessman. 11869. THE VOICE FROM HEAVEN: IMPORTANT MESSAGE TO MANKIND, Not seen; review in EARTHLINK, Fall 1979. 11870. Von Krueger, Frederick, and William J. Eisenman, PEOPLE. New York: Vantage, 1972. 33p. 68p. n.p., 1979? THE TRANSPARENT 11871. Vorilhon, Claude [Rael, pseud.]. SPACE ALIENS TOOK ME TO THEIR PLANET. Montreal, Quebec: Canadian Raelian Movement, 1978. 349p. Translation and combined edition of LE LIVRE QUI DIT LA VERITE: J ’AI RENCONTRE UN EXTRA TERRESTRE. Clermont-Ferrand, Fr.: Editions du Message, 1974. 157p. And LES EXTRA-TERRESTRES M'ONT EMMENE SUR LEUR PLANETE: LE 2e MESSAGE 877 Contactees afcer 1952 QU'ILS MONT DONNE. BrantSme, Fr.: Editions du Message, 1975. 11872. Wallace, Baird. STORY AND THE INNER LIGHT. [18p.] 159p. COMMENTARIES ON FURTHER UNFOLDMENT OF THE SPACE Grosse H e , Mich.: The author, September 1973. 11873. ------ . THE SPACE STORY AND THE INNER LIGHT. The author, 1972. [59p.] Grosse lie, Mich.: 11874. Walter, Hallie, and Julius Walter. "TO BEAR WITNESS UNTO TRUTH": (STARCRAFT AND SPECIAL LESSONS). Portland, Ore.: The authors, 1972. 86p. 11875. Warn, Charles Lathrup. TODAY, AS IN THE DAYS OF NOAH! Verdes, Calif.: Cosmon Research Foundation, revised 3d ed., 1961. Palos 61 + [4]p. 11876. Watkins, Edward L. THE TEACHINGS OF SAZAR, BOOK ONE/THE LIBERA TION, BOOK TWO. 2 vols. in one. Mt. Shasta, Calif.: Association Sananda and Sanat Kumara, 1977. 68 + 68p. 11877. Watts, John Langdon. tage, 1973. 167p. HELLO VENUS! AN ESP EPIC. New York: Van 11878. ------ . HERE IS WHERE IT IS! "A MYSTERY SOLVED." Fla.]: The author, 1984. 16p. 11879. ------ . Not seen. IN MY OWN WAY. [South Daytona, n.p., n.d. 11880. ------ . THE REASON FOR LIFE: AND NOW, VISIT VENUS. Fla.: Dixie Venus Books, 1975. 28 + [151]p. Port Orange, 11881. ------ . RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHIES OF THE PLANETS. Fla.: Dixie Venus Books, 1971. 43p. Port Orange, 11882. Webb, Dorothy Duckworth. Ore.: The author, 1977. 28p. Grants Pass, GREAT COSMIC COUNCIL. 11883. Wedd, Tony [J.A. Dunkin Wedd]. TO OUR FRIENDS ON EARTH, 1970? Not seen; mentioned by Allan Manak (383); may not be contactee. 11884. White, Nancy. ONCE UPON VENUS: A MUSICAL FANTASY. Calif.: Golden Sierra, n.d. 68p. 11885. Whiteside, I.W. SHARON'S UFO CODE FOR OUTER SPACE. 111.: The author, 1982. 54p. 2d ed., Smithtown, N.Y.: Exposition, 1983. 43p. n.p., Grass Valley, Glenview, 11886. Whitfield, Joseph [pseud.]. THE TREASURE OF EL DORADO: FEATURING "THE DAWN BREAKERS." Washington, D.C.: Occidental Press, 1978, 1981. 213p. Indian ed., Bombay: K.S. Renade, 1978. 11886a. Wilcox, Hal. axy, [1965?]. GATEWAY TO SUPERCONSCIOUSNESS. Los Angeles: Gal 878 Contactees after 1952 Not seen; ad in 11889. 11887. ------ . GOING UP! PRACTICAL METHODS OF ASTRAL PROJECTION. lywood, Calif.: The author, 1964. 41p. 11888. axy, 1968. . UFO FLIGHT: VISIT TO PLANET SELO. Hol Azusa, Calif.: Gal 94p. 11889. ------ . 1966. 57p. ZEMKLA: INTERPLANETARY AVATAR. 11890. Wilkerson, Clark. CELESTIAL WISDOM. author, [1967?]. Not seen; ad in PROBE, Spring 1967. 11891. ------ . WISDOM FROM VENUS. Cosmic Wisdom, 1968. 184p. Los Angeles: Galaxy, Playa del Rey, Calif.: The Playa del Rey, Calif.: Institute of 11892. Williams, Margaret, and Lee Gladden. HANDS, THE TRUE ACCOUNT: A HYPNOTIC SUBJECT REPORTS ON OUTER SPACE. Warner Springs, Calif.: Galaxy, 1976. 272p. 11893. Williamson, George Hunt. OTHER TONGUES— OTHER FLESH. Amherst, Wise.: Amherst Press, [1957]. 448p. Copyright notice of 1953 is an error. British ed., London: Neville Spearman, 1965, 1969, 1973. 448p. Williamson occasionally used the name of Michel d'Obrenovic; it is un clear whether this was a pseudonym or his real name. 11894. ------ . ROAD IN THE SKY. London: Neville Spearman, 1959. American ed., New York: Fieldcrest, [1966]. Paperback ed., London: Futura, 1975. 240p. 248p. 11895. ------ [Brother Philip, pseud.] SECRET OF THE ANDES. Clarks burg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1961. 151p. British ed., SECRET OF THE ANDES: BROTHERHOOD OF THE SEVEN RAYS. Lon don: Neville Spearman, 1961. 160p. British paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1973. 126p. Later eds.: San Rafael, Calif.: Leaves of Grass, 1976. 144p. New York: Fieldcrest, [1966?]. Much material was taken from the Laugheads's BOOK OF TRANSCRIPTS (11521) 11896. ------ . SECRET PLACES OF THE LION. London: Neville Spearman, 1958; Amherst, Wise.: Amherst Press, 1958. 230p. British paperback ed., London: Futura, 1974. 230p. American paperback ed., New York: Warner Paperback Library, 1977. 269p. Later eds.: New York: Fieldcrest, [1966?]. New York: Destiny Books, 1983. 230p. 11897. Williamson, George Hunt, and Alfred C. Bailey. THE SAUCERS SPEAK! A DOCUMENTARY REPORT OF INTERSTELLAR COMMUNICATION BY RADIOTELEGRAPHY Los Angeles: New Age, 1954. 127p. Later editions list Williamson as sole author. Revised ed., London: Neville Spearman, 1963. 160p. 879 Contactees after 1952 Later eds., New York: Fieldcrest, [1966?]* Health Research, [1985]. Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: 11898. Williamson, George Hunt, and John 0. McCoy Jr. Corpus Christ!, Tex.: Essene Press, 1958. lOOp. 11899. Willow, Ji. 1978. 96p. WHY ME? UFOs CONFIDENTIAL East Syracuse, N.Y.: Deerfield Enterprises, 11900. Womack, John H., and Hugh Helms. I WAS PICKED UP BY A U.F.O. Cullman, Ala.: Helms Publications, 1975. [18p.] **11901. Woodrew, Greta. ON A SLIDE OF LIGHT: A GLIMPSE OF TOMORROW. York: Macmillan; London: Collier Macmillan, 1981. 176p. Revised ed., Black Mountain, N.C.: New Age, [1985]. 180p. New 11902. Young, June [Bright Star, pseud.]. [ELVIS PRESLEY SERIES]. Mil waukee, Wise.: Arising Sun Interplanetary Newsletter of the Elohim, 1976 1977. Nos. 1-6. ' 11903. Zarkon [Kenneth Raynor Johnson]. THE ZARKON PRINCIPLE. Everest, 1975. 225p. American ed., New York: Signet, 1976. 241p. London: Articles 11904. Abramson, Charles. ary 1963):112-13. (Letter), "Mountain Mission." FATE 16 (Janu 11905. Allingham, Cedric [Patrick A. Moore, probable author]. Man from Mars." PAGEANT, May 1955, pp. 128-33. 11906. ------ . "I Met the Messenger from Mars." (April 1958):41, 55-58. From his book, FLYING SAUCER FROM MARS (11647). 11907. Angelucci, Orfeo, and Paul M. Vest. Planet." MYSTIC, no.6 (October 1954):14-32. "I Met a TRUE SPACE SECRETS 1 "My Awakening on Another 11908. Bailey, Herbert. "Uri Geller: The Man Who Makes Weird Things Happen." ARGOSY, May 1974, pp. 64-70. 11909. Balch, Robert W. "Looking behind the Scenes in a Religious Cult: Implications for the Study of Conversion." SOCIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS 41 (Summer 1980):137-43. 11910. Balch, Robert W . , and David Taylor. "Salvation in a UFO." CHOLOGY TODAY 10 (October 1976):58-62, 66, 106. PSY 11911. ------ . "Seekers and Saucers: The Role of the Cultic Milieu in Joining a UFO Cult." AMERICAN BEHAVIORAL SCIENTIST 20 (1977):839-60. 11912. Ballister, Barry. "Who Killed the Toronto Peace Festival?" ROL- 880 Contactees after 1952 LING STONE, December 24, 1970, pp. 37-43. 11913. Barton, Michael X. "Does He Talk to Flying Saucers?” cember 1966, pp. 16-17, 61, 79. 11914. ------ . "Ghost out of the Past." 8-9; (November-Deceraber 1966):8-9, 29. 11915. Bateman, Jo Nel. 4 (September 1966):8-9. REAL, De NEW AGE WORLD 4 (October 1966) "Prediction Proven on TV Show." NEW AGE WORLD 11916. Batis, Olga, "Electra, Who Came from Another Planet, Speaks to ’Woman.1" PURSUIT 14 (1981):11-12. Erratum, 127. From GYNAIKA, April 23, 1980. 11917. Beckley, Timothy Green, and Harold Salkin. SAGA, July 1974, pp. 28-30, 54-58. 11918. Benedict, W. Ritchie. (October 1984):50. 11919. Bennett, Jo Ann. (December 1984):128-29. 11920. Binder, Otto 0. 1971, pp. 22-25, 70-75. "Psychic Uri Geller." "The UFO Cult of 'The Two.*" FATE 37 (Letter), "Star Person Speaks up." "Flying Saucer Prophet of Doom." FATE 37 SAGA, April 11921. ------ . "The Incredible Truth behind the UFOs Mission to Earth." SAGA, September 1970, pp. 22-25, 52-56. 11922. ------ . 58-62. "Psychic Pearl Harbor." ‘ ' SAGA, October 1971, pp. 22-25, 11923. ------ . 25, 90-94. " ’Spokesman* for the UFO’s?" SAGA, August 1970, pp. 22 11924. ------ . "Ted Owens: Flying Saucer Missionary.” 1971, pp. 22-25, 78-84. SAGA, March 11925. ------ . "UFO’s + Ted Owens' PK Jinx = The Freakiest Season in Pro Football." SAGA, January 1972, pp. 26-29, 80-86. 11926. Bockman, Dwight. June 1975, p. 11. "UFO's: Updated." OMEGA MAGAZINE AND DIRECTORY 11927. Bond, Bryce. "Our Man Bond Interviews Dr. George King." OBSERVER 36 (October 1975):330-35, 364-70. PSYCHIC 11928. ------ . "Our Man Bond Interviews George King, Founder, Aetherius Society." PSYCHIC OBSERVER 34 (June 1973):310-19; (July-August 1973):434-39 457-62. 11929 "Uri Geller Discusses Fame, Fortune and His Personal 881 Contactees after 1952 Mission for the Future." PSYCHIC WORLD AND THE OCCULT 8 (March 1977):42-48. 11930. "A Bonny Quarter." 11931. Brady, Enid Joan. 1963):13-14. 11932. Brown, Dulcie. no.31 (April 1959):78-83. DOUBT, no.48 (1955):334. “Where Are the Space People?” ORION 8 (April ”Search Visits a Flying Saucer Lecture." SEARCH, 11933. Buckner, H. Taylor. "The Flying Saucerians: A Lingering Cult." NEW SOCIETY, September 9, 1965, pp. 14-16. 11934. Burns, Donald A. no.103 (March 1973):74-79. "Maui Loa Talks to Flying Saucers." 11935. Campione, Michael J. (Spring 1978):20-21. 11936. Carlson, Naomi J. gust 1960): 112-14. "Space Visitors Are Here." SEARCH, SEARCH, no.134 (Letter), "Astral Trip to Mars." FATE 13 (Au 11937. Catton, William R. "What Kind of People Does a Religious Cult Attract?" AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW 22 (1957):561-66. 11938. Chalker, Bill. "Cigar-UFO Occupants." AUSTRALIAN 2 (October 1977):6-9, 27-28. PARANORMAL AND PSYCHIC 11939. ------ . "UFOs: The Psychic Connection." PSYCHIC AUSTRALIAN 1 (December 1976):12-15, 25-27; 2 (January 1977):20-23, 25-26. 11940. Clark, Jerome. "Indian Prophecy and the Prescott UFOs." (April 1971):54-61. (Letter), Red Cloud Mason, (September 1971):142-44. 11941. Clarke, Miriam Teel. (December 1954):20-23. "Extra-terrestrial Visitor?" 11942. Cornelia, Thomas M . , Jr. [Peter Kor, pseud.]. Claims." SEARCH, no.135 (Summer 1978):22-26. 11943. ------. 1963):30-31. "The Strange Case of Gloria Lee." 11944. Cortez, Ramona. "The Stranger." PORT, no.2 (1979):40-41, 58. FATE 24 MYSTIC, no.7 "Behind the Contact SEARCH, no.52 (June BEYOND REALITY UFO SPECIAL RE 11945. ------. “The Unearthly Voices in My Ears." SPECIAL REPORT, no.2 (1979):45, 64. BEYOND REALITY UFO 11946. Crenshaw, James. "The Great Venusian Mystery." 1966):32-39. ' ' (Letter), Gene Dorsey, (September 1966):121-24. FATE 19 (June 882 Contactees after 1952 11947. Cummings, Martin M. "Do People from Other Planets Really Live among Us?” BEYOND 2 (November 1969):22-27, 11948. "Cups or Saucers?" 11949. Davies, Owen. tember 1985):83. 11950. Davis, Isabel. 8 (November 1957):31-59. TIME, September 9, 1957, p. 67. "UFO Update.” OMNI 7 (December 1984): 144; (Sep "Meet the Extraterrestrial.” 11951. "Deadly Wait for a UFO.” 11952. Dickson, Richard. no.21 (July-August 1976):24. FANTASTIC UNIVERSE PURSUIT 15 (1982):181. "UFO Encounters in Japan." BEYOND REALITY, 11953. Ebon, Martin. "Is Andrija Puharich a Press Agent for Outer Space?” OCCULT 6 (July 1975):32-35, 91-93. 11954. Ellerraan, Dorothy. "A Spacewoman Speaks from Planet Earth." SEARCH, no.133 (Winter 1977):51-52. 11955. ------ . "Unarius: Science of Life." gust 1973):21-22, 24-25, 28. 11956. Evans, Hilary, and Michel Piccin. FATE 35 (October 1982):51-58. 11957. Finney, Barbara G. (Letter). BEYOND REALITY, no.5 (Au "Who Took Who for a Ride?" FATE 35 (September 1982):129. 11958. Flammonde, Paris. "What the Flying Saucer Cult Really Means.” CAVALIER, March 1967, pp. 55-56, 82-87. 11959. Fletcher, David. (Letter), "A Covert Operation?" FATE 38 (Au gust 1985):114-17. (Letters), Ava E. Scott, Donald E. Evett, (December 1985):115-16. 11960. "Flying Saucer in South Africa." SEARCH, no.20 (May 1957):6-12. 11961. "Flying Saucery in the Wilderness: New Revelations from the Sheep of Bo and Peep." TIME, August 27, 1979, p. 58. 11962. Freitas Guiraares, Joao de. OR FALSE, April 1958, pp. 39, 60-61. 11963. Fry, Daniel W. 1962):95-97• "I Flew aboard a Flying Saucer." "Human Consciousness." TRUE THE SEARCHER 3 (January 11964. Fuller, Curtis. "Geller, Puharich and the Sky Intelligences.” FATE 27 (October 1974)s68—71. (Letters), David A. Krouse, 28 (March 1975):128; Henry E. Jessup, (Sep tember 1975):112-13. 11965. ------ . "The Men Who Ride in Saucers." FATE 7 (May 1954):44-47. 883 Contactees after 1952 11966. Gaines, J.R. "New UFO Cult." NEWSWEEK, October 20, 1975, p. 32. 11967. Gaylord, Lyman. "Men Who Ride in Flying Saucers." November 1955, pp. 16-18, 56-58. 11968. Geller, Uri. 1973):6-11, 30-31. "Interview: Uri Geller." 11969. "Geller and UFO." 11970. Gilbert, Phyllis. (March 1976):45-50. CHALLENGE, PSYCHIC 4 (May-June THE NEWS, no.3 (March 1974) :7. "I Was a Member of the UFO Cult." PAGEANT 31 11971. Gutsche, Clara. "Life beyond Earth: In Advance of the Landing, Folk Concepts of Outer Space.” PHOTO COMMUNIQUE 6 (Summer 1984):30-34. (Commentary), Doug Curran, 35-43. 11972. Hastings, Philip. "Scientific Wonders Predicted from Another World." THE SEARCHER 3, no.l (January 1962):72-76. 11973. Hewes, Hayden C. (Letter), "What the Media Missed." (May 1976)s111-12. (Letter), Lee Walsh, 30 (January 1977):116-17. FATE 29 11974. Hind, Cynthia. "South African Woman Reports: A Ride in a UFO." FATE 22 (August 1969):42-46. (Letter), Ira B. Cross, (November 1969):145-46. 11975. Horn, Jack C. "The UFO Cult Revisited: Waiting for the Next Spaceship." PSYCHOLOGY TODAY 11 (October 1977):25, 30-31. 11976. Iner, Stella. "UFO Update." OMNI 4 (October 1981): 169. 11977. Jackson, John A. "Two Contemporary Cults." SCIENCE 23 (June 1966):60-64. 11978. Jenson, Lillie May. cember 1957):126-27. THE ADVANCEMENT OF (Letter), "Lecture on UFO's." FATE 10 (De 11979. Joachim, Leland. "The Two: A Pair of Prophets or a Couple of 'Space Cadets'?" PROBE THE UNKNOWN 4 (January 1976):12-15, 60. (Letter), Orion E. Hubbard, (November 1976):8. 11980. Jones, Mary C. (October 1956) :113-16. 11981. Keel, John A. 1973, pp. 34-37, 68-71. (Letter), "UFO's and Automatic Writing." "America's Unrecognized UFO Experts.” FATE 9 SAGA, April 11982. ------ . "Ancient Astronauts, Modern Mysteries." 1975, pp. 14, 44, 50-52. SAGA, February 11983. ------ . "Strange Messages from Flying Saucers." 1968, pp. 22-25, 69-74. SAGA, January 884 Contactees after 1952 (Letter), Joan Siohan, April 1968, p. 4. 11984. Kness, Anna B. (January 1959): 125-29. 11985. Kolson, Ann. (Letter), "In Behalf of Buck Nelson." "A Seeker of Truth." 11986. Kooistra, Walter A. (September 1970):134, 145. 11987. Korff, Kal K. April 1981, pp. 31-33. FATE 12 FATE 36 (December 1983):44-48. (Letter), "Ring around the Moon." "Billy Meier Hoax.” FATE 23 FRONTIERS OF SCIENCE, March- 11988. Kron, Fritz, and B. Ann Slate. "The Great UFO ’Ride.1” (May 1970:38-50. (Letter), Cyndia Valree Hanna, (November 197 0:139-40. 11989. Krouse, David A. (November 1976):124. (Letter), "Curious 'Coincidence.*” FATE 24 FATE 29 11990. Lane, David Christopher. "The Himalayan Connection: UFOs and the Chandian Effect." JOURNAL OF HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY 24 (1984):75-89. 11991. Lavery, Frank. "UFO Contactee Interviewed." PAPER 4 (November 1976):4-5. COSMOS: THE LIVING 11992. ------ . "UFO Super-Gods Training Victorians!” IAN 2 (July 1977):6-9, 29-30. 11993. Malian, Lloyd. (May 1968):58-60, 110-12. 11994. Mann, Rod. "The Commune." 11995. Martin, Dan. 11996. Mason, Peggy. 1970, pp. 108-11. 11997. ------ . 1976, pp. 35-38. "The Man Who Saw Venus." (Letter). PSYCHIC AUSTRAL MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED 64 COSMOS, August 1969, pp. 4-5. FATE 13 (December 1960):120. "Psychic Signs in the Sky." "The Space People Have a Purpose." 11998. May, Antoinette. August 1978):39-43. "The Findhorn Experience." 11999. Mengel, Elmer 0. 1972):142. (Letter), "Up the UFOs!" TWO WORLDS, April TWO WORLDS, February PSYCHIC 6 (July- FATE 25 (September 12000. Menger, Connie [Marla Baxter, pseud.]. "Life Form from Outer Space." FANTASTIC UNIVERSE 11 (October 1959):72-79. 12001. (Letter), "Message from Aldebaran." ary 1979):6. EAST-WEST JOURNAL 9 (Febru 885 Contactees after 1952 12002. Miller, George. "Sylvia.” SEARCH, no.87 (September 1969):64-69. 12003. Miller, Max B. "The Men Who Ride in Saucers.” FATE 13 (February 1960):32-38. (Letters), Zan Overall, (June 1960):116-20; Carl L. Barton, Keith Robert son, (July 1960):113-16. 12004. Mishara, Eric. ary 1984):90. 12005. ------ . "Airport for Extraterrestrials." "Aliens among Us." 12006. ------ . "Space Pets." OMNI 6 (Febru OMNI 6 (May 1984):96. OMNI 7 (February 1985):94. 12007. Mishlove, Jeffrey. "The Wrath of the *UFO Prophet.*" FATE 32 (February 1979):62-70. (Letters), Judith Gee, (June 1979):114; Jeffrey Mishlove, Judith Gee, (June 1979):113-14; Ted Owens, (December 1979):115— 17; Stan Farnsworth, 33 (June 1980):119; Judith Gee, (July 1980):116-17. 12008. Morris, Maria. 1983):118. (Letter), "Terrifying Beings." 12009. Moya Cerpa, Antonio. 140 (Fall 1979):48-49• FATE 36 (December "The Ummo Affair: A Summary." SEARCH, no. 12010. Mullens, Henry. "Nepal Monks Announce Forthcoming Visit of In habitants of Dying Star: Reveal Elaborate Reception Plans." BEYOND 1 (No vember 1968):81-88. 12011. Mulvin, Colleen. "Venus: Who Needs a Starship to Get There." ECK MATA JOURNAL 2 (1977-78):20-21. 12012. Nelson, Bernard. "The Pluto/UFO Connection.” COSMIC MACHINE 1, no.4 (Vernal Equinox 1979):7. THE ILLUSTRATED 12013. Nelson, Buck. ”1 Visited Mars, Venus and the Moon!" SEARCH, no.18 (December 1956):6-20. Taken from a lecture before the Study Group of Inter-Planetary Relation ships, Detroit, July 26, 1955. 12014. Nicholson, John. gust 1957):4l-46. "The Contact Cases." FANTASTIC UNIVERSE 8 (Au 12015. O'Brien, Glenn. "The Saucer Men of Tennessee and the Unspeakable Things They Did to Stanley Ingram's Daughter." OUI, August 1977, pp. 90-98, 106-108. * 12016. O'Connor, Mary Jane. "I Lived on Another Planet!" FALSE, April 1958, pp. 30-33, 55-57. 12017. Owens, Ted. 1966):146-47. (Letter), "Batting Average." TRUE OR FATE 19 (December Contactees after 1952 886 12018. ------ . 1984):129. (Letter), "Help from Another Quarter.” FATE 37 (March 12019. ------ . "How You Can Communicate with UFO Space Intelligences." SAGA, February 1972, pp. 34-37, 66-74. (Letter), Ted Owens, March 1972, p. 8. 12020. ------ . 12021. ------ . 1967):131-32. (Letter), "The Si’s." FATE 20 (June 1967): 128-29. (Letter), "The Si’s Want to Help." FATE 20 (December 12022. Paige, Frank L. "Museum Curator Claims to Have Visited the Planet Venus." BEYOND 4 (February 1971):70— 75. 12023. Pease, Beth. VER 32 (July 1971) :46. "Flying Saucer Circus in Tonopah." 12024. Pettinella, Dora M. vember 1977):73. "Messages from Other Worlds." PSYCHIC OBSER FATE 30 (No 12025. Pflock, Karl T. "Anatomy of a UFO Hoax." FATE 33 (November 1980):40-48. (Letters), Karl T. Pflock, George Kuchar, 34 (February 1981):120-21. 12026. Pritchett, E. Blanche. (April 1962):21—22• "The History of Marcap Council.” 12027. Puharich, Andrija. "Interview: Andrija Puharich, M.D," 5 (September-October 1973):6-11, 26-28. ORION 7 PSYCHIC 12028. Puttcamp, Leland, and Rita Puttcamp. "Some Have Entertained An gels." FANTASTIC UNIVERSE 11 (December 1959):92-99. 12029. Randles, Jenny. 36 (Winter 1982):3, 58. 12030. Reiss, Andy. (Letter), "The Janos Case." "UFO Contact." FORTEAN TIMES, no. PSI REVIEW 1 (November 1983):28-29. 12031. Richraan, William. "They Came from Inner Space: UFOs, Is Seeing Believing?" MOTHER JONES 3 (December 1978):33-39. 12032. Riley, Terri. (April 1976):49-57. "Starseed Claims You Don't Have to Die." 12033. Rondinone, Peter. 1984):93. 12034. ------ . 1983):151• "UFO Update." 12035. Sachs, Margaret. 12036. "Extraterrestrials Only." Sagan, Carl. FATE 29 OMNI 6 (March OMNI 5 (April 1983):115; 6 (November "UFO Ports." OMNI 4 (December 1981):133. "The Saucerian Cult: An Astronomer's Interprets- 887 ContacCees after 1952 tion." SATURDAY REVIEW 49 (August 6, 1966):50-52. 12037. St. Germain, Jules B. "The Strange Affair at Highbridge." GOSY, November 1957, pp. 39-41, 100-104. 12038. Saunders, Alex. 101 (January 1972):19-24. "Are Saucer Sighters Hypnotized?" AR SEARCH, no. 12039. Schiller, Robert. "A Being from the Fifth Dimension Answered My Prayer." SEARCH, no.86 (July 1969):31-33. 12040. Schmidt, Reinhold 0., and Wambly Bald. CHALLENGE, January 1959, pp. 9-11, 49-51. M,I Spoke to Space Men.*’ 12041. Schwarz, Berthold Eric. "UFO Contactee Stella Lansing: Possible Medical Implications of Her Motion Picture Experiments." JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR PSYCHOSOMATIC DENTISTRY AND MEDICINE 23 (1976):60-68. 12042. "Scooped by a UFO." 12043. Scott, Eugene C. ber 1967, pp. 32-33, 60-65. NEW SCIENTIST 78 (1978):241. "First Contact with Outer Space!" 12044. Seargent, David A.J. "UFOnauts from Inner Space." TRALIAN 1 (November 1976):22-25, 28-30. 12045. "Seeds from a *Contactee.*" (Update), (October 1971):96—97. REAL, Octo PSYCHIC AUS PURSUIT 4 (April 1971):30. 12046. Seifer, Marc. "A Graphological Analysis of the Handwriting of Individuals Claiming Contact with Extraterrestrials." JOURNAL OF OCCULT STUDIES 1, no.1 (May 1977):50-75. (Correction), 1, no.3 (Winter-Spring 1978):206. 12047. Shaver, Richard S. 41 (June 1961):50-55* "Comment on Reinhold Schmidt." SEARCH, no. 12048. Smith, Beatrice S. "Super-Bees and Contactees: A Collection of UFO Nonsense." ODYSSEY 2 (May 1980):12-14, 18-19. 12049. Smith, Enid Severy. "Our Guardian Angels: Spacemen." OBSERVER 31 (December 1970):30-33. 12050. ------ . "Our Space Friends." March 1973):136-43. PSYCHIC OBSERVER 34 (February- 12051. ------ • 1970. Not seen. "Outer-Space Communications." 12052. ------ . 1970):9— 11. "Outer Space Research." 12053 "Space Friends." PSYCHIC PSYCHIC OBSERVER, July PSYCHIC OBSERVER 31 (September PSYCHIC OBSERVER 33 (June 1972):48-51 888 Contactees after 1952 65-68. 12054. ------ . "The Space People: Guardians and Reaping Angels." CHIC OBSERVER 31 (November 1970):22-25, 44. PSY 12055. ------ . "Space Visitors: Are They from Outer or Inner Space?" PSYCHIC OBSERVER 31 (October 1970):34-39. " 12056. ------ . 1970):29—31• "The Truth about Apollo 13." 12057. Smith, Susy. August 1974):21-23, 59. "Hands across Space." PSYCHIC OBSERVER 31 (July BEYOND REALITY, no.10 (July- 12058. Smith, Warren. "Sensational Contact with a UFO Crew!” 1973, pp. 34-36, 66-70. (Letter), G.W. Purois, July 1973, p. 2. 12059. ------ . "UFO Contact Inside the Bermuda Triangle." 1976, pp. 26-27, 60-68. 12060. "Sound Off." (Letter). SAGA, May ' SAGA, June SAGA, June 1968, p. 6. 12061. Spielmann, Peter. "Watch the Skies! UFOs...A Fact of Life." BUGLE AMERICAN (Milwaukee, Wise.) 8, no.40 (December 10, 1976):10-13. 12062. Steiger, Brad. "UFOs and the Transformation of Man." REALITY, no.23 (November-Deceraber 1976):34-39, 49. BEYOND 12063. Steiger, Francie, and Brad Steiger. "Discover Your True Roots: Starbirth Odyssey," BEYOND REALITY, no.40 (Noveraber-Deceraber 1979):36-37, 48. 12064. Steinberg, Gene. "Law Socks it to Stranges." no.9 (Septeraber-October 1973):33. CAVEAT EMPTOR, 12065. Stevens, Eric. "Haunted by Ancient Astronauts." UFO SPECIAL REPORT, no.2 (1979):14-15, 50. BEYOND REALITY 12066. Stevenson, Bryan. "Russians Seize Czech Orphan Who Claims to Have Come from Another World." BEYOND 2 (February 1969):59-65. 12067. Stranges, Frank E. ber 1966): 10. "What Caliber People?" NEW AGE WORLD 4 (Octo 12068. Stupple, David. "Notes on Mystagoguery: Notes on Roy Wallis' Study of the Aetherius Society.” THE ZETETIC 3, no.2 (June 1975):6-8. 12069. Stupple, David, and Abdollah Dashti, "Flying Saucers and Multi ple Realities: A Case Study in Phenomenological Theory.” JOURNAL OF POPULAR CULTURE 11 (1977):479-93. 12070. Taylor, Lee Roger, Jr. "Wyoming UFO-Contactee Runs for Governor." SKEPTICAL INQUIRER 7 (Winter 1982-83):13-15. 889 Contactees after 1952 12071. Teich, Mark. 12072. Teresi, Dick. "UFO Update." OMNI 5 (August 1983):91. "Anti-matter." 12073. Thompson, Bretta Lynn. (December 1962):42-49. OMNI 3 (October 1980):155. "Other Planet People." SEARCH, no.50 12074. Vallee, Jacques. "Space Age Cults: Masks of Deception." WEST JOURNAL, March 1979, pp. 48-56. From his book, MESSENGERS OF DECEPTION (11857). 12075. Vaughan, Alan. June 1973):12— 18. "The Phenomena of Url Geller." EAST- PSYCHIC 4 (May- 12076. ------ . "UFO Update." OMNI 5 (May 1983) :115. (Letter), Cyril Permutt, 6 (October 1983):12. 12077. Vest, Paul M. gust 1954):8-20. "Venusians Walk Our Streets." 12078. Wade, Carlson. GUIDE, February 1967. Not seen. MYSTIC, no.5 (Au "Are Flying Saucers Supernormal?" ASTROLOGY 12079. Wallis, Roy. "The Aetherius Society: A Case Study in the Forma tion of a Mystagogic Congregation." SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW 22 (February 1974): 27-44. Reprinted in his book, SECTARIANISM. London: Peter Owen, 1975. pp. 17 34. 12080. ------ . no. 1 (1975) :9-14. "Reflections on When Prophecy Fails." “ ' .... . ‘ 12081. Walosin, Frank C. 11, 1968) :7, 31. 12082. Watson, Carol J. "Derenberger a Fraud?” "Transcript." THE ZETETIC 4, BACHELOR NEWS 2 (May SEARCH, no.142 (Spring 1980):53- 54. 12083. Watson, Nigel. "Enigma Variations." tumn 1979):43-45; no.42 (Autumn 1984):56-57. 12084. White, John. "Uri: A Critique." FORTEAN TIMES, no.30 (Au PSYCHIC 6 (May-June 1975)-.40-43. 12085. ------ . "Uri Geller: The Outer Space Connection?" (January-February 1979):28-33, 70. GN0STICA 6 12086. Wilson, Robert Anton. "Timothy Leary Is Loose Again, Headed for the Stars." PSYCHIC 7 (September-October 1976):8-14. 12087. "Woman Dies Waiting for UFO." 12088. Wonder, Robert A. 1970. FATE 36 (May 1983):44. "Outer-Space Armada." PSYCHIC OBSERVER, July 890 Contactees after 1952 Not seen. 12089. X, Dr. "Visitor from 50,000 A.D.” FATE 7 (August 1954):61-66. 12090. Zeibell, Ila. "Through the Looking Glass with Uri Geller." PSYCHIC 6 (January-February 1976):16-19. 134. CONTACTEE BOOKS FROM OUTSIDE THE MOVEMENT The Extraterrestrial Contact Movement has yet to generate the descrip tive and scholarly studies it deserves, even though one sociological classic (12096) was produced from the observation of a contactee group in Oak Park, Illinois. The literature as a whole varies from hostile critics who have made a priori judgments based on little or no direct observation (12095) to some well-done journalistic descriptions (12097, 12104). A brief scholarly treatment is provided by Robert S. Ellwood (12094).— -J, Gordon Melton. Other useful summaries are given by J. Gordon Melton in the UFO Congress proceedings (10072, pp. 378-95) and Jerome Clark in a three-part article in the March, April, and May 1986 issues of FATE.— -George M. Eberhart. 12091. Bradlee, Ben, Jr., and Dale Van Atta. PROPHET OF BLOOD: THE UNTOLD STORY OF ERVIL LE BARON AND THE LAMBS OF GOD. New York: G.P. Put nam's Sons, 1981. pp. 46-48. 12092. Buckner, H. Taylor. "The Flying Saucerians: An Open Door Cult." In Marcello Truzzi, ed., SOCIOLOGY AND EVERYDAY LIFE. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1968. pp. 223-30. Originally in NEW SOCIETY, September 9, 1965. 12093. Burge, Weldon. tions, 1979. 39p. THE UFO CULTS. Cincinnati, 0.: Pamphlet Publica 12094. Ellwood, Robert S. RELIGIOUS AND SPIRITUAL GROUPS IN MODERN AMERAMERICA. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1973. p p . 131-56. 12095. Evans, Christopher. CULTS OF UNREASON. London: George Harrap, 1973; New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1974. pp. 135-75. Paperback ed., St. Albans, Herts: Panther, 1974. pp. 137-79. American paperback ed., New York: Delta, 1975. p p . 135-75. **12096. Festinger, Leon, Henry W. Riecken, and Stanley Schachter. WHEN PROPHECY FAILS. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1956. 256p. Paperback ed., New York: Harper Torchbook, 1964. 253p. This edition subtitled A SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY OF A MODERN GROUP THAT PREDICTED THE DESTRUCTION OF THE WORLD. The pseudonymous contactees described in this work are actually Dorothy Martin and Charles Laughead. 12097. Flammonde, Paris. THE AGE OF FLYING SAUCERS: NOTES ON A PROJEC TED HISTORY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. New York: Hawthorne, 1971. 288p. 891 892 Contactee Books from Outside the Movement 12098. Korff, Kal K. THE MEIER INCIDENT: THE MOST INFAMOUS HOAX IN UFOLOGY. With the editorial assistance of William L. Moore. [Prescott, Ariz.: Town Scribe Press], 1981. 124p. 12099. Korff, Kal K. , and William L. Moore. "CONTACTS FROM THE PLEIADES" IN FACT AND FICTION: A CATEGORICAL RESPONSE TO WENDELLE STEVENS AND GENESIS III. [Prescott, Ariz.]: William L. Moore, 1982. 15p. 12100. MacLaine, Shirley. OUT ON A LIMB. New York: Bantam, 1983. 212, 227, 240-55, 262, 295-96, 302-39, 341-43, 347-51, 357, 372. 12101. Manas, John H. ean Society, 1962. 124p. FLYING SAUCERS AND SPACE MEN. pp. New York: Pythagor 12102. Melton, J. Gordon. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN RELIGIONS. 2 vols. Wilmington, N.C.: McGrath, 1978. Vol. 2, pp. 87-89, 119, 120-21, 131— 33, 155-65, 188-89, 198-213, 243. 12103. Mishlove, Jeffrey. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF EVENTS WHICH SUGGEST THE POSSIBLE APPLIED PSI ABILITIES OF MR. TED OWENS. San Francisco: Washington Street Research Center, December 1977. 48p. 2d ed., Washington Research Center, January 1978. 52p. 12104. Nebel, Long John. THE WAY OUT WORLD. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1961. pp. 28-89. Paperback ed., New York: Lancer, 1962. pp. 22-84. 12105. Randi, James. THE MAGIC OF URI GELLER. New York: Ballantine, 1975. pp. 112-28. Revised ed., THE TRUTH ABOUT URI GELLER. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus, 1982. pp. 87-89. 12106. St. Clair, David. Bantam, 1973. pp. 320-26. 12107. Tassi, Dan. 1962. 114p. THE PSYCHIC WORLD OF CALIFORNIA. THE MIND AND TIME AND SPACE. 12108. Wilhelm, John L. 1976. pp. 35-45. THE SEARCH FOR SUPERMAN. New York: Philadelphia: Dorrance, New York: Pocket, 12109. Zusne, Leonard, and Warren H. Jones. ANOMALISTIC PSYCHOLOGY: A STUDY OF EXTRAORDINARY PHENOMENA OF BEHAVIOR AND EXPERIENCE. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1982. 528p. 135. CONTACTEE PERIODICALS Like UFO periodicals, the newsletters of the contactees are the link that holds their movement together. Unlike most of the UFO periodicals, the contactee newsletters are difficult to understand unless the reader already adheres to their metaphysics. Short on news and long on philosophy, these journals often contain interminable messages from the space brothers, devas tatingly turgid treatises on cosmic hierarchies, simplistic tips on leading a moral life, rambling theological tirades, and occasional political out pourings that tend to be both populist and reactionary. However, they do serve as the only media by which contactees can share their intensely per sonal, profoundly mystical experiences. 12110. THE ABBEY [BULLETIN], no.l (April 12, 1957)-no.4 (1957). Amethys tine Order, Moyobamba, Peru. Ed. George Hunt Williamson, Charles and Lillian Laughead, Brotherhood of the Seven Rays, Lake Titicaca, Peru; mailed by John McCoy, Corpus Christi, Texas. An ABBEY LETTER, May 2, 1957, also exists. 12111. THE ABBEY [TRANSCRIPTS], nos.1-10 (transcribed November 5, 1955August 22, 1956). Amethystine Order, Moyobamba, Peru. Ed. Charles and Lil lian Laughead. 12112. ACG/COSMIC SCIENCE, no.l (November 1957)-no.6 (December 1958). Adamski Correspondence Group, Timaru, New Zealand. Ed. Fred Dickeson and Phyllis Dickeson. 12113. ACG NEWSLETTER, no.l (1957?)-no.11 (February 1959). Adamski Cor respondence Group, North Island Branch, Auckland. Ed. Henk Hinfelaar and Brenda Hinfelaar. 12114. AETHERIUS SOCIETY NEWSLETTER, 1961?-1979. Aetherius Society, Hollywood, California. Ed. George King. Freq: Bi-monthly? 12115. AETHERIUS SOCIETY SPIRITUAL HEALING BULLETIN, 1976?ius Society, Hollywood, California. Freq: Bi-monthly. . Aether 12116. AFSCA WORLD REPORT, no.10 (July/August 1959)-no.l6 (July/August 1960). Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of America, Los Angeles, California. Ed. Gabriel Green. Freq: Bi-monthly. Formerly THY KINGDOM COME; title changed to UFO INTERNATIONAL in 1960. 12117. AKUALELE RESEARCH GROUP BULLETIN, vol.l, no.l (January 20, 1957)vol.2, no.5 (August 1, 1957). Akualele Research Group, Honolulu, Hawaii. Ed. Riley Hansard Crabb. Freq: Monthly. 12118. THE AQUARIAN DAWN, n.d. New Age Foundation, Seattle, Washington. Ed. Wayne Sulo Aho. Freq: Semi-annual. 893 894 Contactee Periodicals 12119. THE ARISING SUN INTERPLANETARY NEWSLETTER OF THE ELOHIM, 1974Ed. June Young, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 12120. AWAKENING, no.l (March 1984)vania. Ed. Anthony Volpe and Lynn Volpe. Formerly the DELVAL UFO NEWSLETTER. . 12121. BASE 12 MONITOR, no.l (June 1972)-? Tacoma, Washington. . Delval UFO, Ivyland, Pennsyl Alpha-Omega Enterprises, 12122. BROADCASTING LIGHT, vol.l (1967)-? Florida. Mark-Age MetaCenter, Miami, 12123. A CALL TO ARMS, no.l (1983?)Kumara, Mt. Shasta, California. Association Sananda and Sanat • 12124. CELESTIAL NEWS, 1958-1960? Celestial Fellowship, El Paso, Texas (1958); San Antonio, Texas (1959); Phoenix, Arizona (1960). Ed. Bill Rawlinson. Freq: Monthly. 12125. CENTER OF THE CIRCLE CROSS, 1975?-1976? 12126. CLARION CALL, no.l (March I960)-? cott, Arizona. Ed. Annabell Culverwell, Pres 12127. CLIPS, QUOTES & COMMENTS, no.A-1 (1952)-no.H-12 (1959)? Border land Sciences Research Associates, San Diego, California. Ed. Meade Layne. Freq: Monthly. 12128. COLLEGE OF KNOWLEDGE, 1960-1961? Utah. Ed. Wallace C. Halsey, Logan, 12129. CONFIDENTIAL NEWSLETTER, n.d. Interplanetary Fellowship, Melrose Park, Illinois. Ed. William W. Suther Jr. Title changed to INTERPLANETARY BULLETIN. 12130. CONFIDENTIAL NEWSLETTER, 1969?-1979? National Investigations Committee on Unidentified Flying Objects, Van Nuys, California. Ed. Frank E. Stranges, Denise F. Stranges, Greenville Johnson. Freq: Bi-monthly; later quarterly. Also known as UFO CONFIDENTIAL NEWSLETTER; superseded by UFO JOURNAL. 12131. CONTACTEE SYNDROME, no.l (1982?)-no.7 (September/October 1983)? Ed. Brent Raynes, Waynesboro, Tennessee. 12132. COOPERATIVE ADVANTAGES AND SPACE CRAFT NEWS, 1956?-1958? Univer sal Cooperative Fellowship, Port Angeles, Washington. Ed. John H. Leabo. 12133. COSMIC BULLETIN, 1963. George Adamski Foundation, Vista, California. Ed. George Adamski (1963-1965), Fred Steckling and Alice K. Wells (1965-1980), Fred Steckling (1980). Freq: 4 issues/year. 12134. COSMIC CHANNELINGS, no.l (February 1981)-? Love, El Paso, Texas. Ed. Lu.Ah.Ma. Church of Universal 895 Contactee Periodicals nia. 12135. COSMIC FRONTIERS, 1969?-? School of Thought, June Lake, Califor Ed. Hope Troxell. Freq: Quarterly. 12136. COSMIC SCIENCE NEWSLETTER, vol.l, no.l (January 1962)-vol.2, no.2 (February 1963). Ed. Carol A. Honey, Fullerton, California. Title changed to S.P. NEWS LETTER in 1963. 12137. COSMIC SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTER NEWSLETTER, November 1971?-October 1972? Cosmic Science Research Center, Portland, Oregon. Ed. Edward M. Pal mer. Formerly PORTLAND FLYING SAUCER CLUB NEWSLETTER. 12138. COSMIC STAR, [early to mid 1960s]. Hollywood, California. 12139. COSMIC VOICE, 1956?. The Aetherius Society, Hollywood, California/London, England. Ed. George King. Freq: 24 issues/year. 12140. C0SM0N, 1961?-1964? Cosmon Research Foundation, Oro Grande, Cali fornia. Ed. Barbara Steele. Freq: Monthly. 12141. DARKNESS, [late 1960s to early 1970s]. ton, Ohio. Ed. Eduardo Garcia. Freq: Quarterly. Formerly EYEWITNESS TWO. Cosmic Federation, Day 12142. DELVAL UFO NEWSLETTER, September 1972-January/February 1984. val UFO Inc., Ivyland, Pennsylvania. Ed. Anthony Volpe and Lynn Volpe. Freq: 11 issues/year. Some issues called LAVENDER SUN NEWSLETTER, others untitled; title changed to AWAKENING in 1984. Del- 12143. THE EMERGENCY PRESS, 1968?. Flying Saucer Information Cen ter, Dearborn Heights, Michigan; later Potomac, Maryland. Ed. Laura Mundo, Carraella Falzone, Florence Steller, James Wales. Since July 1981 called EMERGENCY PRESS NEWSLETTER. 12144. THE ESSENES OF KOSMON, [early to late 1950s]. trose, Colorado. Devoted entirely to Newbrough's OAHSPE (11055). 12145. EYEWITNESS TWO, [late 1960s]. Title changed to DARKNESS. Published in Mon Cosmic Federation, Dayton, Ohio. 12146. FAITHIST JOURNAL, 1971• Kosmon Publishing, Kingman, Arizona. Ed. Kasandra Kares and John Kares. Freq: Bi-monthly. Based on Newbrough’s OAHSPE (11055). 12147. THE FLYING ROLL, no.l (March 1946)-no.l0 (June 1948)? Borderland Sciences Research Associates, San Diego, California. Ed. Meade Layne. A companion publication to ROUND ROBIN. 12148. FLYING SAUCERS INTERNATIONAL, no.24 (July 1966)-no.29 (March 1969). Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of North America, Yucca Valley, California. Ed. Gabriel Green, Formerly UFO INTERNATIONAL. 896 Contactee Periodicals 12149. FROM HEAVEN TO EARTH, no.l (1973)-? Study Center of Cosmic Fra ternity, Geneva, Switzerland. Ed. Kelly Hooker (English ed.). 12150. GALAC TICKS FROM THE UNIVERSAL CLOCK, 1958-1959? Sweetness and Light, Ohio. House of 12151. GALAXY: JOURNAL OF THE SOLAR CROSS, vol.l, no.l (June 1978)-vol. 2, no.6 (November/December 1979). Solar Cross Foundation, Campbell, Cali fornia. Ed. W.R. Buhler. 12152. GOLD SECTOR 1, Spring 1973-June 1978. Falls, Ohio. Ed. Madeleine L. Teagle. Gold Sector 1, Cuyahoga 12153. GOLDEN DAWN, no.l (August 1971)-? City of the Sun Foundation, Columbus, N.Mex. Ed. Wayne H. Taylor. Freq: Bi-monthly. 12154. GOLDEN ERA LETTERS, no.l (May 15, 1959)-no.2 (June 15, 1959). Ed. Enid Joan Brady, Holly Hills, Florida. Formerly THE NEW ERA. 12155. GOLDEN LIGHT, 1954-1957? Fellowship of Golden Illumination, Los Angeles, California. Ed. Eugene H. Drake. 12156. HELIOS NEWS, n.d. Bedfordshire. Ed. Lynne P. Hallsall, Upper Gravenhurst, 12157. ICHOR, no.l (Spring 1977)-no.5 (December 1977)? Project Venus, San Lorenzo, California. Ed. Mabel Royce. Freq: Quarterly. Also known as HERALDS OF THE ICHOR OFFICIAL NEWSLETTER. 12158. THE INTELLIGENCE OF THE UNIVERSE SPEAKS, no.l (February 1977)-no. 12 (October 1979). School of Evolvement, De Tour, Michigan. Ed. Warren H. Goetz. 12159. THE INTELLIGENTS* REPORT, March 1967-? New Age Foundation, Ash ford, Washington. Ed. Wayne Sulo Aho and Lee Aho. Freq: Quarterly. 12160. INTER-GALAXY NEWS, 1957-1958. les, California. Ed. James Jordan. Solar Cross Foundation, Los Ange 12161. INTERPLANETARY BULLETIN, no.l (October 1957)-no.3 (December/Janu ary 1958). Interplanetary Fellowship, Melrose Park, Illinois. Ed. William W. Suther Jr. Formerly THE CONFIDENTIAL NEWSLETTER. 12162. INTERPLANETARY FOUNDATION NEWSLETTER, March 1957-December 1958. Interplanetary Foundation, Royal Oak, Michigan. Ed. Laura Mundo. Title changed to THE OPEN LETTER. 12163. INTERPLANETARY NEWS, vol.l, no.l (1953)-vol.1, no.4 (December 1953). New Age Publishing Company, Hollywood, California. Ed. Genevieve A. Johnston. Title changed to INTERPLANETARY NEWS DIGEST in 1954. 897 Contactee Periodicals 12164. INTERPLANETARY NEWS, August 1961-1968? Interplanetary Center, Dearborn Heights, Michigan. Ed. Laura Mundo. Formerly THE OPEN LETTER; title changed to THE EMERGENCY PRESS. 12165. INTERPLANETARY NEWS DIGEST, vol.2, no.l (May 1954)-vol.2, no.4 (Spring 1955). New Age Publishing Company, Hollywood, California. Ed. Genevieve A. Johnston. Formerly INTERPLANETARY NEWS; title changed to INTERPLANETARY NEWS-SCOPE 12166. INTERPLANETARY NEWS-SCOPE, October 1956-December 1958? vieve A. Johnston, Hollywood, California. Formerly INTERPLANETARY NEWS DIGEST. Ed. Gene 12167. JOURNAL OF BORDERLAND RESEARCH, vol. 16 (I960). Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, Vista, California. Ed. Riley H. Crabb (1960 1985); Tom Brown (1986). Freq: Bi-monthly. Formerly ROUND ROBIN. 12168. KOSMON NEWS, no.l (1971)-? Ed. Ron Birch. Cosmic Centre, Whangarei, New Zealand 12169. KOSMON UNITY, 1955?• Confraternity of Faithists, London. Ed. Cyril Ward and Greta James; later Ivor Robertshaw. Freq: Semi-annual. 12170. THE LIGHT, no.l (March 1977)-? Aquarian Church of Universal Sci ence, Portland, Oregon. Ed. Kathleen Roquemore. 12171. LIGHT/LINES, no.l (Spring 1982)Kentucky. • L/L Research, Louisville, 12172. LOVE WITH UNDERSTANDING, THE UNIVERSAL KEY, [late 1950s]. Flor ence Interplanetary Study Group, Florence, Oregon. Ed. Doris E. Buckley. 12173. MAIN (MARK-AGE INFORM-NATIONS), no.l (January 1973). MarkAge MetaCenter, Miami, Florida. Ed. Pauline Sharpe [Nada-Yolanda, pseud.], Charles Boyd Gentzel (Mark, pseud.]• Freq: 10 issues/year; bi-monthly from 1980. 12174. MARCAP NEWS, n.d. Blanche Pritchett. Marcap Council, Arlington, Washington. 12175. THE MASTER MIND, no.l (1958)— ? Missouri. Ed. E. Ed. James William Damon, Liberty, 12176. MAXIN-92(96): A MAGAZINE OF OCCULT RESEARCH, vol.l, no.l (Decem ber 1945)-vol.l, no.3 (March/April 1946). 12177. MEET THE LORDS, no.l (November 1969)• Awareness Research Foundation, Murphy, North Carolina. Ed. Helen I. Hoag. Freq: Monthly. 12178. MIAMI SAUCERL0RE, no.l (Spring 1958)-? Miami, Florida. Ed. Gilbert N. Holloway. 12179. New Age School of Truth, MICHIGAN FLYING SAUCER FEDERATION NEWSLETTER, 1957-? Michigan 898 Contactee Periodicals Flying Saucer Federation, Detroit, Ed. Earle Maier; later John Brinson, 12180. THE MUNDO MONITOR, ?-October/November 1981. Flying Saucer Infor mation Center, Dearborn Heights, Michigan. Ed. Laura Mundo. 12181. NEW AGE NEWS LETTER, 1956?-? California. Basically an advertising flyer. 12182. THE NEW COSMIC STAR, California. New Age Book Center, Los Angeles, [late 1960s]. Ed. Jerome Lloyd, Lawndale, 12183. THE NEW ERA, January 1958-1959. First Christian Spiritualist Church, Daytona Beach, Florida. Ed. Bob Ewing. Title changed to GOLDEN ERA LETTERS. 12184. NEW HORIZONS, n.d. 12185. NEW VOICES, n.d. Celestial Vehicle Investigation Committee. Published in Yarnell, Arizona. 12186. NEWS FROM THE MOUNTAIN TOP, 1974-? Ed. Samuel George Partridge and White Dove Partridge, Grass Valley, California. 12187. NEWSLETTER, September 1973-1974. Danville, New Jersey. Contact International (U.S.A), 12188. O-MO-NO, 1977?-July/September 1978? L. Teagle. Gold Sector 1. Ed. Madeleine 12189. THE OPEN LETTER, January 1959-May 1961. Planetary Center, Dear born, Michigan. Ed. Laura Mundo. Formerly THE INTERPLANETARY FOUNDATION NEWSLETTER; changed to THE INTER PLANETARY NEWS in 1961. 12190. ORBIT, n.d. Blanche Pritchett. Marcap Council, Arlington, Washington. 12191. OTHER DIMENSIONS NEWSLETTER, Decorah, Iowa. [mid-1970s]. Ed. E. Ed. David Graham, 12192. OTHER WORLD LIFE REVIEW, March 1976-Noveraber 1977. Society, Sanford, Florida. Ed. DeWitt McGee. Freq: Monthly. World Memories 12193. PORTLAND FLYING SAUCER CLUB NEWSLETTER, [late 1960s]. Flying Saucer Club, Portland, Oregon. Ed. Edward M. Palmer. Title changed to COSMIC SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTER NEWSLETTER. Portland I 12194. PRIORY LETTERS, no.l (January 1957)-no.5 (May 27, 1957). Priory of All Saints, Moyobamba, Peru. Ed. Charles Laughead. Mailed from Hemet, California. 12195. THE PRISM, March 1966-1967? Mental Investigations New Dimensions, Hollywood, California. Ed. Wesley Bateman. Freq: Monthly. 899 Contactee Periodicals 12196. PROCEEDINGS OF THE COLLEGE OF UNIVERSAL WISDOM, vol.l, no.l (Octo ber 1953)— • College of Universal Wisdom, Yucca Valley, California. Ed. George Van Tassell (1953-1977); Dorris Van Tassell (1977). 12197. RAINBOW RAY FOCUS, 1982-? Magnificent Consummation, Sedona, Ari zona. Ed. Lady Harmony. An OPEN LETTER is also published by the same group, 1963?• 12198. RECAP NEWSLETTER, no.l (July 1961)-no.7 (November/December 1962). Research and Education Committee on Aerial Phenomena, Terre Haute, Indiana. Ed. John R. Gilmour. Formerly THUFO NEWS. 12199. REVELATIONS OF AWARENESS, [late 1970s]. Cosmic Awareness Communi cations, Olympia, Washington. Ed. Avaton. Freq: Bi-weekly. 12200. ROUND ROBIN, vol.l search Associates, San Diego, ly. Vol.15 titled ROUND ROBIN NAL OF BORDERLAND RESEARCH in (1945)-vol.15 (1959). Borderland Sciences Re California. Ed. Meade Layne. Freq: Bi-month OF BORDERLAND RESEARCH; title changed to JOUR I960. 12201. THE ROUNDHOUSE, 1953-1955? Freq: Monthly. Ed. Neal Kearney, Maquoketa, Iowa. 12201a. THE R0UNDLETTER, no.l (Summer 1974)-no.3 (Winter 1974). Alice B. Pomeroy, Northboro, Massachusetts. Ed. 12202. S-DAY REPORT, no.l (1979)-? Outer Dimensional Forces— Armageddon Time Ark Base Operation, Weslaco, Texas. Ed. Daniel Hoverson. 12203. SEANCE MEMORANDA, no.l (September 22, 1946)-no.l4 (March 6, 1949) Borderland Sciences Research Associates, San Diego, California. Ed. Meade Layne, from Mark Probert’s seances. 12204. SECRETS, October 1980Freq: Monthly. . Ed. Norma Cox, Marshall, Arkansas. 12205* SOLAR SPACE-LETTER, [late 1960s]-? Blue Rose Ministry, Joshua Tree, California. Ed. Robert Short. Freq: Monthly. Formerly TIMES OF THE SIGNS. 12206. S.P. NEWSLETTER, no.15 (March 1963)-no.72 (December 1967). Ed. George Adamski (1962-1965); Carol A. Honey (1965-1967), Fullerton, Califor nia. Formerly COSMIC SCIENCE NEWSLETTER. 12207. SPACE BULLETIN, [mid 1960s]. Florida. Ed. Enid Joan Brady, Holly Hill, 12208. SPACE TWILIGHT-UFOLOGICAL CORNER: STAR DANCE, September 1975-? Westminster UFO Phenomena Research Center, Midwest City, Oklahoma. Ed. Larry Stevens and Janice Croy. Also known as STAR-DANCE-SPACE TWILIGHT-UFOLOGIST CORNER. 900 Contactee Periodicals 12209. SPACECRAFTER, vol.l, no.l (April 1958)-vol.4, no.4 (1961). craft Research Association, Phoenix, Arizona. Ed. Franky G. Miller. 12210. STAR LIGHT MESSENGER, 1962-January 1967. Fort Lee, New Jersey. Ed. Sterling Warren. Space Star Light Fellowship, 12211. THE STAR NETWORK HOTLINE, vol.l, no.l (May 1983)Tessman, Poway, California. . Ed. Diane 12212. STARBIRTH NEWS, vol.l, no.l (June 1977)-vol.l, no.6 (December 1977). Ed. Brad Steiger and Francie Steiger. Freq: Monthly. gon. 12213. STARCRAFT, 1966-1973? Solar Light Retreat, Central Point, Ore Marianne Francis [Aleuti Francesca]. Freq: Quarterly. 12214. STARNET, vol.l, no.l (January 1983)• Starnet, Addison, Pennsylvania. Ed. Conna [Barbara G. Finney] and Njord. 12215. TECHNICAL BULLETINS FROM OUTER SPACE, December 1974-September 1976. Desert Center for Psychic Research, Mojave, California. Ed. Beti King. 12216. TELONIC RESEARCH BULLETIN, vol.l, no.l (October 1955)-vol.2, no.4 (October/Deceraber 1956). Telonic Research Organization, Prescott, Arizona. Ed. George Hunt Williamson. Freq: Quarterly. 12217. TERRANEAN CHRONICAL, 1974-July 1976? Contact International (U.S.A.), Denville, New Jersey. Ed. Bryce E. DeLoach. 12218. THADA VIEW NEWS, 1963-? California. Ed. Andrew Ruiz? Thada UFO Research Society, Upland, 12219. THUFO NEWS, 1959-1960. Research and Education Committee on Aer ial Phenomena, Terre Haute, Indiana. Ed. John Gilmour. Title changed to RECAP NEWSLETTER in 1961. 12220. THY KINGDOM COME, no.l (January 1957)-no.9 (May/June 1959). Los Angeles Interplanetary Study Groups (1957); Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of America (1958-1959), Los Angeles. Ed. Gabriel Green. Title changed to AFSCA WORLD REPORT in 1959. 12221. TIME OF THE END, [mid 1950s]. land. Ed. Laura Mundo, Pasadena, Mary 12222. TIMES OF THE SIGNS, vol.l, no.l (July 1962)-? Joshua Tree, California. Ed. Robert Short. Title changed to SOLAR SPACE-LETTER. Blue Rose Ministry, 12223. TRANSCRIPTS, no.l (April 6, 1950)-no.32 (June 1957). Borderland Sciences Research Associates, San Diego, California. Ed. Meade Layne, from Mark Probert's seances. 12224. UFO INTERNATIONAL, no.17 (September/October 1962)-no.23 (October 1965). Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of America, Los Angeles. Ed. Gabri 901 Contactee Periodicals el Green. Formerly AFSCA WORLD REPORT; title changed to FLYING SAUCERS INTERNA TIONAL in 1965 12225. UFO JOURNAL, Spring 1980-Fall 1983? National Investigations Com mittee on Unidentified Flying Objects, Van Nuys, California. Ed. Frank Stranges. Freq: Quarterly. Formerly CONFIDENTIAL NEWSLETTER. 12226. UNARIUS LIGHT MAGAZINE, August 197A. Unarius Educational Foundation, El Cajon, California. Ed. Ruth E. Norman. Freq: Quarterly. 12227. UNDERSTANDING, [late 1950s]. Long Beach Interplanetary Research Group, Long Beach, California. Ed. A. Rowe. 12228. UNDERSTANDING, January 1956-1981? Understanding, Inc., Alamogor do, New Mexico. Ed. Daniel W. Fry. Freq: Monthly; then bi-monthly. Title changed to UNDERSTANDING NEWSLETTER in 1982. 12229. UNDERSTANDING NEWSLETTER, Easter 1982Alamogordo, New Mexico. Ed. Daniel W. Fry. . Understanding, Inc., 12230. UNIVERSAL LINK, BORUP, NEWSLETTER, 1967?-1968? Borup, Denmark. 12231. UNIVERSAL NETWORK, no.l (Spring 1984)rell, Durango, Colorado. . Universal Link, Ed. Thelma B. Ter 12232. THE UNIVERSALIAN, vol.l, no.l (May/June 1985)Denver, Colorado. • Universalia, 12233. UNPUBLISHED SERIES, 1948-1951. Borderland Sciences Research Associates, San Diego, California. Ed. Meade Layne, from Mark Probert’s seances. Published in the early 1960s as a series of 17 pamphlets. 12234. VALOR, 1955?-1961? Soulcraft Chapels, Noblesville, Indiana. William Dudley Pelley. Freq: Weekly. Ed. 12235. VICTORY OF LIGHT, 1976?-1978? Universal Kingdom and Temple of the Seventh Seal, Roseburg, Oregon. Ed. L.J. Kunstbeck (Brother Lou). Freq: Bi-monthly. Issues for 1976 and possibly other years have been republished as a year book. 12236. VISIONS, no.l (1970)• Jesiam Intergalactical Movies, Jime Pictures. Ed. Colin Boyd Cameron, Melbourne, Victoria. Freq: Annual. 12237. A VOICE FROM THE GALLERY, 1953?-1955? Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio. Ed. Ralph M. Holland, 12238. VOICE OF UNIVERSARIUS, vol.l, no.l (January 1962). Universariun Foundation, Tucson, Arizona. Ed. Zelrun Wallace Karsleigh; later Margaret M. Myers. Freq: Monthly. 902 Contactee Periodicals 12239. VOICE UNIVERSAL, 1959-1960. Voice Publishers, Brighton, Sussex. 12240. WASHINGTON SAUCER INTELLIGENCE, 1962?-1963? Intelligence, Washington, D.C. Ed. Wayne Sulo Aho. Washington Saucer 12241. WAUKEGAN CONTACT GROUP RESEARCH BULLETIN, [mid to late 1950s]. Waukegan Contact Group, Waukegan, Illinois. Freq: Monthly. nia. 12242. WHITE STAR ILLUMINATOR, 1957-? Ed. Doris C. Le Vesque. Star Route, Joshua Tree, Califor 12243. THE WOODREW j^PDATE, vol. 1, no.l (September/October 1981)Space Technology and Research Foundation, Waynesville, North Carolina. Greta Woodrew. 12244. YAHWEH POWER REPORT, 1979?12245. YAHWEH'S MESSAGE, California. Freq: Monthly. [1980s]. . . Ed. Ed. Joseph A. Jeffers. Ed. Alexander Randis, Los Angeles, 136. MARIAN APPARITIONS As ufologists began to take the accounts of UFO contactees seriously, some became aware of the similarities with accounts of apparitions, partic ularly apparitions of the Blessed Virgin Mary (BVM). Jacques Vallee (12285), for example, has argued for a strong structural correspondence between contactee accounts and visions of the Virgin Mary. Many of the reported Marian apparitions, over 200 of which have been recorded, include such UFO elements as luminous entities, spinning globes of light, paranormal heat effects, the transmittal of prophecies of great social or spiritual import, and miraculous healings. However, these effects are at best secondary and the major significance of BVM apparitions is the contact and communication with an entity presumed to be not of this earth. As Kevin McClure has observed, "What looked like the Virgin Mary to a young peasant girl in Catholic Lourdes in 1858 might well look like an extra-terrestrial to a bright, space-age youngster in 1983, though it might actually be neither of these things" (12272). Marina Warner (12287) provides an excellent survey of BVM lore and vis ions, while John Delaney (12260) and Don Starkey (12282) present detailed accounts of the major apparitions.— J. Gordon Melton and George M. Eberhart. General Sources 12246. Ashe, Geoffrey. 206p. MIRACLES. London: Routledge, Kegan Paul, 1978. 12247. Auclair, Raoul. LA DAME DES TOUS LES PEUPLES. Editions Latines, 1967. 207p. 12248. ------ . LES EPIPHANIES DE MARIE. 12249. Baird, Mary Julian. Grail, 1956. 73p. Paris: Nouvelles Paris: Beauchesne, 1967. THE COURT OF THE QUEEN. 344p. St. Meinrad, Ind.: 12250. Beckley, Timothy Green. THE VISITATION, MODERN MIRACLES AND SIGNS. New York: Global Communications, 1981. 15p. 12251. Beevers, John. THE SUN HER MANTLE. Westminster, Md.: Newman Press; Dublin, Ire.: Browne and Nolan, 1953. 228p. 12252. Breen, Stephen. RECENT APPARITIONS OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY. New York: Scapular, 1952* 356p. 2d ed., Chicago: J.S. Paluch, 1953. 168p. Paperback ed., New York: Lumen, 1953. 168p. 903 904 Marian Apparitions 12253. ------ . TREASURE WRAPPED IN CLOTH. Fresno, Calif.: Apostolate of Christian Action; Milwaukee, Wise.: Christ In Christmas Activities, 1958. 162p. ' 12254. Chaney, Earlyne. REVELATIONS OF THINGS TO COME: INITIATION AND REBIRTH OF THE GREAT, GREAT PLANET EARTH. Upland, Calif.: Astara, 1982. 157p. 12255. Colin-Simard, Annette. LES APPARITIONS DE LA VIERGE: LEUR HISTOIRE. Paris: Editions Fayard/Mame, 1981. 245p. 12256. Connor, Edward. Academy Guild, 1960. 99p. RECENT APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY. Fresno, Calif.: 12257. Cox, Michael J. RAIN FOR THESE ROOTS: THE MOTHER OF GRACE AND THE MODERN WORLD. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1956. 210p. 12258. Crockett, Arthur. MIRACLES AND PROPHECIES OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY. New York: Inner Light, 1983. 68p. 12259. Curicque, J.M. VOIX PROPHETIQUES: 0U SIGNES, APPARITIONS ET PRE DICTIONS MODERNES. 2 vols. Paris: Victor PalmS, 1872. **12260. Delaney, John J., ed. A WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN: EIGHT GREAT APPEARANCES OF OUR LADY IN MODERN TIMES. Garden City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1960. 240p. Paperback ed., New York: Image, 1961. 274p. 12261. Englebert, Omer. LES APPARITIONS DE LA VIERGE AUX XIXe ET XXe SIECLES. 2d ed. Mulhouse, Fr.: Editions Salvator, 1948. 99p. 12262. Ernst, Robert. KLEINES LEXICON DER MARIENERSCHEINUNGEN SEIT 1830. Eupen, Belg.: Markus-Verlag, [1955]. 32p. Also a Dutch ed., 1947. 12263. Gallery, John Ireland. MARY VS. LUCIFER: THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY, 1531-1933. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1960. 176p. 12264. Graef, Hilda. MARY: A HISTORY OF DOCTRINE AND DEVOTION. New York: Sheed and Ward, 1965. Vol. 1, 361p.; vol. 2, 157p. 12265. Harvey, Lawrence F. Burns and Sons, 1951. Revised ed., 1953. 89p. 12266. Helle, Jean. BY THE QUEEN'S COMMAND. MIRACLES. 12267. Higgins, Paul Lambourne. son, 1969. 132p. 12268. Lamberty, Manetta. 319p. 12269. Le Rumeur, Guy. Glasgow: John S. New York: David McKay, 1952. MOTHER OF ALL. THE WOMAN IN ORBIT. APOCALYPSE MARIALE. 2 vols. 288p. Minneapolis: T.S. Deni Chicago: Lamberty, 1966. Argenton-L'Eglise, Fr.: The 905 Marian Apparitions author, 1974. 302p. 12270. LeBlanc, Mary Francis. St. Paul, 1976, 1981. 172p. CAUSE OF OUR JOY. Boston: Daughters of 12271. Lochet, Louis. APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY: THEIR PLACE IN THE LIFE OF THE CHURCH. Trans. John Dingle. New York: Herder and Herder, 1960. 127p. **12272. McClure, Kevin. THE EVIDENCE FOR VISIONS OF THE VIRGIN MARY. Wellingborough, Northants: Aquarian, 1983. 158p. 12273. Monden, Louis. SIGNS AND WONDERS: A STUDY OF THE MIRACUOUS ELE MENT IN RELIGION. New York: Desclee, 1966. 368p. Translation of HET WONDER. Utrecht, Neth.: Uitgeverij het Spectrum, 1958. 12274. Narbutas, Titus. Vantage, 1968. 144p. MARIAN SHRINES OF THE AMERICAS. 12275. Norton, Richard F. author, 1946. 182p. VISITATIONS OF OUR LADY. New York: Dedham, Mass.: The 12276. Pannet, Robert. EPIPHANIE MARIALE EN CINQ ACTES: LES PRINCIPALES APPARITIONS DE LA VIERGE EN FRANCE AU XIXeme SIECLE ET LES PELERINAGES DONT ELLES ETE LES EVENEMENTS FONDATEURS. Paris: Editions S.O.S., 1983. 215p. 12277. Pelletier, Joseph A. Mass.: Assumption, 1976. 160p. 12278. Rebut, Robert. 1968. 319p. THE IMMACULATE HEART OF MARY. LES MESSAGES DE LA VIERGE MARIE. Worcester, Paris: Tequi, **12279. Rogo, D. Scott. MIRACLES: A PARASCIENTIFIC INQUIRY INTO WONDROUS PHENOMENA. New York: Dial, 1982. pp. 205-207, 308-12. 12280. Sanchez-Ventura y Pascual, Francisco. LES APARICIONES DE MARIA COMO FENOMENO UNIVERSAL. Zaragoza, Sp.: Editorial Cfrculo, 1974. llOp. 12281. Schallenberg, Gerd. Pattloch, 1979. 378p. VISIONARE ERLEBNISSE. Aschaffenburg, Ger.: 12282. Sharkey, Don. THE WOMAN SHALL CONQUER: THE STORY OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN IN THE MODERN WORLD. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1952. 306p. Paperback eds., New York: All Saints, 1961. 258p. Kenosha, Wise.: Prow, 1973. 258p. 12283. TizanS, Emile. LES APPARITIONS DE LA VIERGE: UN ENQUETEUR LAIC S'ENTERROGE. Paris: Tchou, 1977. 313p. 12284. Turchini-Zuccarelli, Catherine. LES MERVEILLEUSES APPARITIONS DE N0TRE-DAME. Paris: Nouvelles Editions Latines, 1977. 171p. 12285. Vallee, Jacques. THE INVISIBLE COLLEGE: WHAT A GROUP OF SCIEN- 906 Marian Apparitions— Guadalupe TISTS HAS DISCOVERED ABOUT UFO INFLUENCES ON THE HUMAN RACE. Dutton, 1975. pp. 141-58, 162-64, 172-78. New York: E.P. 12286. Walsh, William J. THE APPARITIONS AND SHRINES OF HEAVEN'S BRIGHT QUEEN IN LEGEND, POETRY AND HISTORY, FROM THE EARLIEST AGES TO THE PRESENT TIME. 4 vols. New York: T.J. Carey, 1904; New York: Carey-Stafford, 1906. **12287. Warner, Marina. ALONE OF ALL HER SEX: THE MYTH AND CULT OF THE VIRGIN MARY. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1976. 400p. Guadalupe Near Mexico City in 1531 an Aztec Indian named Juan Diego three times encountered a young girl surrounded by beams of light who identified herself as Mary and asked that a chapel be built at the spot. After asking the vis ion for some tangible proof, Juan gathered some flowers and took them to Bishop Zumarraga wrapped up in his tilma, a long outer cape. When the tilma was unfolded in the Bishop's presence, on it was found a brightly colored, life-size figure of the Blessed Virgin. Juan Diego's tilma is still on dis play at the cathedral in Mexico City. In 1929 the image of a man's head was discovered in the Virgin's right eye, seemingly a reflection in the retina, and other figures were later discovered in the eyes through computer enhance ment techniques. 12288. Aste Tonsmann, Jose. City: Editorial Diana, 1981. LOS OJOS DE LA VIRGEN DE GUADALUPE. Mexico 12289. Becerra Tanco, Luis. FELICIDAD DE MEXICO EN EL PRINCIPIO, Y MILAGROSO ORIGEN, QUE TUBO EL SANTUARIO DE LA VIRGEN MARIA N. SEflORA DE GUADA LUPE. Mexico City: Editorial Jus, 1979. [62p.] 12290. Behrens, Helen. AMERICA’S TREASURE: THE VIRGEN [sic] MARY DE GUADALUPE. Mexico City: The author, 1955. 60p. Later editions have corrected spelling and 64p. 12291. ------ . THE VIRGIN AND THE SERPENT GOD. Progreso, 1966. 206p. Mexico City: Editorial 12292. Benitez Lopez, Juan Jose. EL MISTERIO DE GUADALUPE: SENSACIONALES DESCUBRIMIENTOS EN LOS OJOS DE LA VIRGEN MEXICANA. Barcelona, Sp.: Editorial Planeta, 1982. 326p. 12293. Burrus, Ernest J. THE BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE GUADALUPAN AP PARITIONS (1531-1723). Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.5. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1983. 35p. 12294. -------. JUAN DIEGO AND OTHER NATIVE BENEFACTORS IN THE LIGHT OF BOTURINI'S RESEARCH. Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.7. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1984. 52p. 12295. . A MAJOR GUADALUPAN QUESTION RESOLVED: DID GENERAL SCOTT SEIZE THE VALERIANO ACCOUNT OF THE GUADALUPAN APPARITIONS? Guadalupan Stud- Marian Apparitions— Guadalupe 907 les Monograph no.2. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1979. 75p. 12296. ------ . THE OLDEST COPY OF THE NICAN M0P0HUA. Guadalupan Stud ies Monograph no.4. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1981. 39p. 12297. Cabrera, Miguel. MARAVILLA AMERICANA Y CONJUNTO DE RARAS MARAVILLAS OBSERVADAS CON LA DIRECCION DE LAS REGLAS DE EL ARTE DE LA PINTURA EN LA PRODIGIOSA IMAGEN DE NUESTRA SRA. DE GUADALUPE DE MEXICO. Mexico City: Colegio de San Ildefonso, 1756. [30p.] Later eds., Queretaro: Ediciones Cimatario, 1945. 30p. Mexico City: Editorial Jus, 1977. 30p. 12298. Callahan, Philip Serna. THE TILMA UNDER INFRA-RED RADIATION. Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.3. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1981. 45p. 12299. Campbell, Kenneth R. 1954. 207p. ZIN. MARIA DE GUADALUPE. New York: Pageant, 12300. Campos Ponce, Xavier. LA VIRGEN DE GUADALUPE Y LA DIOSA TONANTMexico City: Ediciones JCP, 1970. 206p. 12301. Carroll, Warren H. OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE AND THE CONQUEST OF DARKNESS. Front Royal, Va.: Christendom, n.d. 123p. 12302. Cawley, Martinus, ed. ANTHOLOGY OF EARLY GUADALUPAN LITERATURE. Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.8. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1984. 88p. 12303. Chauvet, Fidel de Jesus. EL CULT0 GUADALUPENO DEL TEPEYAC: SUS ORIGINES Y SUS CRITICOS EN EL SIGL0 XVI. Mexico City: Centro des Estudios Bernardino de Sahagun, 1978. 269p. 12304. Chavez, Angelico. LA CONQUISTADORA: THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF AN AN CIENT STATUE. Paterson, N.J.: St. Anthony Guild, 1954. 134p. 12305. Cuevas, Mariano. ALBUM HISTORICO GUADALUPENO DEL IV CENTENARIO. Mexico City: Escuela Tipografica Salesiana, 1930. 291p. 12306. Demarest, Donald, and Coley Taylor, eds. THE DARK VIRGIN: THE BOOK OF OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE. [Freeport, Me.]: Coley Taylor, 1956. 256p. 12307. Dooley, Lester M. Daughters of St. Paul, 1962. Later ed., 1979. 72p. THAT MOTHERLY MOTHER OF GUADALUPE. 74p. 12308. Escalada, Javier. MARIA DE GUADALUPE. de Esplritualidad), 1981. 265p. 12309. Grashoff, Raphael. Grail, 1958. 37p. Boston: Mexico City: Mision (Casa OUR LADY COMES TO AMERICA. St. Meinrad, Ind. 908 Marian Apparitions— Guadalupe 12310. A HANDBOOK ON GUADALUPE FOR ALL AMERICANS: A PLEDGE OF HOPE. Kenosha, Wise.: Franciscan Marytown, 1974. 159p. 12311. Huff, Russell J. COME BUILD MY CHURCH: THE STORY OF OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE. Notre Dame, Ind.: Dujarle, 1966. 93p. 12312. Jaquez, Jesus David. EL PERENNE MILAGRO GUADALUPANO: LA VIRGEN DE JUAN DIEGO. Mexico City: Ediciones Botas, 1961. 306p. 12313. Johnston, Francis W. THE WONDER OF GUADALUPE: THE ORIGIN AND CULT OF THE MIRACULOUS IMAGE OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN IN MEXICO. Rockford, 111. TAN; Chulmleigh, Devon: Augustine, 1981. 143p. 12314. Lafaye, Jacques. QUETZALCOATL AND GUADALUPE: THE FORMATION OF MEXICAN NATIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS, 1531-1815. Trans. Benjamin Keen. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1976. 336p. Translation of QUETZALCOATL ET GUADALUPE. Paris: Gallimard, 1974. 12315. Lasso de la Vega, Luis. GUADALUPE: FROM THE AZTEC LANGUAGE. Trans. Martinus Cawley. Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.6. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1983. 30p. Translation of the relevant portion of HUEY TLAMAHUICOLTICA, beginning with the words "Nican mopohua." 12316. ------ . HUEY TLAMAHUICOLTICA. Mexico City, 1649. Reprinted, Mexico City: Carreno e hijo, 1926. 113p. 12317. Lee, George. OUR LADY IN AMERICA, LITURGICALLY KNOWN AS HOLY MARY OF GUADALUPE. Baltimore, Md.: Murphy, 1897. 298p. Reprinted as OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE, PATRONESS OF THE AMERICAS. New York Catholic Book Publishing, 1947. 384p. 12318. Leies, Herbert F. MOTHER FOR A NEW WORLD: OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE. Westminster, M d . : Newman Press, 1964. 425p. 12319. Marti, Samuel. THE VIRGEN OF GUADALUPE AND JUAN DIEGO: HISTORI CAL GUIDE TO GUADALUPE. Trans. Gunhild Nilsson. [Mexico City]: Ediciones Euroamericanas, 1973. 153p. Text in Spanish and English. 12320. Mary Amatora. THE QUEEN'S PORTRAIT: THE STORY OF GUADALUPE. Fresno, Calif.: Academy Guild, 1961. 119p. 12321. Medina Ascensio, Luis. THE APPARITIONS OF GUADALUPE AS HISTORI CAL EVENTS. Guadalupan Studies Monograph no.l. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Research in the Apostolate, 1979. 29p. 12322. Mexico Desconocido, eds. Editorial Novaro, 1981. 48p. LA VIRGEN DE GUADALUPE. Mexico City: 12323. Montejano y Aguinaga, Rafael. FUNDACION DEL PRIMITIVO SANTUARIA GUADALUPANO DE SAN LUIS POTOSI. Mexico City: Academia de Historia Potosina, 1969. lip. 909 Marian Apparitions— Guadalupe 12324. ------ . NOTAS PARA UNA BIBLIOGRAFIA GUADALUPANA. Bajo el Signo de "Abside," 1949. 98p. 12325. O'Neil, Josephine M. St. Anthony Guild, 1945. 72p. OUR LADY AND THE AZTEC. Mexico City: Paterson, N.J.: 12326. OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE, THE HOPE OF AMERICA. Lady of Guadalupe Trappist Abbey, 1961. 36p. Lafayette, Ore.: Our 12327. Parish, Helen Rand. 1955. 48p. New York: Viking, OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE. 12328. Perea, J. Francisco. 450 AffOS A LA SOMBRA DEL TEPEYAC. City: Editorial Universo Mexico, 1981. 129p. Mexico 12329. Rahm, Harold J. AM I NOT HERE? MOTHER OF THE AMERICAS, OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE. Washington, N.J.: Ave Maria Institute, 1962. 158p. 12330. Rebollar Chavez, Jose. SANTA MARIA DE GUADALUPE. Daughters of St. Paul, 1963. 119p. 12331. Rodrfguez Estrada, Mauro. City: Edicol, 1980. 108p. Boston: GUADALUPE: HISTORIA 0 SIMB0L0? Mexico 12332. Salinas, Carlos. JUAN DIEGO EN LOS OJOS DE LA SANTISIMA VIRGEN DE GUADALUPE. Mexico City: Editorial Tradicion, 1974. 169p. 12333. Salinas, Carlos, and Manuel de la Mora. DESCUBRIMIENTO DE UN BUSTO HUMANO EN LAS OJOS DE LA VIRGEN MARIA DE GUADALUPE. Mexico City: Editorial Tradicion, 1976. 2d ed., 1980. 143p. 12334. Sanchez, Miguel. IMAGEN DE LA VIRGEN MARIA, MADRE DE DIOS DE GUADALUPE, MILAGROSAMENTE APARECIDA EN LA CIUDAD DE MEXICO. Mexico City: Bernardo Calderon, 1648. 96p. 12335. Sanchez Rojas, Mario, and Juan Homero Hernandez. LAS ESTRELLAS DEL MANTO DE LA VIRGEN DE GUADALUPE. Mexico City: Mendez Oteo, 1983. 85p. 12336. Sargent, Daniel. Green, 1939. 263p. OUR LAND AND OUR LADY. New York: Longmans, **12337. Smith, Jody Brant. THE IMAGE OF GUADALUPE: MYTH OR MIRACLE? Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1983. 173p. British ed., THE GUADALUPE ENIGMA: MYTH OR MIRACLE? London: Souvenir, 1983. 173p. Revised paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1984. 191p. 12338. Toledano Hernandez, Manuel. LAS APARICIONES DEL TEPEYAC: iMITO 0 REALIDAD? Mexico City: Editorial Posada, 1974. 157p. 12339. Torre Villar, Ernesto de la, and Ramiro Navarro de Anda, eds. TESTIM0NI0S HISTORICOS GUADALUPAN0S. Mexico City: Fondo de Cultura Economi ca, 1982. 1468p. 910 Marian Apparitions— Miraculous Medal 12340. Valeriano, Antonio. BOOKLET OF TEPEYAC. Trans. Flavio Zavala. [Guadalupe Hidalgo, Mex.: Flavio Zavala, 1935.3 37p. This and following entries are taken from his manuscript, CODEX VALERIANO, 1574. 12341. ------ . EL MILAGRO DE LA VIRGEN DEL TEPEYAC. Colegio pfo de Artes y Oficios, 1894. 65p. 12342. ------ . Dac, 1951. 22p. RIO DE LUZ, REINA DEL TEPEYAC. Puebla, Mex.: Mexico City: Editorial 12343. Watson, Simone. THE CULT OF OUR LADY OF GUADALUPE: A HISTORICAL STUDY. Collegeville, Minn.: Liturgical Press, 1964. 87p. The Miraculous Medal In 1830 Catherine Laboure, a young postulant of the Daughters of Char ity convent in Paris, had three visions of the Virgin Mary in the convent chapel. On the second occasion the apparition floated over the altar, sur rounded by a glowing oval frame around which a written inscription formed. The figure ordered Catherine to have a medal struck in her likeness, which soon became known as the Miraculous Medal. 12344. Aladel, Jean-Marie. THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL: ITS ORIGIN, HISTORY, CIRCULATION AND RESULTS. Baltimore, Md.: John B. Piet; Philadelphia: H.L. Kilner, 1880. 324p. Translation of NOTICE HISTORIQUE SUR L*ORIGINE ET LES EFFETS DE LA NOUVELLE MEDAILLE. Paris: Societe des Bons Livres, 1835. 12345. Chuard, Henri. Saint Paul, 1967. 84p. POURQUOI PAS CETTE MEDAILLE? Fribourg, Fr.: 12346. Crapez, Edmond. VENERABLE CATHERINE LABOURE: DAUGHTER OF CHARITY OF SAINT VINCENT DE PAUL. Eraraitsburg, Md.: St. Joseph's, 1918. 253p. Translation of LA VENERABLE CATHERINE LABOURE. Paris: J. Gabalda, 1911. 12347. Dirvin, Joseph I. SAINT CATHERINE LABOURE OF THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL. New York: Farrar, Straus and Cudahy, 1958. 239p. Paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Echo, 1965. 240p. 12348. Englebert, Omer. CATHERINE LABOURE AND THE MODERN APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY. Trans. Alastair Guinan. New York: P.J. Kenedy and Sons, 1959. 243p. 12349. Finney, Joseph A. THE MANIFESTATION OF THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL. Perryville, Mo.: Association of the Miraculous Medal, 1950. 32p. 12350. Fournier, Christiane. J'AI VU... Paris: De Gigord, 1966. 12351. Guitton, Jean. RUE DU BAC: OU, LA SUPERSTITION DEPASSEE. Editions S.O.S., 1973. 154p. 150p. Paris: Marian Apparitions— La Salette 12352. Hauchecorne, Paul. Flguiere, 1934. 222p. 911 LES APPARITIONS DE LA RUE DU BAC. Paris: E. 12353. Laurentin. Rene, and P. Roche. CATHERINE LABOURS ET LA MEDAILLE MIRACULEUSE: DOCUMENTS AUTHENTIQUES, 1830-1876. Paris: Lazaristes, 1976. 397p. 12354. Louis-Lefebvre, Marie Th£rese. LE SILENCE DE CATHERINE LABOURE. [Bruges, Belg.]: Desclee De Brouwer, 1950. 208 + [2]p. 12355. Misermont, Lucien. LES GRACES EXTRAORDINAIRES DE LA BIENHEUREUSE CATHERINE LABOURE. Paris: J. Gabalda, 1933. 343p. 12356. SAINT CATHERINE LABOURE, MESSENGER OF THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL. Lyon, Fr.: Lesauyer et Fils, 1947. 39p. 12357. Sharkey, Don. III.: Divine Word, 1961. OUR LADY'S MIRACULOUS MEDAL APPARITIONS. 24p. Techny, 12358. Todd, Mary Fidelis. SONG OF THE DOVE: THE STORY OF SAINT CATHER INE LABOURE AND THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL. New York: P.J. Kenedy and Sons, 1957. 187p. 12359. [Wimsey, Josephs]. LITTLE CATHERINE OF THE MIRACULOUS MEDAL: THE CHILDREN'S LIFE OF BLESSED CATHERINE LABOURE. New York: Benziger Brothers, 1937. 176p. 12360. Windeatt, Mary Fabyan. THE MEDAL: THE STORY OF ST. CATHERINE LABOURE. St. Meinrad, Ind.: [Grail], 1950. 107p. La Salette Two peasant children in mountainous southeast France in 1846 witnessed the apparition of a beautiful woman who emerged from a bright light. They only saw her once, but she accurately predicted the failure of the local potato crop and a cholera epidemic. 12361. L'APPARITION DE LA SAINTE-VIERGE A EU LIEU LE 19 SEPTEMBRE 1846, SUR LA MONTAGNE DE DORSIERE, HAMEAU DE LA COMMUNE DE LA SALETTE, CANTON DE CORPS, DEPARTEMENT DE L'ISERE. [Grenoble: J.L. Barnel, 1847]. [4p.] Many later editions with variant titles and imprints exist, 1847-1856. 12362. L'APPARITION DE LA SALETTE: HISTOIRE, CRITIQUE, THEOLOGIE. vols. La Salette de Tournai, 1932-1935. 3 12363. L'APPARITION DE LA TRES-SAINTE VIERGE A DEUX PETITS BERGERS SUR LA MONTAGNE DE LA SALLETTE [sic]. Paris: Bouasse-Lebel, 1847. 32p. 12364. APPARITION OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN ON THE MOUNTAIN OF LA SALETTE THE 19TH OF SEPTEMBER, 1846. Sherbrooke, Que.: St. Raphael's, 1976. 35p. 12365. Bassette, Louis. LE FAIT DE LA SALETTE, 1846-1854. Paris: Edi- 912 Marian Apparitions— La Salette tlons du Cerf, 1955. 420p. Revised ed., 1965. 459p. 12366. Bernoville, GaStan. 1946. 285p. LA SALETTE. Paris: Editions Albin Michel, 12367. Berthier, Jean. L'APPARITION DE NOTRE-DAME DE LA SALETTE. oble: M. Comte, 1888. 15p. Gren 12368. Bloy, Leon. SHE WHO WEEPS: OUR LADY OF SALETTE. Trans. Emile La Douceur. Fresno, Calif.: Academy Library Guild, 1956; Fresno, Calif.: Apostolate of Christian Action, 1968. 167p. Translation of CELLE QUI PLEURE: NOTRE DAME DE LA SALETTE. Paris: Societe du Mercure de France, 1908. 12369. [Brulais, Marie des]. L'ECHO DE LA SAINTE MONTAGNE VISITEE PAR LA MERE DE DIEU. Nantes, Fr.: Charpentier, 1852. 348p. 12370. Calvat, Melanie. THE APPARITION OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN ON THE MOUNTAIN OF LA SALETTE. St. Jovite, Que.: Monastery of the Apostles, 1973. 96p. Translation of L'APPARITION DE LA TRES-SAINTE VIERGE SUR LA MONTAGNE DE LA SALETTE, LE 19 SEPTEMBRE 1846. Lecce, It.: Tipolitografla Editrice Salentina di Giuseppe Spacciante, 1879. 12371. ------ . fever, 1881. 32p. LE SECRET COMPLET DE LA SALETTE. Louvain, Belg.: J. Le- 12372. ------ . VIE DE MELANIE, BERGERE DE LA SALETTE. de France, 1912. 289p. Paris: Mercure 12373. earlier, Louis. THE APPARITION OF OUR LADY ON THE MOUNTAINS OF LA SALETTE. Hartford, Conn.: Missionaries of La Salette, 1926. 72p. Translation of L'APPARITION DE NOTRE-DAME SUR LA MONTAGNE DE LA SALETTE. Tournai, Belg.: Les Missionaires de La Salette, 1904. 12374. ------ . HISTOIRE DE L'APPARITION DE LA MERE DE DIEU SUR LA MON TAGNE DE LA SALETTE. Tournai, Belg.: Les Missionaires de La Salette, 1912. 601p. 3d ed., 1914. 611p. 12375. Claudel, Paul. Gallimard, 1952. 62p. 12376. ------ . 1946. 38p. LE SYMBOLISME DE LA SALETTE. LES REVELATIONS DE LA SALETTE. 12377. Deleon, Claude. Redon, 1854. 373p. Paris: Editions Paris: La Table Ronde, LA SALETTE DEVANT LE PAPE. Grenoble, Fr.: E. 12378. ------ . LA SALETTE FALLAVAUX (FALLAX-VALLIS). oble, Fr.: E. Redon, 1852-53. 166 + 271p. 12379. ------ . LETTRES A M. L'ABBE BURNOUD. 2 vols. Gren Paris: Librairie de Ballay 913 Marian Apparitions— La Salette et Conchon, 1857. 72p. 12380. ------ . QU'EST-CE QUE LA VERITE? DERNIER MOT SUR LA SALETTE. Grenoble, Fr.: Riguadin et Lassagne, 1873. 400p. 12381. [Forest, Petrus]. ETUDE SUR L'APPARITION DE LA SAINTE VIERGE A LA SALETTE. Fribourg: The author, 1922. [77p.] 12382. Giraud, Maximin. MA PROFESSION DE FOI SUR L'APPARITION DE NOTREDAME DE LA SALETTE. Paris: H. Charpentier, 1866. 72p. 12383. Giraud, Sylvain M. LA PRATIQUE DE LA DEVOTION A NOTRE-DAME DE LA SALETTE. La Salette, Fr.: Notre Dame de La Salette, 1863. 390p. Revised ed., 1875. 521p. 12384. Glray, Joseph. LES MIRACLES DE LA SALETTE. Fr.: Imprimerie Saint-Bruno, 1921. 481 + 448p. 2 vols. Grenoble, 12385. [Gouin, Paul]. SOEUR MARIE DE LA CROIX, BERGERE DE LA SALETTE. Angers: Imprimerie de l'Anjou, 1954. 196p. 12386. Jaouen, Jean. LA GRACE DE LA SALETTE, 1846-1946. tions du Cerf, 1946. 357p. Paris: Edi 12387. Kennedy, John S. LIGHT ON THE MOUNTAIN: THE STORY OF LA SALETTE. New York: McMullen, 1953; Dublin: Browne and Nolan, 1954. 205p. Paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1956. 197p. 12388. La Douceur, Emile. THE VISION OF LA SALETTE: THE CHILDREN SPEAK. New York: Vantage, 1956. 145p. 12389. [Lagier, Frangois]. Salette Press, 1946. 87p. THE ABBE JOTS IT DOWN. Altamont, N.Y.: La 12390. Lass, J.B. DER MUTTER MAHNRUF AN DIE WELT: DIE GROSSE BOTSCHAFT VON LA SALETTE. Innsbruck, Austria: Marlanischer Verlag, 1954. 305p. 12391. Le Hidec, Max. LES SECRETES DE LA SALETTE. Editions Latlnes, 1969. 224p. Paris: Nouvelles 12392. Masson, Rene. LA SALETTE: OU, LES LARMES DE MARIE. tions S.O.S., 1982. 252p. 12393. Northcote, James Spencer. Burns and Lambert, 1852. 71p. Paris: Edi A PILGRIMAGE TO LA SALETTE. London: 12394. O'Reilly, James P. THE STORY OF LA SALETTE: MARY'S APPARITION, ITS HISTORY AND SEQUELS. Chicago: J.S. Paluch, 1953. 167p. UNG. 12395. Roetheli, Ernst Walter. LA SALETTE: GESCHICHTE EINER ERSCHEIN2d rev. ed., Olten: 0. Walter, 1952. 230p. 12396. Sharkey, Don. THE MADONNA IN TEARS: THE STORY OF OUR LADY OF LA SALETTE. [Ipswich, Mass.: National Shrine of Our Lady of Salette, 1952]. 914 Harlan Apparitions— Lourdes 15p. 12397. Stern, Jean. LA SALETTE: BIBLIOGRAPHIE. no.7. Dayton, 0.: University of Dayton, 1975. 302p. Marian Library Studies **12398. ------ . LA SALETTE: DOCUMENTS AUTHENTIQUES, DOSSIER CHR0N0L0GIQUE INTEGRAL. Volume 1. Paris: Desclee De Brouwer, 1980. 415p. **12399. Ullathorne, William B. THE HOLY MOUNTAIN OF LA SALETTE: A PIL GRIMAGE OF THE YEAR 1854. London: Thomas Richardson, 1854. 180p. French ed., LA SAINTE MONTAGNE DE LA SALETTE. Grenoble: Baratier, 1854. 153p. 7th ed., Hartford , Conn. : Fathers of La Salette, 1901. 220 p. 8 th ed. , Altaraont , N.Y.: La Salette, [1936]. 212p. 9th ed., Altamont , N.Y.: La Salette, 1942. 188p. 12400. Windeatt, Mary Fabyan. Ind.: Grail, 1951. 187p. THE CHILDREN OF LA SALETTE. St. Meinrad Lourdes Bernadette Soubirous experienced a series of visions of the Blessed Virgin in a grotto near Lourdes, France, in 1858. During each vision Berna dette would slip into an ecstatic state in which she alone could see the apparition. At one point the Virgin revealed a hidden spring which immedi ately became famous for its healing waters. 12401. Agnellet, Michel. I ACCEPT THESE FACTS: THE LOURDES CURES EXAM INED. Trans. John Dingle. London: Parrish, 1958. 153p. Translation of CENT ANS DE MIRACLES A LOURDES. Paris: Editions de Trevise, 1957. 12402. Andrews, Bernadette. SHE MET OUR LADY: THE STORY OF BERNADETTE. London: Catholic Truth Society, 1979. 57p. 12403. Auclair, Marcelle. BERNADETTE. Trans. Kathryn Sullivan. York: Desclee, 1958. 204p. Translation of BERNADETTE. Paris: Bloud et Gay, 1957. F0I. New 12404. Aziz, Philippe. LES MIRACLES DE LOURDES: LA SCIENCE FACE A LA Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1981. 312p. 12405. Benassi, Benigno. It.: ABES, [1952]. 129p. LOURDES, LA MADONNA E IL DIAV0L0. 12406. Benson, Robert Hugh. B. Herder, 1914, 1921. 83p. LOURDES. Bologna, London: Manresa; St. Louis, Mo.: 12407. BERNADETTE OF LOURDES: THE ONLY COMPLETE ACCOUNT OF HER LIFE EVER PUBLISHED. Trans. J.H. Gregory. New York: Devin-Adair, 1914. 263p. Translation of LA CONFIDENTE DE L'lMMACULEE, BERNADETTE SOUBIROUS EN RE LIGION S0EUR MARIE BERNARD DES SOEURS DE LA CHARITE DE L'INSTRUCTION CHRETI- 915 Marian Apparitions- ■Lourdee ENNE DE NEVERS, PAR UNE RELIGIEUSE DE LA MAISON-MERE. 12408. Bernovllle, Gaetan. LOURDES. n.p., n.d. Paris: E. Flammarion, 1930. 243p. 12409. Blanton, Margaret Gray. BERNADETTE OF LOURDES. New York: Long mans, Green, 1939. 265p. Reprinted as THE MIRACLE OF BERNADETTE. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Pren tice-Hall, 1958. 288p. 12410. Boissarie, Prosper. HEAVEN'S RECENT WONDERS: OR, THE WORK OF LOURDES. Trans. Cyril Van der Donckt. New York: F. Pustet, 1909, 1912. 385p. Translation of LES GRANDES GUERISONS DE LOURDES. Paris: Douniol, 1900. son. 12411. Carrel, Alexis. THE VOYAGE TO LOURDES. Trans. Virgilia Peter New York: Harper, 1950. 52p. Reprinted as JOURNEY TO LOURDES. London: Hamilton, 1950. 77p. Translation of LE VOYAGE DE LOURDES. Paris: Librairie Plon, 1949. 12412. Cassagnard, Jean Marie. CARREL ET ZOLA DEVANT LA MIRACLE A LOURDES. Lourdes, Fr.: Editions de la Grotte, 1958. 135p. 12413. Clarke, Richard F. LOURDES: ITS INHABITANTS, ITS PILGRIMS, AND ITS MIRACLES. New York: Benziger Brothers, 1888, 1905. 224p. 12414. Combes, Andr<T. Lescuyer, 1949. 38p. 12415. ------ . BERNADETTE FROM LOURDES TO NEVERS. LOURDES. Lyon, Fr.: Lescuyer, n.d. Lyon, Fr.: 39p. 12416. Cranston, Ruth. THE MIRACLE OF LOURDES. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1955. 286p. Reprinted as THE MYSTERY OF LOURDES. London: Evans Brothers, 1956. 234p. 12417. Cristiani, LSon. 1965. 181p. SAINT BERNADETTE. Staten I., N.Y.: Alba House, 12418. Cros, Leonard Joseph Marie, ed. HISTOIRE DE NOTRE-DAME DE LOURDES D'APRES LES DOCUMENTS ET LES TEM0INS. 5 vols. Paris: Beauchesne, 1925-1959. 12419. ------ , ed. LOURDES 1858: TEM0INS DE L'EVENEMENT. Lethielleux, 1957. 366p. 12420. De Montfort, Odile, and John O'Meara. DISCOVERIES. London: Campion, 1959. 126p. 12421. Deery, Joseph. OUR LADY OF LOURDES. Press; Dublin: Browne and Nolan, 1958. 266p. Paris: P. ORDEAL AT LOURDES: THE NEW Westminster, M d.: Newman 12422. Estrade, Jean Baptiste. THE APPARITIONS OF THE VIRGIN MARY AT THE GROTTO OF LOURDES. Westminster, M d . : Art and Book Co., 1912. 281p. Reprinted as THE APPEARANCES OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY AT THE GROTTO OF LOURDES. Lourdes, Fr.: Editions de la Grotte, 1949. 312p. 916 Harlan Apparitions— Lourdes Translation of LES APPARITIONS DE LOURDES: SOUVENIRS INTIMES D'UN TEMOIN. Tours: A. Marne, 1899. Reprinted as MY WITNESS, BERNADETTE: THE AUTHENTIC SOURCEBOOK OF THE APPARITIONS AT LOURDES BY AN EYEWITNESS. Trans. J.H. LeBreton Girdlestone. Springfield, 111.: Templegate, [1951]. 221p. 12423. Flynn, Maureen. nery, 1957. 215p. THIS PLACE CALLED LOURDES. Chicago: Henry Reg- 12424. Fulda, Edeltraud. AND I SHALL BE HEALED. Trans. John Coombs. London: Heinemann, 1960. 289p. American ed., New York: Simon and Schuster, 1961. 307p. Translation of UND ICH WERDE GENESEN SEIN. Hamburg, Ger.: P. Zsolnay, 1959. 12425. Gibbons, John. P.J. Kenedy, 1929. 213p. TRAMPING TO LOURDES. London: Methuen, New York; 12426. Green, Charles Henry [B.G. Sandhurst, pseud.]. HAPPEN. London: Burns and Oates, 1957. 188p. 12427. Jantsch, Franz. 1952. 148p. WIR FAHREN NACH LOURDES. MIRACLES STILL Graz, Austria: Styria, 12428. Kselman, Thomas A. MIRACLES & PROPHECIES IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY FRANCE. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University, 1983. 283p. 12429. Lasserre, Henri. OUR LADY OF LOURDES. Trans. F. Ignatius Sisk. London: Burns and Oates; New York: Benziger Brothers, [1870]. 435p. Later ed., St. Paul, Minn.: Catechetical Guild, 1943. 172p. Many other editions. Translation of NOTRE DAME DE LOURDES. Paris: V. Palme, 1869. 12430. Laurentin, Rene. LES APPARITIONS DE LOURDES. leux; Lourdes: OEuvres de la Grotte, 1966. 288p. Paris: P. Lethiel **12431. ------ . BERNADETTE OF LOURDES: A LIFE BASED ON AUTHENTICATED DOCUMENTS. Trans. John Drury. Minneapolis: Winston, 1979. 243p. Translation of VIE DE BERNADETTE. Paris: Desclee De Brouwer, 1978. 12432. ------ . Lethielleux, 1957. LOURDES: DOSSIER DES DOCUMENTS AUTHENTIQUES. 188p. 12433. ------ . 1962. LOURDES: HISTOIRE AUTHENTIQUE. 12434. ------ . SENS DE LOURDES. Paris: P. Paris: P. Lethielleux, Paris: P. Lethielleux, 1955. 142p. 12435. Le Bee, Edouard. MEDICAL PROOF OF THE MIRACULOUS: A CLINICAL STUDY. London: Harding, 1922; New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1923. 198p. Translation of PREUVES MEDICALES DU MIRACLE: ETUDE CLINIQUE. Bourges, Fr.: Tardy-Pigelet, 1917. 12436. Long, Valentine. BERNADETTE AND HER LADY OF GLORY. Boston: 917 Marian Apparitions— Lourdes Daughters of St. Paul, 1979. 12437. Lynch, John W. of St. Paul, 1981. 184p. 53p. BERNADETTE: THE ONLY WITNESS. Boston: Daughters 12438. McCabe, Joseph. DEBUNKING THE LOURDES "MIRACLES." Haldeman-Julius, 1928. 60p. 12439. ------ . THE LOURDES MIRACLES: A CANDID INQUIRY. 1925. 71p. Girard, Kan.: London: Watts, 12440. Marchand, Alfred. THE FACTS OF LOURDES AND THE MEDICAL BUREAU. London: Burns, Oates and Washbourne; New York: Benziger Brothers, 1924. 151p. Translation of TRENTE GUERISONS ENREGISTREES AU BUREAU MEDICAL, 1919— 1922. Paris: P. Tequi, 1924. 12441. Marnham, Patrick. LOURDES: A MODERN PILGRIMAGE. London: Heinemann, 1980; New York: Coward, McCann and Geoghegan, 1981. 224p. Paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1982. 272p. 12442. Matt, Leonard von, and Francis Trochu. New York: Universe, 1963. 47 + [50]p . BERNADETTE OF LOURDES. **12443. Nearae, Alan. THE HAPPENING AT LOURDES: THE SOCIOLOGY OF THE GROTTO. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1968. 323p. British ed., London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1968. 255p. 12444. Oxenham, John. THE WONDER OF LOURDES: WHAT IT IS AND WHAT IT MEANS. London: Longmans, Green, 1924. 62p. 12445. Oxenham, John, and Volney G. Mathison. THE SECRET OF THE LOURDES MIRACLES REVEALED. Los Angeles: Mathison Electropsychometers, 1956. 38p. 12446. Petitot, Hyacinthe. HISTOIRE EXACTS DES APPARITIONS DE N.-D. DE LOURDES A BERNADETTE. Paris: Desclee de Brouwer, 1935. 289p. 12447. Pruvost, S. MIRACLES, PILGRIMAGES. han, 1925. 206p. THE WONDERS OF MASSABIELLE AT LOURDES: APPARITIONS, Trans. Joseph A. Fredette. Boston: Matthew F. Shee 12448. Ravier, Andre. BERNADETTE. 12449. Saint Pierre, Michel de. 1979. 203p. London: Collins, 1979. BERNADETTE. 63p. Paris: La Table Ronde, 12450. ------ . BERNADETTE AND LOURDES. Trans. Edward Fitzgerald. York: Farrar, Straus and Young, 1954. 267p. Paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1955. 266p. 12451. Saunders, Edith. W. Heinemann, 1940. 292p. 12452. Sharkey, Don. LOURDES. New New York: Oxford University; London: AFTER BERNADETTE: THE STORY OF MODERN LOURDES. 918 Marian Apparitions— Pontmain Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1945. 12453. Suffran, Michel. 166p. LOURDES. Paris: Editions S.O.S., 1976. 319p. 12454. Trochu, Francis. SAINT BERNADETTE SOUBIROUS, 1844-1879. Trans. John Joyce. New York: Pantheon, 1958. 400p. Translation of SAINTE BERNADETTE. Fribourg: Editions St. Paul, 1956. 12455. Trouneer, Margaret. SAINT BERNADETTE: THE CHILD AND THE NUN. New York: Sheed and Ward, 1958. 248p. British ed., London: Hutchinson, 1958. 240p. 12456. Walne, Damien, and Joan Flory. can Herald, 1978. 96p. THE LADY SAID. Chicago: Francis 12457. Werfel, Franz. THE SONG OF BERNADETTE. Trans. Ludwig Lewisohn. New York: Viking, 1942; Garden City, N.Y.: Sun Dial, 1944. 575p. Translation of DAS LIED VON BERNADETTE. Stockholm, Swed.: Berraann-Fischer Verlag, 1941. Fictional account. Pontmain Four children of Pontraain, France, in 1871 saw a vision of a lady hover ing in the air above their barn. The figure wore a blue dress covered with golden stars. Three odd stars framed the apparition, while other stars ar ranged themselves beneath her feet. The Virgin in this case is credited with halting the advance of the invading Prussian army the same night. 12458. Bessiere, Marie Simone. NOTRE-DAME DU PONT-MAIN ET SES ENSEIGNEMENTS A LA LUMIERE DE L ’ECRITURE. Paris: The author, 1965. 109p. 12459. Even, Michel. NOTRE-DAME DE PONTMAIN. de la Revue "Les Alpes,” 1946. 135p. 12460. Laurent in, Rene, and A. Durand. 3 vols. Paris: P. Lethielleux, 1970. Grenoble, Fr.; Editions PONTMAIN: HISTOIRE AUTHENTIQUE. 12461. Marie-Simone. NOTRE-DAME DE PONTMAIN ET SON MESSAGE A LA FRANCE. Paris: Editions Alsatia, 1950. 208p. **12462. Richard, A.M. THE APPARITION AT PONTMAIN. Trans. F.C. Husenbeth. London: Burns and Oates, 1871. Later ed., WHAT HAPPENED AT PONTMAIN. Trans. John M. Haffert. Washing ton, N.J.: Ave Maria Institute, 1971. 78p. Translation of L'EVENEMENT DE PONTMAIN. Laval: Beauchesne, 1871. 12463. Sorgia, Raimondo. 1974. lOlp. LA MADONNA A PONT-MAIN. Turin: Elle Di Ci, 12464. Sullivan, T.S. OUR LADY OF HOPE: THE STORY OF THE APPARITION AT PONTMAIN. Meinrad, Ind.: Grail, 1955. 54p. 919 Marian Apparitions— Fatima Knock. The apparition at the village church of Knock, Ireland, in 1879, was seen by fifteen people. Not only was the figure of the Virgin present, but two others as well, taken for St. Joseph and St. John. An independent wit ness a half mile away saw a brilliant light in the sky above the church at the time of the vision. 12465. APPARITIONS AND MIRACLES AT KNOCK: THE OFFICIAL DEPOSITIONS OF THE EYE-WITNESSES BEFORE THE COMMISSION APPOINTED BY HIS GRACE, THE MOST REV. JOHN MeHALE, ARCHBISHOP OF TUAM. New York: Thomas Kelly, [1880?]. 104p. **12466. Coyne, William D. OUR LADY OF KNOCK IN PICTURE AND STORY. York: Catholic Book Publishing, 1948. 223p. 12467. Neary, Tom. Office, 1976. 35p. 12468. ------ . [1984?]. 16p. KNOCK: THE PILGRIM'S HOPE. OUR LADY OF KNOCK. 12469. O'Keeffe, Daniel. 1949. 98p. n.d. New Dublin: Irish Messenger London: Catholic Truth Society, THE STORY OF KNOCK. Cork, Ire,,: Mercier, 12470. OUR LADY OF THE EUCHARIST. Washington, N.J. : Ave Maria Institute 40p. Includes excerpts from Coyne's book (12466). 12471. Walsh, Michael. THE APPARITION AT KNOCK: A SURVEY OF FACTS AND EVIDENCE. Naas, Ire.: Leinster Leader, 1955. 136p. 2d ed., Tuam, Ire.: St. Jarlath's College, 1959. 136p. Fatima The most significant aspect of the series of events that took place near Fatima, Portugal, in 1917 are the UFO-like manifestations witnessed by crowds of people on hand at the fifth and sixth apparitions. On September 13 a luminous globe sailed majestically across the sky, after which flower petals appeared floating in the air and disappeared before hitting the ground. The so-called Miracle of the Sun occurred on October 13 and was ob served by a substantial portion of the 70,000 people crowded in the natural ampitheatre around an oak tree where the visions were taking place. This time a bright, whirling, disc-shaped object descended from the sky and cast strange, colored shadows on the crowd and landscape. The phenomenon lasted about ten minutes during which time the object sent out two bursts of heat. The best summary of the Fatima apparitions and their ufological impli cations is the Portuguese book by Joaquim Fernandes and Fina d'Armada (12506). Other less objective accounts are those by Castelbranco (12493), Pelletier (12548), and Walsh (12565). 920 Marian Apparitions— Fatima 12472. Aglus, Joseph M. THIS IS FATIMA: A SACRAMENT OF THE GRACE OF CONVERSION. Fatima, Port.: Fatima Center o£ Marian Studies, 1951. 72p. 12473. Alonso, Joaquin Marla. THE SECRET OF FATIMA: FACT AND LEGEND. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate, 1979. 122p. Translation of FATIMA: HISTORIA E MENSAGEM. Porto: Cavaleiro da Imaculada, 1978. 12474. [Althoffer, Andre]. THE GREAT SECRET OF FATIMA REVEALED DECEMBER 8, 1962, BY THE BLESSED VIRGIN HERSELF THROUGH THE EXPLANATION OF THE SECRET OF LA SALETTE. Preface by Victor Manuel Sanchez S. Trans. Mary of Jesus. Tacoma, Hash.: Northwest Garabandal, 1969. [48p.] Translation of LE SECRET DE FATIMA DEVOILE A LA SUITE DU DEVELOPPEMENT INATTENDU APPORTE PAR LA TRES SAINTE VIERGE AU SECRET DE LA SALETTE. [Champigneulles: The author, 1963?]. 12475. LES APPARITIONS DE FATIMA PAR UN PELERIN. Fides, n.d. 32p. [Montreal, Que.]: 12476. Armada, Fina d'. FATIMA: 0 QUE SE PASSOU EM 1917. vraria Bertrand, 1980. 419p. Lisbon: Li- 12477. Armstrong, April Oursler, and Martha F. Armstrong Jr. FATIMA: PILGRIMAGE TO PEACE. Garden City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1954. 192p. 12478. Barthas, Casimir. Fayard, 1952. 157p. LES APPARITIONS DE FATIMA. Paris: Editions 12479. ------ . CE QUE LA VIERGE NOUS DEMANDS: LE LIVRE DU CINQUANTENAIRE DE FATIMA, 1917-1967. Toulouse, Fr.: Fatima-Editions, 1966. 228p. 12480. ------ . 1972. 164 + 20p. LES COLOMBES DE LA VIERGE. Toulouse: Fatima-Editions, 12481. ------ . FATIMA 1917-1968: HISTOIRE COMPLETE DES APPARITIONS ET DE LEURS SUITES. Toulouse, Fr.: Fatima-Editions, 1969. 399p. 12482. ------ . LE MESSAGE DE FATIMA: ETUDE ANALYTIQUE DES ENSEIGNEMENTS ET AVERTISSEMENTS DE NOTRE-DAME. Toulouse, Fr.: Fat ima-Edit ions, 1971. 261p. 12483. ------ . THREE CHILDREN: OUR LADY'S THREE MESSENGERS OF FATIMA. Dublin: Clonmore and Reynolds, 1953. 198p. Translation of IL ETAIT...TROIS PETITS ENFANTS: VIE SECRETE ET PENITENTE DES VOYANTS DE FATIMA. Montreal, Que.: Fides, 1945. 12484. Barthas, Casimir, and Luiz Gonzaga da Fonseca. OUR LADY OF LIGHT. Trans. Placide Vermandere. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce; Dublin: Clon more and Reynolds, 1947. 225p. Translation of FATIMA: MERVEILLE INOUIE. Toulouse, Fr.: Fatima-Editions, 1943. Based on Fonseca's LE MERAVIGLIE DI FATIMA (12508). 12485. [Barton], Michael X. WORLD SECRET OF FATIMA. Los Angeles: Fa- 921 Marian Apparitions— Fatima tima, 1962. 35p. 12486. Bergin, Robert. THIS APOCALYPTIC AGE. Voice of Fatima International, 1970. 158p. [Stoke-on-Trent, Eng.]: 12487. Brochado, Jose da Costa. FATIMA IN THE LIGHT OF HISTORY. Trans. George C.A. Boehrer. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1955. 242p. Translation of FATIMA A LUZ DA HISTORIA. Lisbon: Portugalla Editors, 1948. 12488. Cacella, Joseph. OUR LADY OF FATIMA. Religious Books, 1946. 254p. 2d ed., [1949?]. 447p. 12489. ------ . [1949?]. 72p. THE STORY OF FATIMA. New York: Vatican City New York: St. Anthony’s Press, 12490. ------ . THE WONDERS OF FATIMA. Books, 1948. 319p. New York: Vatican City Religious 12491. Cappa, Alphonse M. FATIMA: COVE OF WONDERS. Lyden. Boston: Daughters of St. Paul, 1979. 297p. 12492. Carreira, Joaquim. pedro, 1967. 214p. FATIMA E 0 EVANGELHO. Trans. William H. Lisbon: Livraria Sam- **12493. [Castelbranco], Joao da Cruz. MORE ABOUT FATIMA AND THE IMMACU LATE HEART OF MARY. Westminster, Md.: Newman Press, 1945; Dublin: M.H. Gill, 1948. 125p. Revised ed., 1953. 135p. Translation of LE PRODIGE INOUI DE FATIMA. 2d ed., Lyon, Fr.: Editions de la Propagande du Sacre-Coeur, 1942. Enlarged ed., revised by V. Montes de Oca, Manchester, Eng.: Voice of Fatima International, 1971. 142p. 1975. 144p. 12494. Cerbelaud Salagnac, Genges. tions France-Empire, [1967?]. 287p. FATIMA ET NOTRE TEMPS. Paris: Edi 12495. Crockett, Arthur. SECRET PROPHECY OF FATIMA REVEALED! wick, N.J.: Global Communications, 1982. 68p. New Bruns 12496. Culligan, Emmett. THE 1960 FATIMA SECRET AND THE SECRET OF LA SALETTE. San Bernardino, Calif.: Culligan Book Co., 1967; Rockford, 111.: TAN, 1975. 37p. Cover title, FATIMA SECRET: A LAYMAN'S RECALL TO THE AGE OF FAITH. 12497. ------ . THE LAST WORLD WAR AND THE END OF TIME. Calif.: Elbee; Culligan Book Co., 1950, 1966. 210p. San Bernardino, 12498. Daughters of St. Paul. THE GREAT PROMISE OF OUR LADY OF FATIMA: THE NEW SECRET OF SALVATION. Boston: Daughters of St. Paul, 1982. 55p. 12499. Delabays, Joseph. OUR LADY OF FATIMA: QUEEN OF PEACE. John H. Askin. New York: Benziger Brothers, 1948. 196p. Trans. 922 Marian Apparitions— Fatima 12500. Dooley, Lester M. "ARE YOU HEEDING FATIMA?" St. Louis, Mo.: The Queen's Work, 1948. 39p. Revised ed., Island Creek, Mass.: Miramar, 1948. 40p. 12501. ------ . AT THE FATIMA PEACE TABLE (MARY PRESIDING). Joseph Cacella, [1949]. 184p. 12502. ------ . 153p. FATIMA AND YOU. 12503. Esser, Ignatius, ed. Grail, 1949. 170p. Notre Dame, Ind.: Ave Maria, 1951. THE FATIMA WEEK SERMONS. 12504. FATIMA AND "THE WAY OF DIVINE LOVE." Institute, n.d. 31p. 12505. Felici, Icilio. 1952. 186p. New York: QUESTA E FATIMA. St. Meinrad, Ind.: Washington, N.J.: Ave Maria Padua, It.: Presbyterium, **12506. Fernandes, Joaquim, and Fina d'Armada. INTERVENQjO EXTRATERRESTRE EN FATIMA: AS APARIQ8ES E 0 FEN0MEN0 OVNI. Lisbon: Livraria Bertrand, 1981, 1982. 463p. 12507. Fonseca, Luiz Gonzaga da. ico, 1951. 42p. FATIMA E A CRITICA. Porto: Porto Med 12508. ------ . LA MERAVIGLIE DI FATIMA: APPARIZIONI, CULTO, MIRACOLI. Rome: Pia Societa S. Paolo, 1943. 12509. ------ . NOSSA SENHORA DA FATIMA. Apostolado da Imprensa, 1947. 418p. 12510. Fox, Robert J. 1983. 263p. 12511. itor, 1982. . 144p. FATIMA TODAY. REDISCOVERING FATIMA. 2d ed., Porto, Port.: Livraria Front Royal, Va.: Christendom, Huntingdon, Ind.: Our Sunday Vis 12512. Gannon, J.J. THE MIRACLE OF FATIMA. ical Guild Educational Society, 1954. 63p. 12513. GastSo, Manuel Marques. author, 1967. 302p. 12514. Grashoff, Raphael. Grail, 1949. 87p. 0 MAIOR MILAGRE DE FATIMA. THE CHALLENGE OF FATIMA. 12515. Haffert, John Mathias. Ave Maria Institute, 1961. 160p. MEET THE WITNESSES. 12516. ------ . RUSSIA WILL BE CONVERTED. Institute, 1950. 278p. 12517. Hebert, Albert J. St. Paul, Minn.: Catechet Lisbon: The St. Meinrad, Ind.: Washington, N.J.: Washington, N.J.: Ave Maria THE TEARS OF MARY— AND FATIMA: WHY? "RETURN TO 923 Marian Apparitions'— Fatima MY SON!" Paulina, La.: The author, 1983. 152p. 12518. Herkenrath, Josef. DAS JAHRHUNDERT DER MUTTERGOTTES UND UNSERE ZUKUNFT. Wiesbaden, Ger.: Credo-Verlag, 1954. 140p. 12519. Hocht, Johannes Maria. Credo-Verlag, 1954. 133p. FATIMA UND PIUS XII. Wiesbaden, Ger.: 12520. ------ . MARIA RETTET DAS ABENDLAND: FATIMA UND DIE SIEGERIN IN ALLEN SCHLACHTEN GOTTES IN DER ENTSCHEIDUNG UM RUSSLAND. Wiesbaden, Ger.: Credo-Verlag, 1953. 139p. 12521. Hiinerraann, Wilhelm. MIRACLE AT FATIMA. ence McHugh. New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1959. 214p. Translation of DER HIMMEL 1ST STARKER ALS WIR. Grunewald Verlag, 1954. 12522. Huggett, Renee. THE STORY OF FATIMA. 12523. Hull, Jerome, and Frances Hull. Fresno, Calif.: Aspect, 1959. 172p. 12524. Hume, Ruth Fox. 1957. 190p. Trans. Isabel and Flor Mainz, Ger.: Matthias- New York: Roy, 1959. 78p. 1959-1960, THE OMINOUS YEARS. OUR LADY CAME TO FATIMA. New York: Vision, 12525. Ilharco, Jo3o. FATIMA DESMASCARADA: A VERDADE HISTORIA ACERCA DE FATIMA DOCUMENTADA COM PROVAS. 4th ed. Coimbra, Port.: The author, 1971. 294p. 12526. Jantsch, Franz. 176p. ICH WAR IN FATIMA. Graz, Austria: Styria, 1952. 12527. Johnston, Francis W. FATIMA: THE GREAT SIGN. TAN; Chulmleigh, Devon: Augustine, 1980. 148p. 12528. Kondor, Lewis, ed. 199p. Not seen. Rockford, 111.: FATIMA IN LUCIA'S OWN WORDS, 12529. Lenta, Clementine. FATIMA OR MOSCOW? of Christian Action, 1978. 32p. n.p., 1976. Fresno, Calif.: Apostolate 12530. Levy, Rosalie Marie. ALL GENERATIONS SHALL CALL ME BLESSED. Boston: Daughters of St. Paul, n.d. 141p. 12531. McGlynn, Thomas. VISION OF FATIMA. Garden City, N.Y.: Garden City, 1951. 215p. Boston: Little, Brown, 1948; 12532. McGrath, William C. FATIMA OR WORLD SUICIDE. Ont.: Scarboro Foreign Mission Society, 1950. 94p. Scarboro Bluffs, 12533. Marchi, Joao de. THE CRUSADE OF FATIMA, THE LADY MORE BRILLIANT THAN THE SUN. Trans. Asdrubal Castell-Branco and Phillip C.M. Kelly. New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1948. 177p. 924 Marian Apparitions— Fatima Translation of ERA UMA SE?fHORA MAIS BRILHANTE QUE 0 SOL. Cova da Iria, Port.: Seminario das Missiles de Nossa Seflhora da Fatima, [194-]. Later ed., Lelria, Port.: Grafica de Leiria, 1964. 208p. **12534. ------ . FATIMA: THE FACTS. Trans. I.M. Kingsbury. Cork, Ire.: Mercier, 1950. 239p. Revised as FATIMA FROM THE BEGINNING. Fatima, Port.: Edi^Ses MissSes Consolata, 1981. 254p. 12535. ------ . THE IMMACULATE HEART: THE TRUE STORY OF OUR LADY OF FA TIMA. Ed. William Fay. New York: Farrar, Straus and Young, 1952. 287p. 12536. ------ . MOTHER OF CHRIST CRUSADE. Christ Crusade, 1947. [212p.] Billings, Mont.: Mother of 12537. ------ . THE SHEPHERDS OF FATIMA. Trans. Elisabeth Cobb. New York: Sheed and Ward, 1952. 159p. Translation of FOI AOS PASTORINHOS QUE A VIRGEM FALOU. Cova da Iria, Port.: SeminArio das MissSes de Nossa Senhora da Fatima, [1948]. 12538. -------. THE TRUE STORY OF FATIMA: THE IMMACULATE HEART. Paul, Minn.: Catechetical Guild Educational Society, 1952. 376p. St. 12539. Martindale, Cyril Charlie. THE MEANING OF FATIMA. New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1950. 183p. Reprinted as THE MESSAGE OF FATIMA. London: Burns, Oates and Washbourne, 1950. 183p. 12540. Mary Thomas. Library Guild, [1956?]. PILGRIM OF THE WORLD. 79p. Fresno, Calif.: Academy 12541. Mikocki, Benno. FATIMA, "UND ES WIRD FREIDEN SEIN, WENN MAN MEINE BITTEN ERFULLT." Stein am Rhein: Christiana-Verlag, 1982. 142p. 12542. Norton, Mabel. lon, 1950. 133p. EYE WITNESS AT FATIMA. Dublin, Ire.: C.J. Fal 12543. O'Connell, Charles C. LIGHT OVER FATIMA. 1947; Westminster, M d . : Newman Press, 1948. 163p. Cork, Ire.: Mercier, 12544. Oliveira, Jose Galamba de. A FLOWER OF FATIMA. Boston: Daughters of St. Paul, 1957. 179p. Translation of JACINTA: VERSION CASTELLANA DE DARIO OVALLE CASTILLO. Santiago, Chile: Editorial Difusion Chilena, 1944. Newly revised by Humberto S. Medeiros and William F. Hill as JACINTA: THE FLOWER OF FATIMA. New York: Catholic Book Publishing, 1946. 192p. 12545. OUR LADY OF FATIMA'S "PEACE PLAN FROM HEAVEN." St. Meinrad, Ind.: Grail, 1950. 32p. Later eds., Monrovia, Calif.: Catholic Treasures, 1980; Rockford, 111.: TAN, 1983. 32p. 12546. Pelletier, Joseph A. EXCITING FATIMA NEWS RECENTLY REVEALED IN SISTER LUCY'S LETTERS: THE CONVERSION OF RUSSIA AND PEACE IN THE WORLD. 925 Marian Apparitions— Fatima Worcester, Mass.: Assumption, 1975. 3d rev. ed., 1979. 71p. 12547. ton, 1954. . FATIMA, HOPE OF THE WORLD. Worcester, Mass.: Washing 203p. **12548. ------ . THE SUN DANCED AT FATIMA: A CRITICAL STUDY OF THE APPA RITIONS. Worcester, Mass.: Caron, 1951. 163p. Revised ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1983. 238p. 12549. Philip, Jean Baptiste. NOTRE-DAME DU ROSAIRE DE FATIMA: LES APPARITIONS, LE MESSAGE, LES PELERINAGES. Montsurs, Fr.: Editions Resiac, 1971. 120p. 12550. Pimenta, Ernesto Tavares. bra Editora, 1951. 240p. CHEGOU A HORA. Coimbra, Port.: Coim 12551. Reis, Sebas1 1Jo Martins dos, and Adriano Chorao Lavajo. BAS DA VIRGEM DE FATIMA. Lisbon: Uni3o Grafico, [1964?J. 183p. 12552. Reju, Daniel. du Rocher, 1981. 195p. LE TROISIEME SECRETE DE FATIMA. 12553. Renault-Roulier, Gilbert. Librairie Plon, 1957. 261p. 12554. Rojas, Pedro. Claret, 1966. 397p. FATIMA EN MARCHA. AS POM- Monaco: Editions FATIMA: ESPERANCE DU MONDE. Paris: Barcelona, Sp.: Editorial 12555. Ryan, Finbar. OUR LADY OF FATIMA. St. Louis: B. Herder, 1939. 186p. 2d ed., Dublin: Browne and Nolan; Westminster, Md.: Newman Press, 1944. 236p. 4th ed., 255p. 5th ed., 260p. 12556. [Santos, Lucia dos]. LUCIA SPEAKS ON THE MESSAGE OF FATIMA. Washington, N.J.: Ave Maria Institute, 1968. 63p. 12557. Schachlnger, Norbert M. IN FATIMA. Vienna: Veritas, 1967. 12558. Sede, Gerard de. Moreau, 1977. 292p. MAILESUNGEN IM LICHTE DER GESCHEHNISSE 96p. FATIMA: ENQUETE SUR UNE IMPOSTURE. Paris: A. 12559. Servite. THE WHITE DOVES OF PEACE. Ed. Joseph Cacella. York: Vatican City Religious Books, 1949. 192p. 12560. Sharkey, Don. Pflaum, 1947. 21p. THE MESSAGE OF FATIMA. New Cincinnati, 0.: George A. 12561. [Stanford, Ray]. FATIMA PROPHECY: DAYS OF DARKNESS, PROMISE OF LIGHT. Austin, Tex.: Association for the Understanding of Man, 1972, 1974. 194p. 926 Marian Apparitions— Beauralng & Banneux 12562. THREE DAYS OF DARKNESS. of Fatima, [1970?]. 24p. Lancaster, Calif.: Crusaders of Our Lady 12563. Walne, Damien, and Joan Flory. Catholic Truth Society, 1983. THE MESSAGE OF FATIMA. London: 12564. ------ . OH, WHAT A BEAUTIFUL LADY! THE MESSAGE OF FATIMA. Chulmleigh, Devon: Augustine, 1976; Chicago: Franciscan Herald, 1978. 139p. **12565. Walsh, William Thomas. OUR LADY OF FATIMA. New York: Macmillan, 1947. 227p. Paperback ed., Garden City, N.Y.: Image, 1954. 223p. 12566. Windeatt, Mary Fabyan. THE CHILDREN OF FATIMA. Ind.: Grail, 1945. 144p. Rev. ed., St. Meinrad, Ind.: Abbey, 1973. 179p. St. Meinrad, Beauraing and Banneux Of these two Belgian apparitions in 1932-1933, the later one at Banneux has greater authenticity. In both cases a luminous figure was seen by chil dren. 12567. LES APPARITIONS DE LA SAINTE VIERGE A BEAURAING. Belg.: Imprimerie Remy, 1947. 14p. 12568. THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY AT BANNEUX. Abbey, 1964. 31p. St. Meinrad, Ind.: 12569. THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY AT BEAURAING. Maria Committee, 1952. 16p. 12570. Arbinolo, G.B. del poveri, 1969. D0P0 LOURDES BANNEUX. Beauraing, Lowell, Mass.: Pro 2 vols. Turin: Madonna 12571. Beevers, John. THE GOLDEN HEART: THE STORY OF BEAURAING. cago: Henry Regnery, [1957]. 214p. Chi **12572. ------ . VIRGIN OF THE POOR: THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY AT BAN NEUX. St. Meinrad, Ind.: Abbey, 1975. lOlp. 12573. Brotteaux, Pascal. HALLUCINATIONS OU MIRACLES? LES APPARITIONS D'EZQUIOGA ET DE BEAURAING. Paris: Editions Vega, 1934. 143p. 12574. Degrave, FI. LE MESSAGE DE NOTRE-DAME A BEAURAING ET A BANNEUX. Tournai, Belg.: Bureau des Tracts, 1934. 72p. 12575. Delogne, Hugues. PRECIS DES APPARITIONS DE LA TRES SAINTE VIERGE A BEAURAING D'APRES LE R.P. MAES. St. Maurice, Switz.: Saint-Augustin, 1947. 126p. 12576. Derselle, C. BEAURAING (20 NOVEMBRE 1932-3 JANVIER 1933): ET SI 927 Harlan Apparitions— Beauraing & Banneux C'ETAIT LE DIABLE? Brussels: L'Edltlons Unlverselle, [1933]. 12577. Gerardin, Armand. Editions Rex, 1933. 63p. BANNEUX: PAGE D'EVANGILE. 63p. Louvain, Belg.: 12578. Jesus-Marie, Bruno d e , Etienne de Greeff, et al. LES FAITS MYSTERIEUX DE BEAURAING: ETUDES, DOCUMENTS, REPONSES. Paris: Desclee de Brou wer, 1933. 12579. Kerkhofs, Louis Joseph. NOTRE-DAME DE BANNEUX: ETUDES ET DOCU MENTS. Louvain, Belg.: Abbaye du Mont-Cesar, 1950. 192p. 3d rev. ed., Liege, Belg.: H. Dessain, 1972. 225p. 12580. Maes, Gaston. BEAURAING: LE COEUR IMMACULE DE MARIE. Belg.: Imprimerie Remy, 1946. 64p. 12581. ------ . 1936. BEAURAING: MEMOIRES ET DOCUMENTS. Beauraing, Liege: The author, 12582. ------ . BEAURAING: OBSERVATIONS SUR L'ETUDE DE M. DE GREEFF (29 NOVEMBRE 1932-3 JANVIER 1933). Louvain, Belg.: Saint-Alphonse, 1934. 416p. 12583. ------ . NOTRE-DAME DE BEAURAING: HISTOIRE DES APPARITIONS. vain, Belg.: Bibliotheca Alphonsiana, 1953. 226p. Lou 12584. Maistriaux, Fernand. LES DERNIERS APPARITIONS DE BEAURAING. vain, Belg.: Editions Rex, 1933. 61p. 12585. ------ . UN LOURDES BELGE? LES APPARITIONS DE BEAURAING. Belg.: Editions Rex, 1933. 99p. 12586. ------ . Rex, 1932. 44p. QUE SE PASSE-T-IL A BEAURAING? Lou Louvain Louvain, Belg.: Editions 12587. Mary Amatora. THE QUEEN'S HEART OF GOLD: THE COMPLETE STORY OF OUR LADY OF BEAURAING. New York: Pageant, 1957. 214p. 2d ed., New York: Exposition, 1972. 222p. 12588. Massart, Henry. LA BELLE HISTOIRE DE BEAURAING. sels: Universitaires Presses de Belgique, 1952. 120p. 12589. ------ . LEQONS DE BEAURAING. Maria, [1951]. 238p. 12590. Michel, L. 1939. 2d ed., Brus Beauraing, Belg.: Editions Pro LA VIERGE AU COEUR D'OR. Namur, Belg.: The author, 12591. Monin, Arthur. NOTRE-DAME DE BEAURAING: ORIGINES ET DEVELOPPEMENTS DE SON CULTE. Bruges, Belg.: Desclee de Brouwer, 1949, 1952. 267p. 12592. Piron, Paul. FIVE CHILDREN: THE STORY OF THE APPARITION OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN AT BEAURAING. New York: Benziger Brothers, 1938. 195p. Translation of IL ETAIT CINQ ENFANTS. Charleroi, Belg.: Dantinne, 1934. 928 Marian Apparitions— Necedah 12593. Robert, Gaston. Collignon, 1933. 16p. BEAURAING: LES VENDEURS DU TEMPLE. 12594. Saussus, Roger. Rex, 1933. 141p. NOTRE-DAME DE BANNEUX. Brussels: L. Louvain, Belg.: Editions 12595. ------ . LE SCANDALE DE BEAURAING: REPONSE A "SI C'ETAIT LE DIA BLE." Louvain, Belg.: Editions Rex, 1933. 64p. 12596. Schellinckx, A. BEAURAING: VERS UNE EXPLICATION SURNATURELLE. Namur, Belg.: Godenne, 1934. 138p. **12597. Sharkey, Don, and Joseph Debergh. City, N.Y.: Hanover House, 1958. 239p. OUR LADY OF BEAURAING. 12598. Sindic, Raphael. TILMAN COME: EST-IL UN IMPOSTEUR? Belg.: Editions Rex, 1933. 63p. Louvain, 12599. Thurston, Herbert. BEAURAING AND OTHER APPARITIONS. Burns, Oates and Washbourne, 1934. 134p. 12600. Tonnard, Fernand. raing, Belg.: A. Remy, 1948. London: HISTOIRE DE BEAURAING ET DE SON CHATEAU. 12601. Toussaint, Fernand, and Camille Jean Joset. Paris: Desclee De Brouwer, 1981. 219p. Garden Beau- BEAURAING, 1932-1982. 12602. Walne, Damien, and Joan Flory. VIRGIN OF THE POOR: THE APPARI TIONS AT BANNEUX. London: Catholic Truth Society, 1983. 20p. 12603. Wilmet, Louis. 290p. BEAURAING. Charleroi, Belg.: J. Dupuis, 1933. Necedah In 1949-1950 Mary Ann Van Hoof, of Necedah, Wisconsin, experienced six visitations of the Virgin Mary. A solar miracle was reportedly witnessed by some people in the crowd at the last appearance. 12604. THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY AT NECEDAH: TRUE OR FALSE? ton, Ky.: Youth Group, [1971]. 8p. Coving 12605. THE APPARITIONS OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY AT NECEDAH, WISCONSIN, U.S.A. Necedah, Wise.: For My God and My Country, November 1978. 36p. 12606. [Van Hoof, Mary Ann]. MY WORK WITH NECEDAH. Ed. Henry H. Swan. 4 vols. [Necedah, Wise.]: For My God and My Country, 1959, 1977. Vol. 1, 187p.; vol. 2, 342p.; vol. 3, 310p.; vol. 4, 218p. 12607. ------ . THE NATIVITY STORY AS VISIONED AND DESCRIBED BY MARY ANN VAN HOOF. Necedah, Wise.: For My God and My Country, 1968. 14p. Revised ed., 1976. 49p. Marian Apparitions— Garabandal 12608. ------ . NECEDAH, WIS.: MESSAGES— 1950. God and My Country, n.d. 14p. 929 Necedah, Wise.: For My 12609. ------ . THE PASSION AND DEATH OF OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST AS VIS IONED AND NARRATED BY MRS. FRED (MARY ANN) VAN HOOF, 1950-1974. Necedah, Wise.: For My God and My Country, 1975. 160p. 12610. ------ . REVELATIONS AND MESSAGES AS GIVEN THROUGH MARY ANN VAN HOOF. Necedah, Wise.: For My God and My Country, [1968]. Vol. 1, 1950-1968, 467p. Rev. vol. 1, 1950-1970, 634p. Vol. 2, 1971-1975, 334p. 12611. ------ . TESTIMONIALS ATTRIBUTED TO QUEEN OF THE HOLY ROSARY MEDIATRIX OF PEACE SHRINE AT NECEDAH, WISCONSIN, 1950 TO 1968. Necedah, Wise.: For My God and My Country, 1969. Vol. 1, 1950-56, 263p.; vol. 2, 1950-69, 461p. Garabandal The longest running and certainly the most complex BVM apparition of modern times was that of Garabandal, Spain, in 1961-1965. The visions, which often occurred more than once a day, revolved around four peasant chil dren, once again the only ones who could see the Virgin. Many instances of psychic phenomena were reported, including telepathy, ecstatic trance-walk ing by the children, and the materialization of a communion host. 12612. THE APPARITIONS AT GARABANDAL, BY A CARMELITE TERTIARY. sham, Kent: Carmelite, [1965?]. 19p. ES? Faver- 12613. Dios, Jose Marla de. LES APARICIONES DE GARABANDAL: iSIN INTERZaragoza, Sp.: Editorial Cfrculo, 1972. 442p. 12614. Franqois, Robert. MOI VOTRE MERE, JE VOUS AIME: AINSI PARLAIT MARIE A GARABANDAL. Paris: Tequi, 1980. 190p. 12615. ------ . 0 CHILDREN LISTEN TO ME (PROV. 8:32). Rev. ed., Linden hurst, N.Y.: Workers of Our Lady of Mount Carmel, 1980. 192p. Translation of TOUT LE PEUPLE L'ECOUTAIT. DAL. 12616. Garcia de la Riva, Jose Ramon. MEMORIES OF MY VISITS TO GARABAN Tacoma, Wash.: Northwest Garabandal, 1969. 56p. 12617. Gonzalez, Conchita, and Harry Daley. MIRACLE AT GARABANDAL: THE STORY OF MYSTERIOUS APPARITIONS IN SPAIN AND A MESSAGE FOR THE WHOLE WORLD. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1983. 192p. 12618. Hausmann, Irmgard. DIE EREIGNISSE VON GARABANDAL: MUTTERGOTTESERSCHEINUNGEN VON 1961-1965 IN NORDSPANIEN. Grobenzell: S. Hacker, 1972. 224 + [31]p . 12619. Laffineur, M . , and M.T. Le Pelletier. STAR ON THE MOUNTAIN. Trans. Shelia Laffan Lacouture. Newtonville, N.Y.: Our Lady of Mt. Carmel of Garabandal, 1968. 284p. 930 Marian Apparitions— Cairo 12620- Luna Guerrero, Luis-Jesus. LA MADRE DE DIOS ME HA SONREIDO. Zaragoza, Sp.: The author, 1972. 129p. 12621. Pelletier, Joseph A. Assumption, 1970. 128p. DAL. GOD SPEAKS AT GARABANDAL. Worcester, Mass. 12622. ------ . MARY OUR MOTHER: REFLECTIONS ON THE MESSAGE OF GARABAN Worcester, Mass.: Assumption, 1972. 46p. **12623. tion, 1971. • 231p. OUR LADY COMES TO GARABANDAL. Worcester, Mass.: Assump 12624. tion, 1973. . THE SUN DANCES AT GARABANDAL. Worcester, Mass.: Assump 27p. 12625- Perez, Ramon. Resiac, 1977. 343p. GARABANDAL: LE VILLAGE PARLE. Montsurs: Editions 12626- Puncernau, Ricardo. LOS EXTRAORDINARIOS HECHOS DE SAN SEBASTIAN DE GARABANDAL. Buenos Aires, Arg.: Cruz y Fierro, 1967. 37p. 12627- Sanchez-Ventura y Pascual, Francisco. THE APPARITIONS OF GARA BANDAL. Trans. A. de Bertodano. Detroit: San Miguel, 1966. 205p. Translation of LAS APARICIONES NO SON UN MITO: EL INTERROGANTE DE GARA BANDAL. Zaragoza, Sp.: Union Grafica, [1965?]. 261p. 12628. ------ . GARABANDAL. Paris: Nouvelles Editions Latines, n.d. 31p. 12629. ------ . LAS NEGACIONES DE GARABANDAL. y Fierro, 1968. 140p. Buenos Aires, Arg.: Cruz 12630. Warszawski, Jozef. GARABANDAL: OBJAWIENIE BOZE CZY MAMIENIE SZATANSKIE? Rzym: The author, 1970. 294p. Cairo Another luminous entity was seen on numerous occasions on the roof of St. Mary’s Coptic Church of Zeitun, a suburb of Cairo, in 1968-1971. The appearance was often heralded by small images of light like luminous birds and flashes of light like falling meteors. 12631. APPARITION OF THE MOST BLESSED VIRGIN AT CAIRO, IN EGYPT, SEEN BY THE ENTIRE CROWD FROM APRIL 1968 TO JUNE 1969. St. Jovite, Que.: Monastery of the Apostles, [1969?]- 23p. TUN. 12632. Gregorius, Anba. THE TRANSFIGURATION OF THE VIRGIN MARY AT ZEI Cairo: Arab World Publishers, 1969. 12633- Johnston, Francis W. Augustine, 1980. 32p. WHEN MILLIONS SAW MARY. Chulmleigh, Devon: 931 Marian Apparitions— Medjugorje 12634. Mansour, Fawzi. ST. MARY'S APPARITIONS AT THE COPTIC ORTHODOX CHURCH OF ZEITUN, CAIRO, n.p.: The author, [1969]. 18p. Not seen. 12635. Nil, Michel. LES APPARITIONS DE LA TRES SAINTE VIERGE MARIE EN EGYPTE EN 1968-1969: TEMOIGNAGES ET DOCUMENTS RECUEILLIS SUR LES LIEUX EN 1978. 2d ed., Paris: Tequi, 1980. 158p. 12636. Palmer, Jerome. OUR LADY RETURNS TO EGYPT. Calif.: Culligan, 1969. 64p. San Bernardino, **12637. Pilichis, Dennis, ed. APPARITION PHENOMENON MANIFEST AT ZEITOUN, CAIRO, EGYPT. Cleveland: Page Research Library, 1975. [42p.] 12638. SAINT MARY’S TRANSFIGURATIONS AT THE COPTIC ORTHODOX CHURCH OF ZEITUN, CAIRO, AS REPORTED BY THE PAPAL COMMITTEES CONCERNED. Papal Commit tee's Report, May 5, 1968. [Cairo: al-Mahabba Bookshop, 1969]. 31p. 12639. Zaki, Pearl. OUR LORD'S MOTHER VISITS EGYPT IN 1968. Dar El Alam El Arbi, 1970. 12640. ------ . OUR LORD'S MOTHER VISITS EGYPT IN 1968 & 1969. City, N.J.: Coptic Orthodox Church of St. Mark, n.d. Cairo: Jersey 12641. ------ . REJOICE IN GOD'S GLORY! OUR LORD'S MOTHER VISITS EARTH IN 1968. Jersey City, N.J.: Coptic Orthodox Church of St. Mark, 1976. 28p. Medjugorje One of the most recent Marian apparitions took place in Yugoslavia in 1981-1983. Once again the vision centered around children, and luminous phenomena— including a Fatima-like solar miracle— were reported. 12642. 1981-1983. Kraljevic, Svetozar. THE APPARITIONS OF OUR LADY AT MEDJUGORJE, Ed. Michael Scanlon. Chicago: Franciscan Herald, 1984. 202p. **12643. Laurentin, Rene, and Ljudevit RupJlC. IS THE VIRGIN MARY APPEAR ING AT MEDJUGORJE? Trans. Francis Martin. Washington, D.C.: Word Among Us, 1984. 169p. ‘ 12643a. Ljubic, Marijan. ERSCHEINUNGEN DER GOTTESMUTTER IN MEDJUGORJE. Jestetten, Ger.: Miriam-Verlag, 1983. 176p. 12644. Rooney, Lucy, and Robert Faricy. MARY QUEEN OF PEACE: IS THE MOTHER OF GOD APPEARING AT MEDJUGORJE? Leominster, Hereford: Fowler Wright; Staten Island, N.Y.: Alba House, 1985. 98p. 12644a. RupCic, Ljudevit. A.G. Matos, 1983. 172p. GOSPENA UKAZANJA U MEDJUGORJE. Samobor, Yug. 932 Marian Apparitions— Other Other Apparitions Many other BVM apparitions of varying credibility have been reported over the years. A great majority of the literature either has never been translated into English or is very limited in circulation. 12645. Aina Naval, Leandro. EL MILAGRO A CALANDA A NIVEL HISTORICO. Zaragoza, Sp.: The author, 1972. 533p. 12646. Albano, T. Jofransyden 0. THE APPARITIONS OF CABRA ISLET, PHIL IPPINES. Cabra Islet: Alver Tied Charities and Cultural Circle, 1979. 488p 12647. Apostles of Our Lady. OUR LADY OF THE ROSES, MARY HELP OF MOTH ERS: A BOOK ABOUT THE HEAVENLY APPARITIONS TO VERONICA LEUKEN AT BAYSIDE, NEW YORK. Lansing, Mich.: Apostles of Our Lady of the Roses, 1980. 112p. 12648. LES APPARITIONS DE BAYSIDE: UN MESSAGE DE CIEL POUR NOTRE TEMPS. Paris: Nouvelles Editions Latines, 1975. 158p. 12649. LES APPARITIONS DE LA SAINTE VIERGE A KRUTH (NEUBOIS), ALSACE, PAR UN ALSACIEN. Paris: V. Palme, 1873. 83p. 12650. Auclair, Raoul. KERIZINEN: APPARITIONS EN BRETAGNE? velles Editions Latines, 1968. 191p. Paris: Nou 12651. Bachmann, Hanns. DAS MIRAKELBUCH DER WALLFAHRTSKIRCHE MARIASTEIN IN TIROL ALS QUELLE ZUR KULTURGESCHICHTE (1678-1742). Innsbruck: Univ. Verl Wagner, 1973. 208p. 12652. Ballini, Achille. L'INUTILE E FALSA QUESTIONE STORICA DELLE APPARIZIONI DEL 1944: FATIMA E GHIAIE. Bergamo, It.: Grafica Fratelli Carrara 1971. 151p. 12653. Bauron, Pierre. NOTICE SUR NOTRE DAME DE PELLEVOISIN. Cure" de St. Eucher, 1904. 173p. Lyon, Fr. 12654. Billet, B., et al. NOTRE-DAME DU DIMANCHE: LES APPARITIONS A SAINT-BAUZILLE-DE-LA-SYLVE, L'EVENEMENT, LE MESSAGE. Paris: Beauchesne, 1973. 239p. 12655. ------ . Lethielleux, 1973. VRAIES ET FAUSSES APPARITIONS DANS L'EGLISE. 204p. Paris: P. 12656. ------ . VRAIES ET FAUSSES APPARITIONS DANS L'EGLISE: EXPOSES. Rev. ed., Paris: P. Lethielleux, 1976. 237p. 12657. Brown, Raphael. THE LIFE OF MARY AS SEEN BY THE MYSTICS. waukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1951. 292p. Mil 12658. Cardineau, Marcel. LA VIERGE VOUS PARLE: LE MESSAGE DU COEUR DE MARIE, PELLEVOISIN. Paris: Editions Siloe, 1946. 186p. 12659. Cebolla Lopez, Fermin. EL VIDENTE CIEGO. Bilbao, Sp.: Editorial 933 Marian Apparitions— other CLA, 1976. 196p. 12660. Children of Mary, ed. ROSES FROM HEAVEN: JESUS AND MARY SPEAK TO THE WORLD. 2 vols. Orange, Tex.: Children of Mary, 1982-1984. Vol. 1 (1970-76), 1982. 592p. Vol. 2 (1977-84), 1984. 414p. **12661. Christian, William A., Jr. APPARITIONS IN LATE MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE SPAIN. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University, 1981. 349p. 12662. Cortez A., Claudio. FRANCISCO TITO YUPANQUI: HISTORIA Y MILAGROS DE NUESTRO SENORA DE COPACABANA. LaPaz, Bolivia: Editorial Don Bosco, 1953. 204p. 12663. Daughters of Saint Paul. DEVOTION TO OUR LADY OF CZESTOCHOWA. Boston: Daughters of St. Paul, [1979?]. 23p. 12664. Deroo, Andre. L'HOMME A LA JAMBE COUPEE: OU, LE PLUS ETONNANT MIRACLE DE NOTRE-DAME DEL PILAR. Montsurs: Editions Resiac, 1977. 170p. 12665. Dickinson, John Compton. THE SHRINE OF OUR LADY OF WALSINGHAM. Cambridge: University Press, 1956. 150p. 12666. Doyle, George Walter. Kormuth, 1978. 72p. OUR LADY SPEAKS. Cleveland, 0.: Doyle- 12667. Eizereif, Heinrich. DAS ZEICHEN DES LEBENDIGEN GOTTES: MUTTERGOTTES-ERSCHEINUNGEN IN MARIENFRIED. Stein-am-Rhein: Christiana-Verlag, 1976. 383p. 12668. Emmerich, Anne Catherine. THE LIFE OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY. Trans. Michael Palairet. Springfield, 111.: Templegate, 1954. 383p. Translation of LEBEN DER HEIL, JUNGFRAU MARIA. Munich: Literarischartistische Anstalt, 1852. 12669. Faguette, Estelle. NOTRE DAME A PELLEVOISIN, INDRE. sin, Fr.: Monastere de Marie Mere de Misericorde, 1969. [38p.] Pellevoi- 12670. ------ . PELLEVOISIN, UN CENTENAIRE: ESTELLE NOUS PARLE. voisin, Fr.: Monastere des Dominicaines, [1976?]. lllp. Pelle- 12671. Fante, Don Renzo del, ed. OUR LADY SPEAKS TO HER BELOVED PRIESTS. Milan, It.: Movimento Sacerdotale Mariano, 1977. 230p. 12672. Fisher, Claude. WALSINGHAM: A PLACE OF PILGRIMAGE FOR ALL PEOPLE. Walsingham, Norfolk: Salutation, 1983. 190p. 12673. ------ . WALSINGHAM LIVES ON. 1979. 78p. London: Catholic Truth Society, 12674. Gabriel, Jean. PRESENCE DE LA TRES SAINTE VIERGE A SAN DAMIANO. Paris: Nouvelles Editions Latines, 1968. 267p. Rev. ed., 1975. 12675. Herolt, Johannes. MIRACLES OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY. Trans. 934 Marian Apparitions— Other C.C. Swinton Bland. London: Routledge, 1928. 148p. Translation of DE MIRACULIS BEATAE MARIAE VIRGINIS. 1477. 12676. Hueber, Fortunat. ZEITIGER GRANAT-APFEL. University Press, 1983. 422p. Koln: Ulrich Zell, Amsterdam: APA-Holland 12677. INTRODUCTION AU MYSTERE DE TILLY. [Luc-sur-Mere]: Association des Amis de Notre-Dame de Tilly, 1973. 238p. 12678. Irazola y Elorduy, Jesusa de. Sp.: Editorial Cfrculo, 1974. 129p. 12679. Lama, CSsar de la. Efe, 1976. 212p. 12680. Le Rumeur, Guy. author, 1976. 255p. LAS MARAVILLAS DE UMBE. EL PALMAR DE TROYA, MILAGRO, S.A. NOTRE-DAME ET KERIZINEN. Zaragoza, Madrid: Argenton l'Eglise: The 12681. Le Texier, Joseph. HISTOIRE DU PELERINAGE DE NOTRE-DAME-DE-TOUTEAIDE: DE QUERRIEN EN LA PRENESSAYE, COTES-DU-NORD. 4th ed., Saint-Brieuc: Presses Br£tonnes, 1974. 144p. 12682. Lorente, Francisco. HISTORICA PANEGYRICA DE LA APARICION, Y MILAGROS DE MARIA SANTISSIMA DEL TREMEDAL, VENERADA EN UN MONTE DEL LUGAR DE ORIHUELA, DEL OBISPADO DE ALBARRACIN. Zaragoza: J. Fort, 1766. 102 + 152p. 12683. MacDonald, Robert A. THE GREEN SCAPULAR: AMONG MARY'S GIFTS. Emmitsburg, Md. : Marian Center, St. Joseph's Provincial House, 1962. [6p.] 12684. Maisonneuve, Roland, and Michel de Belsunce, eds. HISTOIRE ET DOCUMENTS. Paris: Tequi, 1983. 379p. SAN DAMIANO: 12685. Marty, Albert. BALESTRINO: POURQUOI TANT D'APPARITIONS DANS LE MONDE AUJOURD'HUI? Paris: Nouvelles Editions Latines, 1971. 252p. 12686. Marystone, Cyril. GRAVE AND URGENT WARNINGS FROM HEAVEN. turce, P.R.]: The author, March 1978. 418p. 12687. ------ . 1982: YEAR OF THE WARNING? 2 vols. The author, 1982. Vol. 1, 104p. Vol. 2, 104p. [Santurce, P.R.]: 12688. ------ . THE SHEPHERDS ARE LOST, THE SHEEP ARE SCATTERED. turce, P.R.]: The author, [1978]. [52] + 267 + [4]p. 12689. THE MESSAGE OF THE LADY OF ALL NATIONS. alle Volkeren, 1967. 45p. Revised ed., 1971. 156p. Supplement, [1974?] [San- [San Amsterdam: Vrouwe van 29p. 12690. MIRACULOUS LADY OF THE ROSES AT SAN DAMIANO, ITALY. Hickory Corners, Mich.: Miraculous Lady of the Roses, 1970. 39 + [2]p. 12691. Molnar, Enrico S. THE VISITATION OF SAINT MARY THE MOTHER OF JESUS CHRIST. Visalia, Calif.: Order of Agape and Reconciliation, 1975. Harlan Apparitions— other 935 [5p•] + separate appendix. 12692. Morelro, Jose Marla. EL PAPA CLEMENTE: 0, LA ALEGRIA DE SAVILLA, EL PALMAR DE TROYA. [Madrid]: Promotora de Iniciatlvas Editorlales, 1979. 47p. 12693. Mott, Marie Edouard. THE GREEN SCAPULAR AND ITS FAVORS. burg, Md.: St. Joseph's College, 1942. 56p. 12694. ------ . THE GREEN SCAPULAR AND ITS MIRACLES. of Charity, 1923. 124p. Emmits- Paris: Daughters 12695. Numan, Philips. MIRACLES LATELY WROUGHT BY THE INTERCESSION OF THE GLORIOUS VIRGIN MARIE AT MONT-AIGU, NERE UNTO SICHE IN BRABANT. Trans. Robert Chambers. Antwerp: Arnold Conings, 1606. Reprinted, Ilkley: Scolar, 1975. [90] + 298p. Translation of HISTOIRE DES MIRACLES ADVENUS A L*INTERCESSION DE LA GLORIEUSE VIERGE MARIE, AU LIEU DICT MONTAIGU, PRES LA VILLE DE SI CHEN AU DUCHE DE BRABANT. Brussels: R. Velpius and H. Antoine, 1613. 12696. Osee, Johan. CALL OF THE VIRGIN AT SAN DAMIANO. Mass.: Christopher, 1977. 232p. North Quincy, 12697. OUR LADY OF AMERICA. Cincinnati, 0.: The author, 1960. Revised ed., 1971, 1973. 48p. 12698. Pain, Louis. LA BERGERE DU LAUS: APPARITIONS MARIALES. Editions France-Empire, 1964. 302p. 12699. THE PERPETUAL HELP STORY. Liguori, Mo.: Liguori, 1977. 12700. Raeber, Ludwig. OUR LADY OF HERMITS. Establishments Benziger, 1954. 39 + [64]p. Paris: 64p. Einsiedeln, Switz.: 12701. Rafael Marla de Antequera. HISTORIA DE LA APARICION DE NUESTRA SENORA DEL ESPINO. Chauchina, Sp.: [El Adalid], 1971. 51p. 12702. St. John, Bernard. THE BLESSED VIRGIN IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY: APPARITIONS, REVELATIONS, GRACES. London: Burns and Oates; New York: Ben ziger Brothers, 1903. 486p. 12703. Sanchez-Ventura y Pascual, Francisco. LAS APARICIONES EN EL PALMAR DE TROYA. Zaragoza, Sp.: Editorial Cfrculo, 1970. 137p. 12704. ------ . Y EL AGUA SEGUIRA CURANDO: APARICIONES DE LA VIRGEN EN EL ALTO DE UMBE (BILBAO). Zaragoza, Sp.: Editorial Clrculo, 1973. 171p. 12705. "SHOUT IT FROM THE ROOFTOPS: THE BALL OF REDEMPTION IS NEAR, MANY WILL DIE ON THE GREAT FLAME OF THE BALL OF REDEMPTION.” Graniteville, Vt.: St. Paul's Guild, 1978. 8p. 12706. Souillet, Henri. LES APPARITIONS DE NOTRE-DAME A L'ILE BOUCHARD: 2d rev. ed., Saint-Cenere: Editions Saint-Michel, 1972. 181p. DU^8 AU 14 DECEMBRE 1947 EN L'EGLISE SAINT-GILLES. 936 Marian Apparitions— Articles 12707. Spltzer, Raymond J. THE MIRACULOUS IMAGE OF OUR MOTHER OF PER PETUAL HELP. Liguori, Mo.: Perpetual Help Redemptorist Fathers, 1954. 62p. 12708. Vernet, Marie-Reginald. LA VIERGE A PELLEVOISIN: LA MISERICORDE ET LA GLOIRE DE DIEU AU COEUR D'UNE MERE. Paris: Tequi, 1979. 457p. Rev. ed., 1981. 252p. 12709. Vincent de Paul. THE ABOMINATIONS OF DESOLATIONS: ANTICHRIST IS HERE NOW! St. Louis, Mo.: Third Order, 1975. [494p.] 12710. ------ . THE DAYS OF THE APOCALYPSE— THEY'VE BEGUN! Mo.: Third Order, [1973]. 289p. St. Louis, 12711. Zalecki, Marian. THEOLOGY OF A MARIAN SHRINE: OUR LADY OF CZESTO CHOWA. Marian Library Studies, vol. 8. Dayton, 0.: University of Dayton, 1976. 315p. Articles 12712. Baker, Sherry. "Mary Visions." OMNI 8 (October 1985):131. 12713. Bayless, Raymond. "Marian Apparitions at Zeitun, Cairo." JOUR NAL OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH 2 (1981):6-34. 12714. "Berta Was Cured at Necedah.” FATE 8 (September 1955):97-101. 12715. Bullivant, Ronald. "The Visions of the Mother of God at Zeitun." EASTERN CHURCHES REVIEW 3 (Spring 1970):74-77. 12716. "BVM Visions in Poland." FORTEAN TIMES, no.43 (Spring 1985):8-9. 12717. Carroll, Michael P. "The Virgin Mary at La Salette and Lourdes: Whom Did the Children See?" JOURNAL FOR THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF RELIGION 24 (1985):56-74. 12718. ------ . "Visions of the Virgin Mary: The Effect of Family Struc tures on Marian Apparitions." JOURNAL FOR THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF RELIGION 22 (1983):205-21. 12719. "Church Commission Cites 'Difficulties' over Apparitions." SUIT 17 (1984):183. 12720. Cviic, Christopher. (1983):577-78. "Atheism Fails in Yugoslavia." PUR TABLET 237 12721. Driscoll, Patricia B. "Mary of the Americas: The Ecumenical Significance of Guadalupe.” ONE IN CHRIST 16 (1980):145-49. 12722. Gant, Richard W. "Fatima: A Brief History of the Events and the Message." CHRIST TO THE WORLD 28 (1983):183-88. 12723. Gillese, John Patrick. "The Virgin's Visit to Garabandal." FATE 937 Marian Apparitions— Articles 18 (December 1965):44-53; 19 (January 1966):88-96. 12724. Harris, Lenore. 102-108. "Vision of Guadalupe." FATE 5 (October 1952): , 12725. Henderson, G. Gordon. "The Apparition of Our Lady of Guadalupe: The Image, the Origin of the Pilgrimage." MARIAN STUDIES 34 (1983):35-47. 12726. Hunter, Ian. "Miraculous Vision of Virgin Mary Appears in Moslem Egypt." BEYOND 1 (December 1968):83-90. 12727. "I Visited Conchita of Garabandal." (1982):391-94. CHRIST TO THE WORLD 27 12728. Joset, Camille Jean. "Monseigneur Th.-L. Heylen, evgque de Namur (1899-1941) et les apparitions de Beauraing." NOUVELLE REVUE THEOLOGIQUE 103 (1980:208-37. 12729. Krmelj, MiloS. "Miracle on Rocky Ground.” (September-October 1983):28. INFO JOURNAL, no.42 12730. Kurtz, Donald V. "The Virgin of Guadalupe and the Politics of Becoming Human." JOURNAL OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL RESEARCH 38 (1982):192-210. 12731. Lahart, Kevin. ber 1974):36-44. "Miracle in Bayside." CRITIC 33 (October-Decem- 12732. Laureneeau, Jean. "L'importance psychologique de 1*image raaternelle dans les messages de San Damiano." ETUDES MARIALES, no.30/31 (197374):57-66. 12733. Lolich, Helen T. 1982):128. 12734. Longo, Robin. 21-23; no.3 (1970):7-8. (Letter), "Miracle at Fatima." "Mystery of Garabandal." COSMOS 5, no.2 (1970): 12735. Marnham, Patrick. (September 1981):58-70. "The Cure at Lourdes." 12736. Meyer, Stanley J. 1950):26-33. "The Miracle at Serra da Aire." 12737. Nelson, Cynthia, 5-11. 12739. Nobile, Philip. 1978, pp. 57-60. 12740. CATHOLIC DIGEST 45 "The Virgin of Zeitoun." 12738. Nickell, Joe, and John F. Fischer. Folkloristic and Iconographic Investigation.” 1985):243-55. FATE 35 (March FATE 3 (July WORLDVIEW 16 (1973): "The Image of Guadalupe: A SKEPTICAL INQUIRER 9 (Spring "Our Lady of Bayside." NEW YORK, December 11, "On Supposed Apparitions of the Virgin Mary: And Particularly at 938 Harlan Apparitions— Articles La Salette." GENTLEMAN'S MAGAZINE AND HISTORICAL REVIEW 41 (1854):10-17. 12741. Osborne, Charles. 208-15. "The Dancing Sun." 12742. "Our Lady of Bayslde Hills." CATHOLIC WORLD 169 (1949): NEWSWEEK, June 2, 1975, p. 46. 12743. Palmer, Jerome. "The Virgin Mary Appears In Egypt." FATE 24 (August 1971):60-70. (Letters), Edgar A. Morrison, Leo Bartsch, Dulcie Brown, (December 1971) 132, 143. 12744. Paro, Jaye. "Miracle at Garabandal." BEYOND 2 (August 1969):98- 105. 12745. Rickard, Robert J.M. (Autumn 1982):20-22. 12746. ------ . "BVM at Citluk." "BVM Flaps." FORTEAN TIMES, no.38 FORTEAN TIMES, no.36 (Winter 1982):21. 12747. ------ . "Clemente Dominguez: Pope, Heretic, Stigmatic." TIMES, no.30 (Autumn 1979):32-36. 12748. ------ . 12749. ------ . 1979):3-5. "Miracles." FORTEAN TIMES, no.42 (Autumn 1984):44-46. "Our Lady of Bayslde, NY." FORTEAN TIMES, no.28 (Winter 12750. ------ . "The Virgin and the Cabbage Patch.” 38 (Autumn 1982):22. 12751. Ross, John C. "Vision at Necedah." 12752. Smith, Jody Brant. 1984):74-79. FORTEAN TIMES, no. FATE 4 (March 1951):6— 12. "The Virgin of Guadalupe." 12753. Smith, Ruth E. "The Miracle of Carmel Convent." 1950):13-15. (Letter), Anna C. Pertsch, (July 1950):94-97. 12754. Steichert, J.A. 1959):14-21. "The Story of Fatima." 12755. Thurston, Herbert. MONTH 150 (1927):289-301. 12756. ------ . (1933):526-37. FORTEAN FATE 37 (August FATE 3 (January SEARCH, no.31 (April "The False Visionaries of Lourdes." "Lourdes and La Salette: A Contrast." 12757. "The Unknown Horror of Fatima." THE THE MONTH 162 THE ECONOMIST 279 (May 9, 1981): 79. 12758. Valeriano, Antonio. “The History of the Apparitions of Our Lady of Guadalupe." OLD CATHOLIC 2 (November 1978):3-6. 939 Marian Apparitions— Articles 12759. [Reference deleted]. 12760. Van Hoestenberghe, L., E. Royer, and A. Deschamps. "Reelt et etude d'une guerison subite de fracture." REVUE DES QUESTIONS SCIENTIFIQUES 46 (1899):517-54. 12761. Vessels, Jane. "Fatima: Beacon for Portugal's Faithful.” TIONAL GEOGRAPHIC 158 (December 1980):833-39. 12762. "The Virgin and the Commissars.” 12, 1981):50-55. 12763. "The Virgin of 56th Avenue." 12764. "Visions: Find the Lady." NA THE ECONOMIST 280 (September THE NEWS, no.15 (April 1976):3-4. FORTEAN TIMES, no.44 (Summer 1985):16- 17. 12765. "The Visions of Heroldsbach." FATE 6 (September 1953):102. 12766. Wintz, Jack Alton. "Why Everyone Comes to Guadalupe." THONY'S MESSENGER 92 (December 1984):24-33. ST. AN 12767. Wolf, Eric R. "The Virgin of Guadalupe: A Mexican National Sym bol." JOURNAL OF AMERICAN FOLKLORE 71 (1958):34-39. 12768. X, Father. "Is Our Lady Appearing in Yugoslavia?" CATHOLIC DI GEST 46 (June 1982):14-20. Reprinted as "The Virgin Mary in Yugoslavia?" FATE 36 (February 1983): 77-82. 12769. Zanic, Pavao. "The Bishop's Pronouncement on the Apparitions in Hercegovina, Yugoslavia." SOCIAL JUSTICE REVIEW 72 (1980:181-82. 137. MEN IN BLACK Men in black (MIBs) are an essentially American aspect of UFO folklore. These strange beings, dressed in black suits and driving large, black cars with unregistered license plates, are said to harass UFO witnesses and in vestigators. They pose as military personnel, government agents, and other officials, and are sometimes described as having Oriental features. Their behavior is so unusual that some authors have assumed they are extraterres trials. Gray Barker first drew attention to MIBs with his book, THEY KNEW TOO MUCH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS (12772). The sequel by Albert Bender (12775) and John Keel's THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES (340) added further paranoia. For a well investigated M1B case that proved to be false, see the INTERNATIONAL UFO RE PORTER 3, no.7 (July 1978):[10-15]. Monographs 12770. Barker, Gray, ed. V a . : Saucerian, 1962. lOOp. THE BENDER MYSTERY CONFIRMED. 12771. ------ . M.I.B.: THE SECRET TERROR AMONG US. New Age, 1983. 159p. Clarksburg, W. Jane Lew, W.Va.: 12772. ------ . THEY KNEW TOO MUCH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Uni versity Books, 1956; Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1975. 256p. British ed., London: Werner Laurie, 1958. 256p. Paperback ed., New York: Tower, 1967. 190p. Reprinted as THE UNIDENTIFIED. London: John Spencer, 1960. 156p. 12773. Beckley, Timothy Green. MEN IN BLACK: THE EXPANDING CASE FOR ALIENS AMONG US. Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, [1970]. Not seen. 12774. ------ •. MIB: ALIENS AMONG US. New Brunswick, N.J.: Interplane tary News Service, n.d. 30p. 2d ed.?, New Brunswick, N.J.: ESP Library, 1971. 30p. Reprinted, New York: Global Communications, 1979. 30p. 12775. Bender, Albert K. FLYING SAUCERS AND THE THREE MEN. W.Va.: Saucerian, 1962; London: Neville Spearman, 1963. 194p. Paperback ed., New York: Paperback Library, 1968. 160p. 12776. Clark, Ramona A. Ont.: Galaxy, 1970]. 49p. THE TRUTH ABOUT THE MEN IN BLACK. 940 Clarksburg, [Kitchener, 941 Men In Black 12777. Easley, Robert S., and Rick R. Hilberg. MIB: A REPORT ON THE MYSTERIOUS MEN IN BLACK WHO HAVE TERRORIZED UFO WITNESSES AND INVESTIGATORS IN ALL PARTS OF THE NATION. Cleveland, 0.: UFO Magazine Publications, 1968. 24p. 12778. Glemser, Kurt. axy, [1971]. [36p.] THE MEN IN BLACK REPORT. Kitchener, Ont.: Gal 12779. ------ , ed. MEN IN BLACK— STARTLING NEW EVIDENCE. Ont.]: The author, July 1970. 45p. 12780. Glemser, Kurt, and Robert Beneschan. er, Ont.: The authors, May 1968. 50p. 12781. Little, Malcolm [Malcolm X]. New York: Grove, 1965. p. 188. [Kitchener, THE MEN IN BLACK. Kitchen THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF MALCOLM X. 12782. Reinstedt, Randall A. GHOSTLY TALES AND MYSTERIOUS HAPPENINGS OF OLD MONTEREY. Carmel, Calif.: Ghost Town Publications, 1977. pp. 47-49. Articles 12783. Barker, Gray. (February 1957):62-71. "The Truth Is Fantastic.” FANTASTIC UNIVERSE 7 12784. Binder, Otto 0. "Liquidation of the UFO Investigators." January 1970, pp. 26-29, 92-94. 12785. Dean, Jeffrey. "UFO's Today: UFO's and the MIB's." ZINE AND DIRECTORY, June 1975, p. 10. SAGA, OMEGA MAGA 12786. Fairbanks, Thomas A. "A New Look at the Three Men in Black.” CAVEAT EMPTOR, no.3 (Spring 1972):6-8, 23. (Letter), Riley Crabb, no.4 (Summer 1972):25. 12787. Grandstaff, Eric. "My Experience with Deros and the MIB.” AT EMPTOR, no.6 (Winter 1972-73):7-8. (Letter), John A. Keel, no.7 (Spring 1973):21-22. 12788. Keel, John A. 1975, pp. 14, 68-70. "The Phantom UFO Informants." CAVE SAGA, December 12789. ------ . "UFO 'Agents of Terror.'” SAGA, October 1967, pp. 28-31, 72-81. Reprinted in SAGA ANNUAL, 1969, pp. 16-18, 92-100. (Letters), Raymond E. Fowler, John A. Keel, January 1968, p. 4; Gordon I.R. Lore Jr., John A. Keel, Jim Knoblock, February 1968, pp. 4-6. 12790. ------ . "UFO Report: The Sinister Men in Black." FATE 21 (April 1968):32-39. (Letters), John P. Bessor, E.L. Cervecero, Edgar Wirt, Ramona A. Clark, John A. Keel, (September 1968): 125-28. 942 Men In Black 12791. ------ . "The UFO Silencers." SAGA, May 1975, pp. 22-23, 60-64. (Letters), Grayce Anderson, James J. Glackin, August 1975, pp. 4, 6. 12792. Moseley, James W. "Did I Meet a 'Man in Black'?" no.12 (March-April 1974):5-6, 21. 12793. Murray, Frank. "The Saga of the Men in Black." no.18 (January 1976) :16— 19, 58-60. 12794. Singer, Jon Douglas. 1979):137. "Historical MIBs." CAVEAT EMPTOR, BEYOND REALITY, PURSUIT 12 (Summer 12795. Sloman, Larry. "Men in Black: The Right Stuff from the Wrong Planet." HIGH TIMES, no.54 (February 1980):64-69. 12796. Steiger, Brad, and Joan Whritenour. "The Flying Saucer 'Silen cers.'" SAGA, March 1968, pp. 22-25, 68-73. (Letters), Cynthia M. Macdonald, Ted Thoben, June 1968, pp. 4-6. 12797. Tweedell, J.R. 6. (Letter), "Men in Black." SAGA, March 1973, p. 138. THE CARLOS ALLENDE AFFAIR This complex episode in UFO history revolves around the character of Carlos Allende (an alias of Carl M. Allen) and a curiously annotated copy of Morris K. Jessup's THE CASE FOR THE UFO (331, 12804) that was mailed in 1955 to the Office of Naval Research in Washington. The annotations, sup posedly made by three different people, spoke with great familiarity about UFOs and their crews and it is for this reason that the case is grouped with the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement. However, Jessup soon identified the annotator as a correspondent of his from New Kensington, Pennsylvania, who signed himself Carlos Allende and who had written to him about an invisibil ity experiment the U.S. Navy had conducted in October 1943 on one of its ships. A special edition of 127 copies of Jessup's book was published, com plete with annotations, by the Varo Manufacturing Corporation at the behest of two individuals in the Office of Naval Research. Although now the affair seems to be nearly a complete hoax (12803, 12812), even admitted at one point by Allen in the A.P.R.O. BULLETIN for July/August 1969, it received wide publicity with the publication of William Moore and Charles Berlitz's THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT (12806), which pre sented some tantalizing but unverifiable evidence. Monographs 12798. Barker, Gray. AFTER THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT. Va,: New Age, 1984. 91p. 12799. ------ . THE STRANGE CASE OF DR. M.K. JESSUP. Saucerian, 1963, 1965, 1967. [79p.] Reprinted, Kitchener, Ont.: Galaxy, 1973. [62p.J Jane Lew, W. Clarksburg, W.Va.: 12800. [Crabb, Riley H.] M.K. JESSUP AND THE ALLENDE LETTERS. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1962. 44p. Reprinted as M.K. JESSUP, THE ALLENDE LETTERS AND GRAVITY. Vista, Calif.: Borderland Sciences Research Foundation, n.d. 52p. 12801. Gaddis, Vincent H. INVISIBLE HORIZONS: TRUE MYSTERIES OF THE SEA. Philadelphia: Chilton, 1965. pp. 209-19. Paperback ed., New York: Ace [1967?]. pp. 224-36. 12802. Genzlinger, Anna Lykins. Va.: Saucerian, 1981. 163p. 12803. Goerman, Robert A. author, May 1982. 35p. THE JESSUP DIMENSION. THE ALLENDE DOSSIER. 943 Clarksburg, W. Brackenridge, Pa.: The 944 Carlos Allende Affair 12804. Jessup, Morris K. THE CASE FOR THE UFOs UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OB JECTS. Garland, Tex.: Varo Manufacturing Co., [1955]. 189p. Reprinted, Clarksburg, W.Va.: Saucerian, 1973. 189p. Revised ed., Jane Lew, W.Va.: New Age, 1982. 200+p. 12805. Moore, Willlam L. THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT: AN UPDATE. bank, Calif.: The author, 1984. 16p. Bur **12806. Moore, William L . , and Charles Berlitz. THE PHILADELPHIA EXPER IMENT: PROJECT INVISIBILITY. New York: Grosset and Dunlap, 1979. 177p. British ed., London: Souvenir, 1979. 188p. Paperback ed., New York: Fawcett Crest, 1980, 1984. *288p. British paperback ed., London: Panther, 1980. I92p. 12807. Steiger, Brad, and Joan Whritenour, eds. THE ALLENDE LETTERS: A CHALLENGING NEW THEORY ON THE ORIGIN OF FLYING SAUCERS. New York: Universal London: Tandem, 1968. 64p. 12808. ------ . 1968, 1974. 155p. NEW UFO BREAKTHROUGH. New York: Award; London: Tandem, Articles 12809. Allende, Carlos Miguel [Carl Allen]. SUIT 10 (Spring 1977):55-57. 12810. Eden, Daniel. "The Invisible Star." (Letter), "Fresh Data." PUR FATE 38 (May 1985):117. 12811. Elliott, Alan. "Were the Allende Letters a College Prank?" SUIT 9 (April 1976):43-44. PUR 12812. Goerman, Robert A. "Alias Carlos Allende." FATE 33 (October 1980):69-75. (Letters), E. Bessett, Idela Patterson, Harry E. Mongold, Michael Cohen, 34 (January 1981):114-16; William L. Moore, (April 1981):111; Lawrence J. Fenwick, (June 1981):115-16. 12813. "Jessup and the Allende Case.” 12814. Keel, John A. ber 1975, pp. 14, 57-58. "Carlos Allende: UFO Mystery Man." 12815. McKernan, Bruce. "Invisible Ship." 12816. Santesson, Hans Stefan. PURSUIT 8 (April 1975):30-31. 12817. Saunders, Alex. (Fall 1980):20-23. PURSUIT 1 (September 1968):8-11. SAGA, Septem OMNI 6 (July 1984):98. "More on Jessup and the Allende Case." "The Invisible Ship Experiment." SEARCH, no.144 12818. Steiger, Brad. "Fantastic Key to the Flying Saucer Mystery." SAGA, November 1967, pp. 22-25, 60-66. 139. MT. SHASTA AND THE LEMURIANS The occult and mystical legends surrounding Mount Shasta in northern California have over the years become closely linked with the Extraterres trial Contact Movement. Their first appearance was in a mediumistic novel by Frederick Spencer Oliver (12842), originally written in the 1880s, which described concealed chambers and magnificent treasures inside the mountain. The legend was further expanded in 1931 by Harve Spencer Lewis (12835), who wrote that the interior of the mountain was inhabited by white-robed sur vivors of the lost Pacific continent of Lemuria. Guy Ballard (12822) had his initial experience with the "Great Ascended Master, Saint Germain" on Mount Shasta in 1930. More recently Dorothy Martin, a prominent contactee also known as Sister Thedra, has made her headquarters at the base of the mountain. As the theosophical ascended masters slowly became identified with ex traterrestrial beings, the importance of Mount Shasta as a place of pilgrim age and learning became integral to the developing flying saucer movement. See Arthur Eichorn (12829), Bruce Walton (12850), and Richard Tierney (12870) for excellent summaries of the legend.— J. Gordon Melton. Monographs 12819. Anderson, Uell Stanley. Hollywood, Calif.: Wilshire, 1977. 12820. Andrews, Richard R. New York: Carlton, 1976. 48p. THE SECRET POWER OF THE PYRAMIDS. 261p. THE TRUTH BEHIND THE LEGENDS OF MT. SHASTA. 12821. Ballard, Guy Warren [Godfre Ray King, pseud.] ENCE. Chicago: St. Germain, 1935. 393p. 12822. ------ . North UNVEILED MYSTERIES. THE MAGIC PRES Chicago: St. Germain, 1934. 260p. 12823. Brown, Herrick C. IMPRESSIONS OF THE SISKIYOU STONE CIRCLES, n.p.j The author, September 15, 1947. 2p. Unpublished paper. 12824. Chaney, Earlyne. Astara, 1981. 240p. 12825. ------ . 1981. 80p. THE BOOK OF BEGINNING AGAIN. SECRETS FROM MOUNT SHASTA. 12826. Clark, Sydney A. McBride, 1937. 315p. Upland, Calif.: Astara, GOLDEN TAPESTRY OF CALIFORNIA. 945 Upland, Calif.: New York: R.M. 946 Mount Shasta 12827. Doreal, Maurice. ATLANTIS AND LEMURIA. hood of the White Temple, n.d. 21p. 12828. ------ . MYSTERIES OF MOUNT SHASTA. of the White Temple, 1949. 19p. Sedalia, Colo.: Brother Sedalia, Colo.: Brotherhood **12829. Eichorn, Arthur F., Sr. THE MT. SHASTA STORY. Mt. Shasta, Calif.: The Mt. Shasta Herald; Chicago: Forbes, 1957. 125p. 12830. Godwin, John. 1972. pp. 182-83. OCCULT AMERICA. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 12831. Harris, Stephen L. FIRE & ICE: THE CASCADE VOLCANOES. The Mountaineers, 1976. pp. 65-77. Seattle: 12832. Heinlein, Robert A. "Lost Legacy." In his ASSIGNMENT IN ETER NITY. Reading, Penna.: Fantasy Press, 1953. 255p. 12833. Heline, Corinne Dunklee. AMERICA’S INVISIBLE GUIDANCE. Los An geles: New Age, 1949. I75p. Reprinted from the NEW AGE INTERPRETER, January 1944-March 1946, with additional material. 12834. Howard, Dana. [1955]. pp. 17-21. DIANE: SHE CAME FROM VENUS. London: Regency, 12835. Lewis, Harve Spencer [Wishar S. Cerve, pseud.] CONTINENT OF THE PACIFIC. San Jose, Calif.: AMORC, 1931. 3d ed., 1942. pp. 209-63. LEMURIA: THE LOST 12836. Mansfield, Abraham. THE GOLDEN GODDESS OF THE LEMURIANS. ding, Calif.: Leraurian Foundation-Mt. Shasta, 1970. 7lp. 12837. ------ . THE KING OF THE LEMURIANS. Foundation-Mt. Shasta, n.d. Red Redding, Calif.: Leraurian 12838. ------ . THE YOUNG CHIEF AND THE OLD CHIEF OF THE SECRET MINE. Redding, Calif.: Lemurian Foundation-Mt. Shasta, n.d. 12839. Miller, Joaquin. LIFE AMONGST THE M0D0CS: UNWRITTEN HISTORY. London: Richard Bentley, 1873. pp. 1-15. American ed., Hartford, Conn.: American, 1874. pp. 21-31. 12840. Miller, Ray, ed. MYSTERIES OF THE MOUNTAIN. Special edition of the PLAYLANDER, supplement to the Weed Press-Mount Shasta Herald-Dunsmuir News, vol. 10, no.l, Spring 1979. 22p. 12841. Most, Howard Henry. SHASTA, MOUNTAIN OF MYSTERIES: A NOVEL. Angeles: The author, 1978. 157p. Los 12842. Oliver, Frederick Spencer [Phylos the Tibetan, pseud.]. A DWEL LER ON TWO PLANETS: OR, THE DIVIDING OF THE WAY. Dictated by Phylos the Tibetan through automatic writing. Los Angeles: Borden, 1952. pp. 251-410. 947 Mount Shasta 12843. [Princess, M.S.], ed. STEP BY STEP WE CLIMB: AS GIVEN BY THE ARISEN MASTERS. Happy Camp, Calif.: Naturegraph, 1977. 216p. 12844. ----- , ed. ARISEN MASTERS. Happy STEP BY STEP WE CLIMB TO FREEDOM: AS GIVEN BY THE Camp, Calif.: Naturegraph, 1981. 190p. 12845. Prophet, Elizabeth Claire. CLIMB THE HIGHEST MOUNTAIN. Colorado Springs, Colo.: Summit University, 1963; Los Angeles: Summit University, 1980. 516p. 12846. ------ . THE GREAT WHITE BROTHERHOOD IN THE CULTURE, HISTORY AND RELIGION OF AMERICA. Colorado Springs, Colo.: Summit University, 1976. 347p. 2d ed., Los Angeles: Summit University, 1978. 349p. 12847. St. Clair, David. THE PSYCHIC WORLD OF CALIFORNIA. N.Y.: Doubleday, 1972. pp. 134-41. Paperback, ed., New York: Bantam, 1973. pp. 145-51. Garden City, 12848. Spence, Lewis. THE PROBLEM OF LEMURIA, THE SUNKEN CONTINENT OF THE PACIFIC. London: Rider, 1932; Philadelphia: McKay, 1935. 249p. 12849. Thomas, Eugene E. BROTHERHOOD OF MT. SHASTA. Los Angeles: DeVorss, 1946. 307p. Reprinted, Mokelumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1974. 307p. **12850. Walton, Bruce A., ed. MOUNT SHASTA: HOME OF THE ANCIENTS. lumne Hill, Calif.: Health Research, 1985. 132p. Moke Articles 12851. Allsup, Lee E., and John J. Sanz. FATE 21 (June 1968):125-26. 12852. Brown, Leo. "The Caves." (Letters), "The Hard Facts." SISKIYOU PIONEER 3, no.4 (1961) -.43-44. 12853. "California Bell Legends: A Survey." TERLY 4 (1945):18, 27-28. CALIFORNIA FOLKLORE QUAR 12854. Ferguson, Henry N. "The Strange People of M t . Shasta." ING THE UNKNOWN 4, no.l (April 1963):67-72. 12855. Frank, Emilie A. "Mt. Shasta Is Science-Fictionalized?" YOU COUNTY SCENE, Fall 1984, p. 2. EXPLOR SISKI 12856. Hyde, Leslie Daggett. "Legend of Mt. Shasta and Shasta Valley." SISKIYOU PIONEER 2 (Spring 1953):23. 12857. Lewis, Harve Spencer [Imperator]. “A New Lemurian Mystery: A Surprising Story about the Mystics of Mt. Shasta." ROSICRUCIAN DIGEST 14 (September 1936):287-91. 948 Mount Shasta 12858. "The Magic Mountain.” NEWSWEEK, July 30, 1973, p. 40. 12859. Martinelli, Emma P. (Letter), "An Investigator Returns.” ING STORIES 20 (October 1946):173-77. 12860. Moore, Allie. no.4 (1960:44-45. "History of Caves & Sheep,” AMAZ SISKIYOU PIONEER 3, 12861. "New Mystery at Mount Shasta: Did the Newspaper Man’s Critical Comments Cause This Catastrophe?” ROSICRUCIAN DIGEST 13 (October 1935)s337— 41. 12862. Noble, Johnny. "The Mysterious Circles of Shasta." January 1951, pp. 18-19. Reprinted in FATE 4 (November-December 1951):96-100. 12863. "Notes and Queries." 92; 2 (1943) :47. 12864. Phillips, Rog. (February 1946):26-46. WESTWAYS, CALIFORNIA FOLKLORE QUARTERLY 1 (1942):291- "Vacation in Shasta.” FANTASTIC ADVENTURES 8 12865. Rosborough, Alex J. "A Happy Christmas: Do Elfs Still Live on Mt. Shasta?" SISKIYOU PIONEER 2 (Fall 1953):48-49. 12866. St. Germain, Jules B. 16 (October 1963):48-54. "Count St. Germain and the 'I Ams.'" 12867. "Sanctum Musings: The Mystery of M t . Shasta," 14 (May 1936):153-56. 12868. "Stade Sums up." 12869. Thorpe, Leroy. Not seen. FATE ROSICRUCIAN DIGEST DOUBT, no.18 (1947):270. "The Great Shasta Mystery." SIR!, May 1953. **12870. Tierney, Richard L. "America’s Mystical Mount Shasta." FATE 36 (August 1983):70-76. (Letters), E. Spicers, Gene 0. Parks, Howard Hammett Jr., E.A. and R.D. Marsh, (December 1983):113-15; Rowine Arenson, 37 (January 1984)s116— 17• 12871. Ware, Harriet. (September 1945):178. 12872. Wells, Harry L. 41-42. (Letter), "Mount Shasta." "Pluto’s Cave." AMAZING STORIES 19 SISKIYOU PIONEER 3, no.4 (1961) 12873. Witkin, Gordon. "Let's Treat Them As Good Neighbors." AND WORLD REPORT, July 5, 1982, pp. 38-40. U.S. NEWS 140. ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS Most often associated with the books of Erich von Daniken (12906-14), the ancient astronaut theory— -that extraterrestrials visited the earth as ‘’gods" in ancient times and bestowed on mankind the benefits of civilization — actully preceded von Daniken*s CHARIOTS OF THE GODS? by 20 years. Early theorists included L. Taylor Hansen (12939, 13055-57), Desmond Leslie (11134), Harold T. Wilkins (13011-12), Morris K. Jessup (331-32), George Hunt Williamson (13013-14), Louis Pauwels and Jacques Bergier (12979), W. Raymond Drake (12921), and Robert Charroux (12894). Even these writers were not being entirely original, for their ancient astronauts are actually a space age reworking of the lost continent of At lantis myth. What was once seen as evidence for an advanced civilization, dispersed throughout the world by those who escaped the cataclysm that sub merged Atlantis, has been transformed into evidence for a high-tech space probe that planted the seeds of culture on earth. The majority of this evidence consists of controversial interpretations of ambiguous myths and peculiar artifacts. Ancient astronaut theorists see the work of the space gods in ancient rock art and sculpture, the huge stone monuments of antiquity, the Biblical Ark of the Covenant, underground Ecua dorean tunnels filled with golden statues and inscribed metal tablets, the ground figures of Nazca, and innumerable myths about solar, lunar, and plan etary gods and their dealings with earthly mortals. Although von Daniken's books still generate considerable public inter est, critics of the theory have had little trouble finding fault with both the facts as he has presented them and the conclusions he has drawn. Other ancient astronaut authors, even Robert Temple's solidly presented THE SIRIUS MYSTERY (13000), have also failed to hold up well under close examination (Chapter 141). Ancient astronaut literature is viewed by many ufologists as an embar rassing first cousin that just won't go away. However, historical UFO re ports and puzzling archeological anomalies do indeed exist, and at least one author (221) sees a close association between the UFO phenomenon and the European megalithic culture. Ancient peoples were fascinated with the stars and planets and many of them somehow managed to perfect relatively sophisti cated observational techniques that were incorporated into their art, their architecture, and their mythology. In order adequately to defend or counter ancient astronaut theory, an awareness of the literature of archaeoastronomy and archeology is essential (Chapters 143-150). Monographs 12874. Agrest, Modest M. “Astronauts of Yore." In D. Skvirsky and V. Talmi, trans., ON THE TRACK OF DISCOVERY: RIDDLES OF OUTER SPACE, SCIENTISTS UNRAVEL MYSTERIES, SECRETS OF HISTORY. Moscow: Progress Publishers, [1964]. 949 950 Ancient Astronauts Vol. 1, pp. 9-25. 12875. Ancient Astronaut Society. FIFTH WORLD CONFERENCE, JULY 27-29, 1978, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS: PROGRAM. Highland Park, 111.: AAS, 1978. 48p. 12876. ------ . SIXTH WORLD CONFERENCE, MUNICH/GERMANY, 14TH-16TH JUNE 1979. Highland Park, 111.: AAS, 1979. 44p. 12877. ------ . 10TH ANNIVERSARY WORLD CONFERENCE PROGRAM, AUGUST 6-7, 1983, CHICAGO. Highland Park, 111.: AAS, 1983. 28p. Other conference programs exist. 12878. Baran, Michael [Michael Anteski]. ATLANTIS RECONSIDERED: A NEW LOOK AT THE ANCIENT DELUGE LEGENDS AND AN ANALYSIS OF MYSTERIOUS MODERN PHENOMENA. Smithtown, N.Y.: Exposition, 1981. 85p. 12879. ----- . 1982. 114p. INSIGHTS INTO PREHISTORY. Smithtown, N.Y.: Exposition, 12880. ------. 1984. 144p. THE TWILIGHT OF THE GODS. Smithtown, N.Y.: Exposition, 12881. Bergier, Jacques. EXTRATERRESTRIAL VISITATIONS FROM PREHISTORIC TIMES TO THE PRESENT. Trans. Lorraine O'Grady Freeman. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1973. 207p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1974. 181p. Reprinted as MYSTERIES OF THE EARTH: THE HIDDEN WORLD OF THE EXTRA-TER RESTRIALS. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1974. 207p. British paperback ed., London: Futura, [1975]. 207p. Translation of LES EXTRA-TERRESTRES DANS L'HISTOIRE. Paris: Editions J'ai Lu, 1970. 12882. ------ . SECRET DOORS OF THE EARTH. Trans. Nicole Taghert. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1975. 159p. Translation of VISA POUR UNE AUTRE TERRE. Paris: Editions Albin Michel, 1974. 12883. ------ . SECRETS OF LIVING MATTER. Trans. L.R. Celestin. Barrie and Rockliff, 1959. 140p. Translation of MYSTERES DE LA VIE. Paris: Le Centurion, 1957. London 12884. Bergier, Jacques, and the Editors of INFO Journal. EXTRATERRES TRIAL INTERVENTION: THE EVIDENCE. Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1974. 164p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1975. 143p. Based on LE LIVRE DE L'INEXPLICABLE. Paris: Editions Albin Michel, 1972 12885. Berlitz, Charles. MYSTERIES FROM FORGOTTEN WORLDS. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday; London: Souvenir, 1972. 225p. Paperback ed., New York: Dell, 1973. 225p. (Laurel Eds.) British paperback eds., London: Corgi, 1974. 222p. London: Granada, 1983. 222p. 12886. Blessing, William Lester. THE SUPREME ARCHITECT OF THE UNIVERSE. Denver, Colo.: House of Prayer for All People, 1956. 951 Ancient Astronauts Not seen; mentioned in SHOWERS OF BLESSING, June 1959, p. 2. 12887. Bynum, James W. FLIGHT OF THE SUN GODS: THE OPEN SECRETS. Kansas City, Mo.: Bi-Namics, 1983. 85p. North 12888. Charroux, Robert [Robert Grugneau]. FORGOTTEN WORLDS. Trans. Lowell Bair. New York: Walker, 1973. 354p. Paperback ed., New York: Popular Library, 1973. 354p. Reprinted as LOST WORLDS: SCIENTIFIC SECRETS OF THE ANCIENTS. London: Souvenir, 1973. 354p. British paperback ed., [London]: Fontana, 1974. 288p. Translation of LE LIVRE DES MONDES OUBLIES. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1971. 12889. ------ . LEGACY OF THE GODS. Trans. Lowell Bair. New York: Berkley, 1974. 301p. British ed., London: Sphere, 1979. 287p. Translation of LE LIVRE DES SECRETS TRAHIS. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1965. 12890. ------ . MASTERS OF THE WORLD. Trans. Lowell Bair. New York: Berkley, 1974. 252p. British ed., London: Sphere, 1979. 254p. Translation of LE LIVRE DES MAITRES DU MONDE. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1967. 12891. ------ . THE MYSTERIES OF THE ANDES. Trans. Lowell Bair. New York: Avon, 1977. 239p. Translation of L'ENIGME DES ANDES. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1974. 12892. ------ . THE MYSTERIOUS PAST. [London]: Futura, 1974. 316p. American ed., New York: Berkley, 1975. 369p. Translation of LE LIVRE DU PASSE MYSTERIEUX. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1973. 12893. ------ . THE MYSTERIOUS UNKNOWN. Trans. Olga Sieveking. London: Neville Spearman, 1972. 288p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1973. 319p. Reprinted as THE GODS UNKNOWN. New York: Berkley, 1974. 27lp. Translation of LE LIVRE DU MYSTERIEUX INCONNU. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1969. 12894. ------ . ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND YEARS OF MAN'S UNKNOWN HISTORY. Trans. Lowell Bair. New York: Berkley, 1971. 191p. Translation of L'HISTOIRE INCONNUE DES HOMMES DEPUIS CENT MILLE ANS. Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1963. 12895. Chatelain, Maurice., OUR ANCESTORS CAME FROM OUTER SPACE: A NASA EXPERT CONFIRMS MANKIND'S EXTRATERRESTRIAL ORIGINS. Trans. Orest Berlings. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1978. 209p. Paperback ed., New York: Dell, 1979. 256p. British ed., London: Arthur Barker, 1980. 235p. British paperback ed., London: Pan, 1980. 235p. Translation of NOS ANCETRES VENUS DU COSMOS. Paris: Editions Robert 952 Ancient Astronauts Laffont, 1975. 12896. Cohane, John Philip. THE KEY. Scholastic Books, 1976. 288p. British ed., [London]: Fontana, 1977. MAN. New York: Crown, 1969; New York: 224p. 12897. ------ . PARADOX: THE CASE FOR THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL ORIGIN OF New York: Crown, 1977. 182p. 12898. Cohen, Ike L. THE SECRET OF STONEHENGE. Research, 1977, 1982. 299p. Greenvale, N.Y.: New 12899. ------ . URIM AND THUMIM: THE SECRET OF GOD. New Research, 1977, 1982. 278p. Greenvale, N.Y.: 12900. Collyns, Robin. ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS: A TIME REVERSAL? Pelham, 1976. llOp. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1978. 156p. London: 12901. ------ . DID SPACEMEN COLONISE THE EARTH? London: Pelham, 1974. 260p. Paperback eds., St. Alban's, Herts: Mayflower, 1975. 256p. American ed., Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1976. 178p. 12902. ------ . LASER BEAMS FROM STAR CITIES? 128p. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1977. 144p. 12903. ------ . PREHISTORIC GERM WARFARE. 148p. Paperback ed., London: Star, 1980. 146p. London: Pelham, 1975. London: W.H. Allen, 1980. 12904. Cooke, Grace. SUN-MEN OF THE AMERICAS. Publishing Trust, 1975. 104p. Liss, Hants: White Eagle 12905. Countryman, Jack. ATLANTIS AND THE SEVEN STARS. Martins; London: Robert Hale, 1979. 160p. New York: St. 12906. Daniken, Erich von. ACCORDING TO THE EVIDENCE: MY PROOF OF MAN'S EXTRATERRESTRIAL ORIGINS. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir, 1977. 348p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1977. 348p. Reprinted as VON DANIKEN'S PROOF. New York: Bantam, 1978. 308p. Translation of BEWEISE. Diisseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1977. **12907. ------ . CHARIOTS OF THE GODS? UNSOLVED MYSTERIES OF THE PAST. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir, 1969; New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1970. 188p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1971. 190p. American paperback eds., New York: Bantam, 1970. 163p. New York: Berk ley, 1980. 163p. Translation of ERINNERUNGEN AN DIE ZUKUNFT. Diisseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1968. Ancient Astronauts 953 **12908. ------ . THE GODS AND THEIR GRAND DESIGN: THE EIGHTH WONDER OF THE WORLD. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir; New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1984. 217p. Translation of DIE STRATEGIE DER GGTTER. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1982. 12909. ------ . THE GOLD OF THE GODS. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir; New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1973. 210 + [6]p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1974. 251p. American paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1974. 249p. Translation of AUSSAAT UND K0SM0S. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1972. 12910. ------ . IN SEARCH OF ANCIENT GODS: MY PICTORIAL EVIDENCE FOR THE IMPOSSIBLE. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir; New York: G.P. Put nam's, 1974. 249p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi; New York: Bantam, 1976. 218p. Translation of MEINE WELT IN BILDERN. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1973. 12911. ------ . MIRACLES OF THE GODS: A HARD LOOK AT THE SUPERNATURAL. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir, 1975. 237p. American ed., New York: Delacorte, 1975. 291p. American paperback ed., New York: Dell, 1976. 291p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1977. 237p. Translation of ERSCHEINUNGEN: PHANOMENE DIE DIE WELT ERREGEN. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1974. 12912. ------ . RETURN TO THE STARS: GODS FROM OUTER SPACE. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir, 1970. 190p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1972. 190p. Reprinted as GODS FROM OUTER SPACE. New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1971. 19 Op. American paperback ed., New York: Bantam, 1972. 180p. Translation of ZURUCK ZU DEN STERNEN. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1968. 12913. ------ . SIGNS OF THE GODS? Trans. Michael Heron. London: Sou venir; New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1980. 252p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi; New York: Berkley, 1981. 256p. Translation of PROPHET DER VERGANGENHEIT. Diisseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1979. **12914. ------ . THE STONES OF KIRIBATI: PATHWAYS TO THE GODS. Trans. Michael Heron. London: Souvenir, 1982. 267p. Paperback ed., London: Corgi, 1983. 256p. Reprinted as PATHWAYS TO THE GODS: THE STONES OF KIRIBATI. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1982. 267p. American paperback ed., New York: Berkley, 1984. 257p. Translation of REISE NACH KIRIBATI. Dusseldorf: Econ-Verlag, 1981. 12915. Dem, Marc. THE LOST Bair. New York: Bantam, 1977. British ed., London: Corgi, Translation of LES JUIFS DE 1974. TRIBES FROM OUTER SPACE. Trans. Lowell 212p. 1977. 212p. L'ESPACE. Paris: Editions Albin Michel, 12916. Dickhoff, Robert Ernst. SAUCERS OF PREHISTORY, n.p., n.d. Not seen; mentioned In SAUCERS, SPACE & SCIENCE, no.52, p. 17. 954 Ancient Astronauts 12917. Drake, Walter Raymond. THE ANCIENT SECRETS OF MYSTERIOUS AMERICA. [Sunderland, Eng.]: The author, [1972]. 112p. 12918. ------. GODS AND SPACEMEN IN THE ANCIENT WEST. 1974. 240p. American ed., New York: Signet, 1974. 230p. London: Sphere, ‘ ' 12919. . GODS AND SPACEMEN OF THE ANCIENT PAST. New York: Sig net, 1974. 266p. Revised British ed., GODS AND SPACEMEN IN ANCIENT ISRAEL. London: Sphere, 1976. 192p. 12920. ------ . GODS AND SPACEMEN THROUGHOUT HISTORY. Spearman; Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1975. 264p. Paperback ed., London: Sphere, 1977. 253p. London: Neville 12921. ------ . GODS OR SPACEMEN? Amherst, Wise.: Amherst Press, 1964. 176p. Paperback ed., New York: Signet, 1976. 167p. Reprinted as MESSENGERS FROM THE STARS. London: Sphere, 1977. 238p. 12922. ------ . MYSTERY OF THE GODS: ARE THEY COMING BACK TO EARTH? [Sunderland, Eng.]: The author, 1972. 120p. Revised as GODS AND SPACEMEN IN GREECE AND ROME. London: Sphere, 1976. 256p. American ed., New York: Signet, 1977. 231p. 12923. ------ . SPACEMEN IN ANTIQUITY. [1964?]. A collection of papers. Sunderland, Eng.: The author, 12924. ------ . SPACEMEN IN THE ANCIENT EAST. London: Neville Spearman, [1968]. 240p. Reprinted as GODS AND SPACEMEN IN THE ANCIENT EAST. London: Sphere, 1973, 1976. 240p. American ed., New York: Signet, 1973. 247p. 12925. Earle, Robert. PROOF OF ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS: NAZCA SKETCHBOOKS I-III. Bay Village, 0.: The author, 1975-1978. Part II, 1976. 12p. Other parts not seen. 12926. ERICH VON DANIKEN AND UFOs IN NEW ZEALAND. Earth Colonisation Research Association, 1978. 20p. Paraparaumu, N.Z.: 12927. Fix, William R. STAR MAPS: ASTONISHING NEW EVIDENCE FROM ANCIENT CIVILISATIONS AND MODERN SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH OF MAN'S ORIGINS AND RETURN TO THE STARS. London: Octopus, 1979. 255p. 12928. Flindt, Max H. ON TIPTOE BEYOND DARWIN. Palo Alto, Cal

RELATED PAPERS

RELATED TOPICS

Log In

UFOs and the extraterrestrial contact movement : a bibliography, Volume 1-2

UFOs and the extraterrestrial contact movement : a bibliography, Volume 1-2

Related Papers

RELATED PAPERS

RELATED TOPICS